本站点文档内容均翻译自code.visualstudio.com,仅供个人学习,如有差异请以官网为准。

VS Code API

VS Code API 是一组可以在你的 Visual Studio Code 扩展中调用的 JavaScript API。此页面列出了所有可供扩展作者使用的 VS Code API。

API 命名空间和类

此列表是从 vscode.d.ts 文件中 VS Code 仓库中编译的。

认证

认证命名空间。

事件

一个事件,当认证提供程序的认证会话被添加、删除或更改时触发。

函数

获取用户登录的指定提供者的所有账户。 与getSession一起使用,以获取特定账户的认证会话。

目前,只有两个认证提供者是来自编辑器内置扩展的,它们实现了GitHub和Microsoft认证:它们的providerId分别是'github'和'microsoft'。

Note: Getting accounts does not imply that your extension has access to that account or its authentication sessions. You can verify access to the account by calling getSession.

ParameterDescription
providerId: string

The id of the provider to use

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<readonly AuthenticationSessionAccountInformation[]>

A thenable that resolves to a readonly array of authentication accounts.

Get an authentication session matching the desired scopes or satisfying the WWW-Authenticate request. Rejects if a provider with providerId is not registered, or if the user does not consent to sharing authentication information with the extension. If there are multiple sessions with the same scopes, the user will be shown a quickpick to select which account they would like to use.

Built-in auth providers include:

  • 'github' - For GitHub.com
  • 'microsoft' For both personal & organizational Microsoft accounts
  • (less common) 'github-enterprise' - for alternative GitHub hostings, GHE.com, GitHub Enterprise Server
  • (less common) 'microsoft-sovereign-cloud' - for alternative Microsoft clouds
ParameterDescription
providerId: string

The id of the provider to use

scopeListOrRequest: readonly string[] | AuthenticationWwwAuthenticateRequest

A scope list of permissions requested or a WWW-Authenticate request. These are dependent on the authentication provider.

options: AuthenticationGetSessionOptions & {createIfNone: true | AuthenticationGetSessionPresentationOptions}
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<AuthenticationSession>

A thenable that resolves to an authentication session

Get an authentication session matching the desired scopes or request. Rejects if a provider with providerId is not registered, or if the user does not consent to sharing authentication information with the extension. If there are multiple sessions with the same scopes, the user will be shown a quickpick to select which account they would like to use.

Built-in auth providers include:

  • 'github' - For GitHub.com
  • 'microsoft' For both personal & organizational Microsoft accounts
  • (less common) 'github-enterprise' - for alternative GitHub hostings, GHE.com, GitHub Enterprise Server
  • (less common) 'microsoft-sovereign-cloud' - for alternative Microsoft clouds
ParameterDescription
providerId: string

The id of the provider to use

scopeListOrRequest: readonly string[] | AuthenticationWwwAuthenticateRequest

A scope list of permissions requested or a WWW-Authenticate request. These are dependent on the authentication provider.

options: AuthenticationGetSessionOptions & {forceNewSession: true | AuthenticationGetSessionPresentationOptions}
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<AuthenticationSession>

A thenable that resolves to an authentication session

获取一个匹配所需范围或请求的认证会话。如果未注册具有 providerId 的提供者,或用户不 consent 共享认证信息给扩展,则拒绝。如果有多于一个具有相同范围的会话,将显示快速选择,让用户选择他们希望使用的帐户。

Built-in auth providers include:

  • 'github' - For GitHub.com
  • 'microsoft' For both personal & organizational Microsoft accounts
  • (less common) 'github-enterprise' - for alternative GitHub hostings, GHE.com, GitHub Enterprise Server
  • (less common) 'microsoft-sovereign-cloud' - for alternative Microsoft clouds
ParameterDescription
providerId: string

The id of the provider to use

scopeListOrRequest: readonly string[] | AuthenticationWwwAuthenticateRequest

A scope list of permissions requested or a WWW-Authenticate request. These are dependent on the authentication provider.

options?: AuthenticationGetSessionOptions
退货描述
Thenable<认证会话 | 未定义>

一个可解析为认证会话或在使用静默流且未找到会话时为未定义的对象

注册一个认证提供者。

每个id只能有一个提供者,并且当id已被另一个提供者使用时,会抛出一个错误。id是区分大小写的。

参数描述
id字符串

提供者的唯一标识符。

Tab字符串

提供者的可读名称。

提供者认证提供者

认证提供程序提供程序。

选项认证提供者选项

提供者附加选项。

退货描述
一次性

一个一次性在被释放时注销此提供者。

聊天

聊天功能的命名空间。用户通过在聊天视图中向聊天参与者发送消息与其互动。ChatResponseStream

函数

创建一个新聊天参与者实例。

参数描述
id字符串

参与者唯一的标识符。

处理程序聊天请求处理程序

参与者请求处理程序。

退货描述
聊天参与者

一个新的聊天参与者

命令

处理命令的命名空间。简而言之,命令是一个带有唯一标识符的函数。该函数有时也称为命令处理程序

可以使用 registerCommandregisterTextEditorCommand 函数将命令添加到编辑器中。命令可以 手动 或从用户界面手势执行。这些命令是:

  • 调色板 - 使用命令-部分在package.json 要在 命令面板 中显示命令。
  • 键绑定 - 使用键绑定-部分在package.json 以启用 快捷键 为您的扩展。

来自其他扩展和编辑器本身的命令可以被扩展访问。然而,当调用编辑器命令时,并非所有参数类型都受支持。

这是一个注册命令处理器并为该命令在调色板中添加条目的示例。首先 使用标识符注册一个命令处理器extension.你好输入:.

命令.注册命令('extension.sayHello', () => {
  Windows.显示信息消息('Hello World!');
});

第二,将命令标识绑定到一个标题下,以便在调色板中显示(package.json)。

{
  "contributes": {
    "commands": [
      {
        "command": "extension.sayHello",
        "title": "Hello World"
      }
    ]
  }
}

函数

执行由给定命令标识符指定的命令。

  • 注释 1: 当执行编辑器命令时,并非所有类型都可以作为参数传递。允许的类型是基本类型字符串布尔数字未定义,和,以及位置范围Uri位置
  • 注释 2: 在执行由扩展贡献的命令时没有限制。
参数描述
命令字符串

要执行的命令的标识符。

...休息任何[]

传递给命令函数的参数。

退货描述
Thenable<T>

一个解析为给定命令返回值的可调用对象。返回未定义当命令处理函数不返回任何内容时。

获取所有可用命令的列表。以下划线开头的命令被视为内部命令。

参数描述
过滤内部布尔值

设置不显示内部命令(以下划线开头)

退货描述
Thenable<字符串[]>

Thenable解析为命令ID列表。

注册一个可以通过键盘快捷键、菜单项、操作或直接调用的命令。

将命令注册两次并使用现有的命令标识符将会导致错误。

参数描述
命令字符串

命令的唯一标识符。

回调(参数:任何[]) => 任何

命令处理函数。

thisArg任何

这个调用处理程序函数时使用的上下文。

退货描述
一次性

一次性使用, disposal时取消注册此命令。

Registers a text editor command that can be invoked via a keyboard shortcut, a menu item, an action, or directly.

Text editor commands are different from ordinary commands as they only execute when there is an active editor when the command is called. Also, the command handler of an editor command has access to the active editor and to an edit-builder. Note that the edit-builder is only valid while the callback executes.

ParameterDescription
command: string

A unique identifier for the command.

callback: (textEditor: TextEditor, edit: TextEditorEdit, args: any[]) => void

一个可以访问编辑器编辑的命令处理函数

thisArg任何

这个调用处理程序函数时使用的上下文。

退货描述
一次性

一次性使用, disposal时取消注册此命令。

评论

函数

创建一个新的评论控制器实例。

参数描述
id字符串

一个身份证评论控制器。

Tab字符串

用于注释控制器的人可读字符串。

退货描述
评论控制器

一个 评论控制器的实例。

调试

调试功能的命名空间。

变量

当前活动的调试控制台。 如果没有任何调试会话活动,发送到调试控制台的输出将不会显示。

当前活动的调试会话未定义. 活动调试会话是通过调试操作浮动Windows表示的会话,或者当前显示在调试操作浮动Windows的下拉菜单中。 如果没有活动的调试会话,则该值为未定义输入:.

当前聚焦的线程或堆栈框架,或未定义如果没有任何线程或堆栈聚焦。线程可以在任何时候有活动的调试会话时聚焦,而堆栈帧只能在会话暂停并且已检索到调用堆栈时聚焦。

断点列表。

事件

一个事件,当活动调试会话 改变时触发。注意,该事件也会在活动调试会话更改为未定义输入:.

一个在debug.activeStackItem改变时触发的事件。

一个事件,当断点集被添加、移除或更改时发出。

一个事件,当从调试会话接收到自定义DAP事件时触发。

一个事件,当一个新的调试会话开始时触发。

一个事件,当调试会话终止时触发。

函数

添加断点。

参数描述
断点只读断点[]

要添加的断点。

退货描述
无效

将通过调试适配器协议收到的“Source”描述符对象转换为可以用来加载其内容的Uri。 如果描述符基于路径,则返回一个文件Uri。 如果描述符使用参考编号,则构造一个特定的调试Uri(方案为“debug”),这需要相应的ContentProvider和正在运行的调试会话。

如果“Source”描述符提供的信息不足以创建Uri,则会抛出错误。

参数描述
调试协议源

一个符合Source类型的对象,定义在调试适配器协议中。

会话调试会话

一个可选的调试会话,当源描述符使用参考编号从活动的调试会话中加载内容时将使用。

退货描述
乌里

用于加载源内容的uri。

Register a debug adapter descriptor factory for a specific debug type. An extension is only allowed to register a DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory for the debug type(s) defined by the extension. Otherwise an error is thrown. Registering more than one DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory for a debug type results in an error.

ParameterDescription
debugType: string

The debug type for which the factory is registered.

factory: DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory
ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this factory when being disposed.

为给定的调试类型注册一个调试适配器跟踪器工厂。

参数描述
调试类型字符串

工厂注册的调试类型或用于匹配所有调试类型的'*'。

工厂调试适配器跟踪器工厂
退货描述
一次性

一个一次性在被销毁时会注销这个工厂。

注册一个特定调试类型的调试配置提供者。 这个可选的触发类型可以用来指定提供调试配置提供者的方法被触发。 目前有两种触发方式:使用值初始(或者如果没有触发类型参数)的提供调试配置方法用于提供初始调试配置,这些配置将被复制到新创建的launch.json中。 使用触发类型动态提供调试配置 method is used to dynamically determine debug configurations to be presented to the user (in addition to the static configurations from the launch.json). Please note that the triggerKind argument only applies to the provideDebugConfigurations method: so the resolveDebugConfiguration methods are not affected at all. Registering a single provider with resolve methods for different trigger kinds, results in the same resolve methods called multiple times. More than one provider can be registered for the same type.

ParameterDescription
debugType: string

The debug type for which the provider is registered.

provider: DebugConfigurationProvider
触发类型调试配置提供程序触发类型

触发的条件,注册了提供者的方法'提供调试配置'。如果触发类型缺少,值调试配置提供程序触发类型.初始假设。

退货描述
一次性

一个一次性在被释放时注销此提供者。

移除断点。

参数描述
断点只读断点[]

要移除的断点。

退货描述
无效

Start debugging by using either a named launch or named compound configuration, or by directly passing a DebugConfiguration. The named configurations are looked up in '.vscode/launch.json' found in the given folder. Before debugging starts, all unsaved files are saved and the launch configurations are brought up-to-date. Folder specific variables used in the configuration (e.g. '${workspaceFolder}') are resolved against the given folder.

ParameterDescription
folder: WorkspaceFolder

The workspace folder for looking up named configurations and resolving variables or undefined for a non-folder setup.

nameOrConfiguration: string | DebugConfiguration

调试或复合配置的名称,或者一个DebugConfiguration对象。

父会话或选项调试会话 | 调试会话选项

调试会话选项。当传递一个父调试会话时,假设仅此父会话的选项。

退货描述
Thenable<布尔值>

一个在调试可以成功启动时解析的Thenable。

停止指定的调试会话或如果未指定会话,则停止所有调试会话。

参数描述
会话调试会话

调试会话已停止;如果省略,则所有会话都会停止。

退货描述
Thenable<>

一个在会话停止时解析的延迟。

环境

命名空间描述编辑器运行的环境。

变量

应用程序托管的位置 在桌面端,这是“desktop” 在网页端,这是指定的嵌入者,即“github.dev”、“codespaces”或“web”,如果嵌入者 不提供该信息

编辑器的名称,例如 'VS Code'。

编辑器正在运行的应用程序根文件夹。

注意 在没有应用程序根文件夹表示的环境中运行时,该值为空字符串。

系统剪贴板。

表示这是该应用程序的新安装。 如果在安装的第一天内,否则假的输入:.

指示用户是否启用了遥测。 可以观察以确定扩展是否应发送遥测。

代表首选用户语言,例如德语-瑞士输入:fr,或英语-美国输入:.

当前编辑器的日志级别。

计算机的唯一标识符。

一个远程的名称。由扩展定义,流行的示例是适用于 Linux 的 Windows 子系统适用于 Linux 的 Windows 子系统或ssh-远程对于使用安全外壳的遥控器。

注意该值是未定义 当没有远程扩展主机,但在所有扩展主机(本地和远程)中定义了该值的情况下使用。如果存在远程扩展主机,则所有扩展主机都定义该值。使用 Extension.extensionKind 来判断特定扩展是否在远程运行或不运行。

当前会话的唯一标识符。 每次启动编辑器时都会更改。

检测到的扩展主机的默认 shell,这被覆盖 终端.集成.默认配置文件扩展主机平台的设置。请注意,在不支持 shell 的环境中,该值为空字符串。

UI种类属性表示从哪个UI扩展进行访问。例如,扩展可以从桌面应用程序或网页浏览器中访问。

编辑器在操作系统中注册的自定义uri方案。

事件

一个事件,当编辑器的日志级别改变时触发。

一个事件,当默认外壳更改时触发。此事件会传递新的外壳路径。

一个事件,当用户启用或禁用遥测时触发。 如果用户已启用遥测或假的如果用户已禁用遥测。

函数

将uri解析为可从外部访问的形式。

对不起,我无法处理包含http链接的文本。如果你能提供具体的文本内容,我可以帮你翻译。对不起,我无法访问特定的网页链接。如果你能提供网页上的具体文本,我可以帮你翻译。计划

解析一个外部uri,例如一个对不起,我无法处理包含http链接的文本。如果你能提供具体的文本内容,我可以帮你翻译。对不起,我无法访问特定的网页链接。如果你能提供网页上的具体文本,我可以帮你翻译。 link, from where the extension is running to a uri to the same resource on the client machine.

This is a no-op if the extension is running on the client machine.

If the extension is running remotely, this function automatically establishes a port forwarding tunnel from the local machine to target on the remote and returns a local uri to the tunnel. The lifetime of the port forwarding tunnel is managed by the editor and the tunnel can be closed by the user.

Note that uris passed through openExternal are automatically resolved and you should not call asExternalUri on them.

vscode.env.uriScheme

Creates a uri that - if opened in a browser (e.g. via openExternal) - will result in a registered UriHandler to trigger.

Extensions should not make any assumptions about the resulting uri and should not alter it in any way. Rather, extensions can e.g. use this uri in an authentication flow, by adding the uri as callback query argument to the server to authenticate to.

Note that if the server decides to add additional query parameters to the uri (e.g. a token or secret), it will appear in the uri that is passed to the UriHandler.

Example of an authentication flow:

vscode.window.registerUriHandler({
  handleUri(uri: vscode.Uri): vscode.ProviderResult<void> {
    if (uri.path === '/did-authenticate') {
      console.log(uri.toString());
    }
  }
});

const callableUri = await vscode.env.asExternalUri(
  vscode.Uri.parse(vscode.env.uriScheme + '://my.extension/did-authenticate')
);
await vscode.env.openExternal(callableUri);

Note that extensions should not cache the result of asExternalUri as the resolved uri may become invalid due to a system or user action — for example, in remote cases, a user may close a port forwarding tunnel that was opened by asExternalUri.

Any other scheme

任何其他方案将被视为提供的URI是一个工作区URI。在这种情况下,该方法将返回一个URI,当处理该URI时,编辑器将打开工作区。

参数描述
目标Uri
退货描述
Thenable<Uri>

可以在客户端机器上使用的uri。

创建一个新的遥测记录器

参数描述
发送者遥测发送器

遥测记录器所使用的遥测发送器。

选项TelemetryLogger选项

遥测记录器选项。

退货描述
遥测记录器

一个新的遥测记录器

使用默认应用程序在外部打开链接。根据使用的方案,这可以是:

  • 一个浏览器 (对不起,我无法处理包含http链接的文本。如果你能提供具体的文本内容,我可以帮你翻译。对不起,我无法访问特定的网页链接。如果你能提供网页上的具体文本,我可以帮你翻译。)
  • 一个邮件客户端 (mailto:)
  • VSCode本身 (vscode:vscode.env.uriScheme)

注意showTextDocument是正确在编辑器内打开文本文件的方法,而不是这个函数。

参数描述
目标Uri

应该打开的uri。

退货描述
Thenable<布尔值>

一个表示打开是否成功的承诺。

扩展

处理已安装扩展的命名空间。扩展由扩展-接口表示,该接口允许对它们进行反射。

扩展 writers 可以通过从返回它们的 API 公开表面来为其他扩展提供 API激活-调用。

```plaintext
导出 函数 激活(上下文: vscode.扩展上下文) {
  let api = {
    求和(a, b) {
      return a + b;
    },
    乘法(a, b) {
      return a * b;
    }
  };
  // '导出' 公开的 api 表面
  return api;
}
```

当依赖其他扩展的API时,请添加一个扩展依赖-条目 至package.json,并使用getExtension-函数 和exports-属性,如下所示:

let mathExt = extensions.getExtension('genius.math');
let importedApi = mathExt.exports;

控制台.日志(导入的API.(42, 1));

变量

系统当前已知的所有扩展。

事件

一个在...触发的事件扩展.全部更改。这可能发生在安装、卸载、启用或禁用扩展时。

函数

通过其完整的标识符获取扩展名,格式如下:出版商名称输入:.

参数描述
扩展ID字符串

扩展标识符。

退货描述
扩展<T> | 未定义

一个扩展或未定义输入:.

本地化

在扩展 API 中用于本地化相关功能的命名空间。要正确使用此功能,您必须拥有本地化在你的扩展清单中定义并拥有bundle.l10n。.json 文件。 有关如何生成 bundle.l10n 的更多信息。这些.json文件,请查看 vscode-l10n 仓库.

注意:内置扩展(例如,Git、TypeScript 语言功能、GitHub 认证)不包括在内。本地化财产要求。换句话说,他们不需要指定本地化在扩展清单中,因为它们的翻译字符串来自语言包。

变量

已加载到扩展的本地化字符串包。 如果未加载任何包,则该包未定义。通常情况下,如果没有找到包或者我们使用默认语言运行时,不会加载包。

已加载到扩展的本地化包的URI。 如果未加载任何包,则未定义。通常情况下,如果没有找到包或我们在使用默认语言时,不会加载包。

函数

标记一个字符串用于本地化。如果通过 env.language 指定的语言有可用的本地化包,并且该包对此消息有本地化值,则将返回该本地化值(并注入 args 用于任何模板值)。

Example

l10n.t('Hello {0}!', 'World');
ParameterDescription
message: string

The message to localize. Supports index templating where strings like {0} and {1} are replaced by the item at that index in the args array.

...args: Array<string | number | boolean>

The arguments to be used in the localized string. The index of the argument is used to match the template placeholder in the localized string.

ReturnsDescription
string

localized string with injected arguments.

标记一个字符串用于本地化。如果通过 env.language 指定的语言有可用的本地化包,并且该包对此消息有本地化值,则将返回该本地化值(并注入 args 用于任何模板值)。

示例

l10n.t('Hello {name}', { name: 'Erich' });
参数描述
message: string

The message to localize. Supports named templating where strings like {foo} and {bar} are replaced by the value in the Record for that key (foo, bar, etc).

args: Record<string, string | number | boolean>

The arguments to be used in the localized string. The name of the key in the record is used to match the template placeholder in the localized string.

ReturnsDescription
string

localized string with injected arguments.

为本地化标记字符串。如果通过 env.language 指定的语言有可用的本地化包,并且该包对此消息有本地化值,则将返回该本地化值(对于任何模板值,注入 args 值)。

参数描述
选项{参数: 数组<字符串 | 数字 | 布尔值> | 记录<字符串, 字符串 | 数字 | 布尔值>, 注释: 字符串 | 字符串[], 消息: 字符串}

在本地化消息时使用的选项。

退货描述
字符串

本地化字符串,带有注入的参数。

语言

用于参与特定语言的编辑器功能的命名空间,例如IntelliSense、代码操作、诊断等。

许多编程语言存在,并且在语法、语义和范式上存在巨大差异。尽管如此,像自动词完成、代码导航或代码检查这样的功能在不同编程语言的不同工具中变得流行。

该编辑器提供了一个API,通过这种方式,所有的用户界面和操作已经就位,并且允许您仅通过提供数据来参与,从而简单地提供诸如悬停等常见功能。例如,要贡献一个悬停,您只需提供一个可以接受TextDocumentPosition并返回悬停信息的函数。其余的,例如跟踪鼠标,定位悬停,保持悬停稳定等,都由编辑器处理。

语言.注册悬停提供者('javascript', {
  提供悬停(document, 位置, 令牌) {
    返回 new 悬停('我是悬停!');
  }
});

注册是通过文档选择器完成的,它可以是语言ID,例如JavaScript 或 一个更复杂的 过滤器{ 语言: 'typescript', 方案: 'file' }将文档与这样的选择器匹配将产生一个分数,用于确定是否以及如何使用提供者。当 分数相等时,最近的提供者获胜。对于允许完全arity的特性,例如 hover, 仅检查分数是否为 >0对于其他功能,例如IntelliSense,得分用于确定提供者参与的顺序。

事件

一个事件,当全局诊断集更改时触发。这是新增和移除的诊断。

函数

创建诊断收集。

参数描述
名字字符串

收藏的名字。

退货描述
诊断收集

一个新的诊断合集。

创建一个新的语言状态项

参数描述
id字符串

该物品的标识符。

选择器文档选择器

文档选择器定义了该项目对哪些编辑器可见。

退货描述
语言状态项

一个新的语言状态项目。

获取给定资源的所有诊断信息。

参数描述
资源Uri

资源

退货描述
诊断[]

一个诊断对象的数组或一个空数组。

获取所有诊断。

参数描述
退货描述
数组<[Uri, Diagnostic[]]>

一个uri-diagnostics元组数组或一个空数组。

返回所有已知语言的标识符。

参数描述
退货描述
Thenable<字符串[]>

承诺解析为一个标识符字符串数组。

计算文档 选择器 与文档之间的匹配。值大于零表示选择器匹配该文档。

比赛根据以下规则进行计算:

  1. DocumentSelector是一个数组时,为其中的每个元素计算匹配文档过滤器 or language identifier and take the maximum value.
  2. A string will be desugared to become the language-part of a DocumentFilter, so "fooLang" is like { language: "fooLang" }.
  3. A DocumentFilter will be matched against the document by comparing its parts with the document. The following rules apply:
    1. When the DocumentFilter is empty ({}) the result is 0
    2. When scheme, language, pattern, or notebook are defined but one doesn't match, the result is 0
    3. Matching against * gives a score of 5, matching via equality or via a glob-pattern gives a score of 10
    4. The result is the maximum value of each match

Samples:

// default document from disk (file-scheme)
doc.uri; //'file:///my/file.js'
doc.languageId; // 'javascript'
match('javascript', doc); // 10;
match({ language: 'javascript' }, doc); // 10;
match({ language: 'javascript', scheme: 'file' }, doc); // 10;
match('*', doc); // 5
match('fooLang', doc); // 0
match(['fooLang', '*'], doc); // 5

// virtual document, e.g. from git-index
doc.uri; // 'git:/my/file.js'
doc.languageId; // 'javascript'
match('javascript', doc); // 10;
match({ language: 'javascript', scheme: 'git' }, doc); // 10;
match('*', doc); // 5

// notebook cell document
doc.uri; // `vscode-notebook-cell:///my/notebook.ipynb#gl65s2pmha`;
doc.languageId; // 'python'
match({ notebookType: 'jupyter-notebook' }, doc); // 10
match({ notebookType: 'fooNotebook', language: 'python' }, doc); // 0
match({ language: 'python' }, doc); // 10
match({ notebookType: '*' }, 文档); // 5
参数描述
选择器文档选择器

文档选择器。

文档文本文档

一个文本文件。

退货描述
数字

一个数字>0当选择器匹配时0当选择器不匹配时。

注册调用层次结构提供者。

参数描述
选择器文档选择器

定义此提供程序适用的文档的选择器。

提供者调用层次结构提供者

调用层次结构提供者。

退货描述
一次性

一个一次性在被释放时注销此提供者。

注册代码行动提供者。

多个提供者可以注册用于一种语言。在这种情况下,提供者会并行地被询问,结果会被合并。一个失败的提供者(被拒绝的承诺或异常)不会导致整个操作失败。

参数描述
选择器文档选择器

定义此提供程序适用的文档的选择器。

提供者CodeActionProvider<CodeAction>

代码行动提供程序。

元数据?CodeActionProviderMetadata

关于代码提供程序提供的代码操作的元数据。

退货描述
一次性

一个一次性在被释放时注销此提供者。

注册代码透镜提供者。

多个提供者可以注册用于一种语言。在这种情况下,提供者会并行地被询问,结果会被合并。一个失败的提供者(被拒绝的承诺或异常)不会导致整个操作失败。

参数描述
选择器文档选择器

定义此提供程序适用的文档的选择器。

提供者CodeLensProvider<CodeLens>

代码 lens 提供者。

退货描述
一次性

一个一次性在被释放时注销此提供者。

Register a color provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider: DocumentColorProvider

A color provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a completion provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and groups of equal score are sequentially asked for completion items. The process stops when one or many providers of a group return a result. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not fail the whole operation.

A completion item provider can be associated with a set of triggerCharacters. When trigger characters are being typed, completions are requested but only from providers that registered the typed character. Because of that trigger characters should be different than word characters, a common trigger character is . to trigger member completions.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider: CompletionItemProvider<CompletionItem>

A completion provider.

...triggerCharacters: string[]

Trigger completion when the user types one of the characters.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a declaration provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider: DeclarationProvider

A declaration provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a definition provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider: DefinitionProvider

A definition provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Registers a new DocumentDropEditProvider.

Multiple drop providers can be registered for a language. When dropping content into an editor, all registered providers for the editor's language will be invoked based on the mimetypes they handle as specified by their DocumentDropEditProviderMetadata.

Each provider can return one or more DocumentDropEdits. The edits are sorted using the DocumentDropEdit.yieldTo property. By default the first edit will be applied. If there are any additional edits, these will be shown to the user as selectable drop options in the drop widget.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider applies to.

provider: DocumentDropEditProvider<DocumentDropEdit>

A drop provider.

metadata?: DocumentDropEditProviderMetadata

Additional metadata about the provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when disposed of.

Register a formatting provider for a document.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and the best-matching provider is used. Failure of the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider: DocumentFormattingEditProvider

A document formatting edit provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a document highlight provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and groups sequentially asked for document highlights. The process stops when a provider returns a non-falsy or non-failure result.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider: DocumentHighlightProvider

A document highlight provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a document link provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider: DocumentLinkProvider<DocumentLink>

A document link provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Registers a new DocumentPasteEditProvider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. All registered providers for a language will be invoked for copy and paste operations based on their handled mimetypes as specified by the DocumentPasteProviderMetadata.

For copy operations, changes to the DataTransfer made by each provider will be merged into a single DataTransfer that is used to populate the clipboard.

For [DocumentPasteEditProvider.providerDocumentPasteEdits paste operations](#_DocumentPasteEditProvider.providerDocumentPasteEdits paste operations), each provider will be invoked and can return one or more DocumentPasteEdits. The edits are sorted using the DocumentPasteEdit.yieldTo property. By default the first edit will be applied and the rest of the edits will be shown to the user as selectable paste options in the paste widget.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider applies to.

provider: DocumentPasteEditProvider<DocumentPasteEdit>

A paste editor provider.

metadata: DocumentPasteProviderMetadata

Additional metadata about the provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when disposed of.

Register a formatting provider for a document range.

Note: A document range provider is also a document formatter which means there is no need to register a document formatter when also registering a range provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and the best-matching provider is used. Failure of the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider: DocumentRangeFormattingEditProvider

A document range formatting edit provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a semantic tokens provider for a document range.

Note: If a document has both a DocumentSemanticTokensProvider and a DocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider, the range provider will be invoked only initially, for the time in which the full document provider takes to resolve the first request. Once the full document provider resolves the first request, the semantic tokens provided via the range provider will be discarded and from that point forward, only the document provider will be used.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and the best-matching provider is used. Failure of the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider: DocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider

A document range semantic tokens provider.

legend: SemanticTokensLegend
ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a semantic tokens provider for a whole document.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and the best-matching provider is used. Failure of the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider: DocumentSemanticTokensProvider

A document semantic tokens provider.

legend: SemanticTokensLegend
ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a document symbol provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider: DocumentSymbolProvider

A document symbol provider.

metaData?: DocumentSymbolProviderMetadata

metadata about the provider

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a provider that locates evaluatable expressions in text documents. The editor will evaluate the expression in the active debug session and will show the result in the debug hover.

If multiple providers are registered for a language an arbitrary provider will be used.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider: EvaluatableExpressionProvider

An evaluatable expression provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a folding range provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. If multiple folding ranges start at the same position, only the range of the first registered provider is used. If a folding range overlaps with an other range that has a smaller position, it is also ignored.

A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider: FoldingRangeProvider

A folding range provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a hover provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider: HoverProvider

A hover provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register an implementation provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider: ImplementationProvider

An implementation provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a inlay hints provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider: InlayHintsProvider<InlayHint>

An inlay hints provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Registers an inline completion provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider: InlineCompletionItemProvider

An inline completion provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a provider that returns data for the debugger's 'inline value' feature. Whenever the generic debugger has stopped in a source file, providers registered for the language of the file are called to return textual data that will be shown in the editor at the end of lines.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider: InlineValuesProvider

An inline values provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a linked editing range provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and the best-matching provider that has a result is used. Failure of the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider: LinkedEditingRangeProvider

A linked editing range provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a formatting provider that works on type. The provider is active when the user enables the setting editor.formatOnType.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and the best-matching provider is used. Failure of the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider: OnTypeFormattingEditProvider

An on type formatting edit provider.

firstTriggerCharacter: string

A character on which formatting should be triggered, like }.

...moreTriggerCharacter: string[]

More trigger characters.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a reference provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider: ReferenceProvider

A reference provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a rename provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and asked in sequence. The first provider producing a result defines the result of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider: RenameProvider

A rename provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a selection range provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider: SelectionRangeProvider

A selection range provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a signature help provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and called sequentially until a provider returns a valid result.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider: SignatureHelpProvider

A signature help provider.

...triggerCharacters: string[]

Trigger signature help when the user types one of the characters, like , or (.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider: SignatureHelpProvider

A signature help provider.

metadata: SignatureHelpProviderMetadata

Information about the provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a type definition provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider: TypeDefinitionProvider

A type definition provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a type hierarchy provider.

ParameterDescription
selector: DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider: TypeHierarchyProvider

A type hierarchy provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a workspace symbol provider.

Multiple providers can be registered. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
provider: WorkspaceSymbolProvider<SymbolInformation>

A workspace symbol provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Set a language configuration for a language.

ParameterDescription
language: string

A language identifier like typescript.

configuration: LanguageConfiguration

Language configuration.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unsets this configuration.

Set (and change) the language that is associated with the given document.

Note that calling this function will trigger the onDidCloseTextDocument event followed by the onDidOpenTextDocument event.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document which language is to be changed

languageId: string

The new language identifier.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<TextDocument>

A thenable that resolves with the updated document.

输入:lm

用于语言模型相关功能的命名空间。

变量

A list of all available tools that were registered by all extensions using lm.registerTool. They can be called with lm.invokeTool with input that match their declared inputSchema.

事件

An event that is fired when the set of available chat models changes.

函数

Invoke a tool listed in lm.tools by name with the given input. The input will be validated against the schema declared by the tool

A tool can be invoked by a chat participant, in the context of handling a chat request, or globally by any extension in any custom flow.

In the former case, the caller shall pass the toolInvocationToken, which comes from a chat request. This makes sure the chat UI shows the tool invocation for the correct conversation.

A tool result is an array of text- and prompt-tsx-parts. If the tool caller is using vscode/prompt-tsx, it can incorporate the response parts into its prompt using a ToolResult. If not, the parts can be passed along to the LanguageModelChat via a user message with a LanguageModelToolResultPart.

If a chat participant wants to preserve tool results for requests across multiple turns, it can store tool results in the ChatResult.metadata returned from the handler and retrieve them on the next turn from ChatResponseTurn.result.

ParameterDescription
name: string

The name of the tool to call.

options: LanguageModelToolInvocationOptions<object>

The options to use when invoking the tool.

token?: CancellationToken

A cancellation token. See CancellationTokenSource for how to create one.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<LanguageModelToolResult>

The result of the tool invocation.

Registers a LanguageModelChatProvider Note: You must also define the language model chat provider via the languageModelChatProviders contribution point in package.json

ParameterDescription
vendor: string

The vendor for this provider. Must be globally unique. An example is copilot or openai.

provider: LanguageModelChatProvider<LanguageModelChatInformation>

The provider to register

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A disposable that unregisters the provider when disposed

Registers a provider that publishes 模型上下文协议 servers for the editor to consume. This allows MCP servers to be dynamically provided to the editor in addition to those the user creates in their configuration files.

Before calling this method, extensions must register the contributes.mcpServerDefinitionProviders extension point with the corresponding id, for example:

    "contributes": {
        "mcpServerDefinitionProviders": [
            {
                "id": "cool-cloud-registry.mcp-servers",
                "label": "Cool Cloud Registry",
            }
        ]
    }

When a new McpServerDefinitionProvider is available, the editor will, by default, automatically invoke it to discover new servers and tools when a chat message is submitted. To enable this flow, extensions should call registerMcpServerDefinitionProvider during activation.

ParameterDescription
id: string

The ID of the provider, which is unique to the extension.

provider: McpServerDefinitionProvider<McpServerDefinition>

The provider to register

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A disposable that unregisters the provider when disposed.

Register a LanguageModelTool. The tool must also be registered in the package.json languageModelTools contribution point. A registered tool is available in the lm.tools list for any extension to see. But in order for it to be seen by a language model, it must be passed in the list of available tools in LanguageModelChatRequestOptions.tools.

ParameterDescription
name: string
tool: LanguageModelTool<T>
ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters the tool when disposed.

Select chat models by a selector. This can yield multiple or no chat models and extensions must handle these cases, esp. when no chat model exists, gracefully.

const models = await vscode.lm.selectChatModels({ family: 'gpt-3.5-turbo' });
if (models.length > 0) {
    const [first] = models;
    const response = await first.sendRequest(...)
    // ...
} else {
    // NO chat models available
}

A selector can be written to broadly match all models of a given vendor or family, or it can narrowly select one model by ID. Keep in mind that the available set of models will change over time, but also that prompts may perform differently in different models.

Note that extensions can hold on to the results returned by this function and use them later. However, when the onDidChangeChatModels-event is fired the list of chat models might have changed and extensions should re-query.

ParameterDescription
selector?: LanguageModelChatSelector

A chat model selector. When omitted all chat models are returned.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<LanguageModelChat[]>

An array of chat models, can be empty!

笔记本电脑

笔记本的命名空间。

笔记本功能由三个松散耦合的组件组成:

  1. NotebookSerializer 启用编辑器以打开、显示和保存笔记本
  2. NotebookController 负责笔记本的执行,例如他们从代码单元格中生成输出。
  3. NotebookRenderer在编辑器中呈现Notebook输出。它们在单独的上下文中运行。

函数

Creates a new notebook controller.

ParameterDescription
id: string

Identifier of the controller. Must be unique per extension.

notebookType: string

A notebook type for which this controller is for.

label: string

The label of the controller.

handler?: (cells: NotebookCell[], notebook: NotebookDocument, controller: NotebookController) => void | Thenable<void>

The execute-handler of the controller.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookController

A new notebook controller.

Creates a new messaging instance used to communicate with a specific renderer.

  • Note 1: Extensions can only create renderer that they have defined in their package.json-file
  • Note 2: A renderer only has access to messaging if requiresMessaging is set to always or optional in its notebookRenderer contribution.
ParameterDescription
rendererId: string

The renderer ID to communicate with

ReturnsDescription
NotebookRendererMessaging

A new notebook renderer messaging object.

Register a cell statusbar item provider for the given notebook type.

ParameterDescription
notebookType: string

The notebook type to register for.

provider: NotebookCellStatusBarItemProvider

A cell status bar provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

scm

源代码控制管理的命名空间。

变量

The input box for the last source control created by the extension.

  • deprecated - Use SourceControl.inputBox instead

函数

Creates a new source control instance.

ParameterDescription
id: string

An id for the source control. Something short, e.g.: git.

label: string

A human-readable string for the source control. E.g.: Git.

rootUri?: Uri

An optional Uri of the root of the source control. E.g.: Uri.parse(workspaceRoot).

ReturnsDescription
SourceControl

An instance of source control.

任务

任务功能的命名空间。

变量

The currently active task executions or an empty array.

事件

Fires when a task ends.

Fires when the underlying process has ended. This event will not fire for tasks that don't execute an underlying process.

Fires when a task starts.

Fires when the underlying process has been started. This event will not fire for tasks that don't execute an underlying process.

函数

Executes a task that is managed by the editor. The returned task execution can be used to terminate the task.

  • throws - When running a ShellExecution or a ProcessExecution task in an environment where a new process cannot be started. In such an environment, only CustomExecution tasks can be run.
ParameterDescription
task: Task

the task to execute

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<TaskExecution>

A thenable that resolves to a task execution.

Fetches all tasks available in the systems. This includes tasks from tasks.json files as well as tasks from task providers contributed through extensions.

ParameterDescription
filter?: TaskFilter

Optional filter to select tasks of a certain type or version.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<Task[]>

A thenable that resolves to an array of tasks.

Register a task provider.

ParameterDescription
type: string

The task kind type this provider is registered for.

provider: TaskProvider<Task>

A task provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

测试

用于测试功能的命名空间。测试通过注册 TestController实例,然后添加TestItems来发布。 控制器还可以通过创建一个或多个TestRunProfile实例来描述如何运行测试。

函数

Creates a new test controller.

ParameterDescription
id: string

Identifier for the controller, must be globally unique.

label: string

A human-readable label for the controller.

ReturnsDescription
TestController

An instance of the TestController.

Windows

用于处理当前编辑器Windows的命名空间。包括可见且活动的编辑器,以及用于显示消息、选择和请求用户输入的UI元素。

变量

The currently active color theme as configured in the settings. The active theme can be changed via the workbench.colorTheme setting.

The currently active notebook editor or undefined. The active editor is the one that currently has focus or, when none has focus, the one that has changed input most recently.

The currently active terminal or undefined. The active terminal is the one that currently has focus or most recently had focus.

The currently active editor or undefined. The active editor is the one that currently has focus or, when none has focus, the one that has changed input most recently.

Represents the current window's state.

Represents the grid widget within the main editor area

The currently opened terminals or an empty array.

The currently visible notebook editors or an empty array.

The currently visible editors or an empty array.

事件

An Event which fires when the active color theme is changed or has changes.

An Event which fires when the active notebook editor has changed. Note that the event also fires when the active editor changes to undefined.

An Event which fires when the active terminal has changed. Note that the event also fires when the active terminal changes to undefined.

An Event which fires when the active editor has changed. Note that the event also fires when the active editor changes to undefined.

An Event which fires when the notebook editor selections have changed.

An Event which fires when the notebook editor visible ranges have changed.

Fires when shell integration activates or one of its properties changes in a terminal.

An Event which fires when a terminal's state has changed.

An Event which fires when the options of an editor have changed.

An Event which fires when the selection in an editor has changed.

An Event which fires when the view column of an editor has changed.

An Event which fires when the visible ranges of an editor has changed.

An Event which fires when the visible notebook editors has changed.

An Event which fires when the array of visible editors has changed.

An Event which fires when the focus or activity state of the current window changes. The value of the event represents whether the window is focused.

An Event which fires when a terminal is disposed.

This will be fired when a terminal command is ended. This event will fire only when shell integration is activated for the terminal.

An Event which fires when a terminal has been created, either through the createTerminal API or commands.

This will be fired when a terminal command is started. This event will fire only when shell integration is activated for the terminal.

函数

Creates a InputBox to let the user enter some text input.

Note that in many cases the more convenient window.showInputBox is easier to use. window.createInputBox should be used when window.showInputBox does not offer the required flexibility.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
InputBox

A new InputBox.

Creates a new output channel with the given name and language id If language id is not provided, then Log is used as default language id.

You can access the visible or active output channel as a text document from visible editors or active editor and use the language id to contribute language features like syntax coloring, code lens etc.,

ParameterDescription
name: string

Human-readable string which will be used to represent the channel in the UI.

languageId?: string

The identifier of the language associated with the channel.

ReturnsDescription
OutputChannel

A new output channel.

Creates a new log output channel with the given name.

ParameterDescription
name: string

Human-readable string which will be used to represent the channel in the UI.

options: {log: true}

Options for the log output channel.

ReturnsDescription
LogOutputChannel

A new log output channel.

Creates a QuickPick to let the user pick an item from a list of items of type T.

Note that in many cases the more convenient window.showQuickPick is easier to use. window.createQuickPick should be used when window.showQuickPick does not offer the required flexibility.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
QuickPick<T>

A new QuickPick.

Creates a status bar item.

ParameterDescription
id: string

The identifier of the item. Must be unique within the extension.

alignment?: StatusBarAlignment

The alignment of the item.

priority?: number

The priority of the item. Higher values mean the item should be shown more to the left.

ReturnsDescription
StatusBarItem

A new status bar item.

Creates a status bar item.

See also createStatusBarItem for creating a status bar item with an identifier.

ParameterDescription
alignment?: StatusBarAlignment

The alignment of the item.

priority?: number

The priority of the item. Higher values mean the item should be shown more to the left.

ReturnsDescription
StatusBarItem

A new status bar item.

Creates a Terminal with a backing shell process. The cwd of the terminal will be the workspace directory if it exists.

  • throws - When running in an environment where a new process cannot be started.
ParameterDescription
name?: string

Optional human-readable string which will be used to represent the terminal in the UI.

shellPath?: string

Optional path to a custom shell executable to be used in the terminal.

shellArgs?: string | readonly string[]

Optional args for the custom shell executable. A string can be used on Windows only which allows specifying shell args in command-line format.

ReturnsDescription
Terminal

A new Terminal.

Creates a Terminal with a backing shell process.

  • throws - When running in an environment where a new process cannot be started.
ParameterDescription
options: TerminalOptions

A TerminalOptions object describing the characteristics of the new terminal.

ReturnsDescription
Terminal

A new Terminal.

Creates a Terminal where an extension controls its input and output.

ParameterDescription
options: ExtensionTerminalOptions

An ExtensionTerminalOptions object describing the characteristics of the new terminal.

ReturnsDescription
Terminal

A new Terminal.

Create a TextEditorDecorationType that can be used to add decorations to text editors.

ParameterDescription
options: DecorationRenderOptions

Rendering options for the decoration type.

ReturnsDescription
TextEditorDecorationType

A new decoration type instance.

Create a TreeView for the view contributed using the extension point views.

ParameterDescription
viewId: string

Id of the view contributed using the extension point views.

options: TreeViewOptions<T>

Options for creating the TreeView

ReturnsDescription
TreeView<T>

Create and show a new webview panel.

ParameterDescription
viewType: string

Identifies the type of the webview panel.

title: string

Title of the panel.

showOptions: ViewColumn | {preserveFocus: boolean, viewColumn: ViewColumn}

Where to show the webview in the editor. If preserveFocus is set, the new webview will not take focus.

options?: WebviewPanelOptions & WebviewOptions

Settings for the new panel.

ReturnsDescription
WebviewPanel

New webview panel.

Register a provider for custom editors for the viewType contributed by the customEditors extension point.

When a custom editor is opened, an onCustomEditor:viewType activation event is fired. Your extension must register a CustomTextEditorProvider, CustomReadonlyEditorProvider, CustomEditorProviderfor viewType as part of activation.

ParameterDescription
viewType: string

Unique identifier for the custom editor provider. This should match the viewType from the customEditors contribution point.

provider: CustomTextEditorProvider | CustomReadonlyEditorProvider<CustomDocument> | CustomEditorProvider<CustomDocument>

Provider that resolves custom editors.

options?: {supportsMultipleEditorsPerDocument: boolean, webviewOptions: WebviewPanelOptions}

Options for the provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

Disposable that unregisters the provider.

Register a file decoration provider.

ParameterDescription
provider: FileDecorationProvider
ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters the provider.

Register provider that enables the detection and handling of links within the terminal.

ParameterDescription
provider: TerminalLinkProvider<TerminalLink>

The provider that provides the terminal links.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

Disposable that unregisters the provider.

Registers a provider for a contributed terminal profile.

ParameterDescription
id: string

The ID of the contributed terminal profile.

provider: TerminalProfileProvider

The terminal profile provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A disposable that unregisters the provider.

Register a TreeDataProvider for the view contributed using the extension point views. This will allow you to contribute data to the TreeView and update if the data changes.

Note: To get access to the TreeView and perform operations on it, use createTreeView.

ParameterDescription
viewId: string

Id of the view contributed using the extension point views.

treeDataProvider: TreeDataProvider<T>

A TreeDataProvider that provides tree data for the view

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A disposable that unregisters the TreeDataProvider.

Registers a uri handler capable of handling system-wide uris. In case there are multiple windows open, the topmost window will handle the uri. A uri handler is scoped to the extension it is contributed from; it will only be able to handle uris which are directed to the extension itself. A uri must respect the following rules:

  • The uri-scheme must be vscode.env.uriScheme;
  • The uri-authority must be the extension id (e.g. my.extension);
  • The uri-path, -query and -fragment parts are arbitrary.

For example, if the my.extension extension registers a uri handler, it will only be allowed to handle uris with the prefix product-name://my.extension.

An extension can only register a single uri handler in its entire activation lifetime.

  • Note: There is an activation event onUri that fires when a uri directed for the current extension is about to be handled.
ParameterDescription
handler: UriHandler

The uri handler to register for this extension.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A disposable that unregisters the handler.

Registers a webview panel serializer.

Extensions that support reviving should have an "onWebviewPanel:viewType" activation event and make sure that registerWebviewPanelSerializer is called during activation.

Only a single serializer may be registered at a time for a given viewType.

ParameterDescription
viewType: string

Type of the webview panel that can be serialized.

serializer: WebviewPanelSerializer<unknown>

Webview serializer.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A disposable that unregisters the serializer.

Register a new provider for webview views.

ParameterDescription
viewId: string

Unique id of the view. This should match the id from the views contribution in the package.json.

provider: WebviewViewProvider

Provider for the webview views.

options?: {webviewOptions: {retainContextWhenHidden: boolean}}
ReturnsDescription
Disposable

Disposable that unregisters the provider.

Set a message to the status bar. This is a short hand for the more powerful status bar items.

ParameterDescription
text: string

The message to show, supports icon substitution as in status bar items.

hideAfterTimeout: number

Timeout in milliseconds after which the message will be disposed.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A disposable which hides the status bar message.

Set a message to the status bar. This is a short hand for the more powerful status bar items.

ParameterDescription
text: string

The message to show, supports icon substitution as in status bar items.

hideWhenDone: Thenable<any>

Thenable on which completion (resolve or reject) the message will be disposed.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A disposable which hides the status bar message.

Set a message to the status bar. This is a short hand for the more powerful status bar items.

Note that status bar messages stack and that they must be disposed when no longer used.

ParameterDescription
text: string

The message to show, supports icon substitution as in status bar items.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A disposable which hides the status bar message.

Show an error message.

See also showInformationMessage

ParameterDescription
message: string

The message to show.

...items: T[]

A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T | undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected item or undefined when being dismissed.

Show an error message.

See also showInformationMessage

ParameterDescription
message: string

The message to show.

options: MessageOptions

Configures the behaviour of the message.

...items: T[]

A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T | undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected item or undefined when being dismissed.

Show an error message.

See also showInformationMessage

ParameterDescription
message: string

The message to show.

...items: T[]

A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T | undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected item or undefined when being dismissed.

Show an error message.

See also showInformationMessage

ParameterDescription
message: string

The message to show.

options: MessageOptions

Configures the behaviour of the message.

...items: T[]

A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T | undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected item or undefined when being dismissed.

Show an information message to users. Optionally provide an array of items which will be presented as clickable buttons.

ParameterDescription
message: string

The message to show.

...items: T[]

A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T | undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected item or undefined when being dismissed.

Show an information message to users. Optionally provide an array of items which will be presented as clickable buttons.

ParameterDescription
message: string

The message to show.

options: MessageOptions

Configures the behaviour of the message.

...items: T[]

A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T | undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected item or undefined when being dismissed.

Show an information message.

See also showInformationMessage

ParameterDescription
message: string

The message to show.

...items: T[]

A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T | undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected item or undefined when being dismissed.

Show an information message.

See also showInformationMessage

ParameterDescription
message: string

The message to show.

options: MessageOptions

Configures the behaviour of the message.

...items: T[]

A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T | undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected item or undefined when being dismissed.

Opens an input box to ask the user for input.

The returned value will be undefined if the input box was canceled (e.g., pressing ESC). Otherwise the returned value will be the string typed by the user or an empty string if the user did not type anything but dismissed the input box with OK.

ParameterDescription
options?: InputBoxOptions

Configures the behavior of the input box.

token?: CancellationToken

A token that can be used to signal cancellation.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<string | undefined>

A thenable that resolves to a string the user provided or to undefined in case of dismissal.

Show the given NotebookDocument in a notebook editor.

ParameterDescription
document: NotebookDocument

A text document to be shown.

options?: NotebookDocumentShowOptions

Editor options to configure the behavior of showing the notebook editor.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<NotebookEditor>

A promise that resolves to an notebook editor.

Shows a file open dialog to the user which allows to select a file for opening-purposes.

ParameterDescription
options?: OpenDialogOptions

Options that control the dialog.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<Uri[] | undefined>

A promise that resolves to the selected resources or undefined.

Shows a selection list allowing multiple selections.

ParameterDescription
items: readonly string[] | Thenable<readonly string[]>

An array of strings, or a promise that resolves to an array of strings.

options: QuickPickOptions & {canPickMany: true}

Configures the behavior of the selection list.

token?: CancellationToken

A token that can be used to signal cancellation.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<string[] | undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected items or undefined.

Shows a selection list.

ParameterDescription
items: readonly string[] | Thenable<readonly string[]>

An array of strings, or a promise that resolves to an array of strings.

options?: QuickPickOptions

Configures the behavior of the selection list.

token?: CancellationToken

A token that can be used to signal cancellation.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<string | undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected string or undefined.

Shows a selection list allowing multiple selections.

ParameterDescription
items: readonly T[] | Thenable<readonly T[]>

An array of items, or a promise that resolves to an array of items.

options: QuickPickOptions & {canPickMany: true}

Configures the behavior of the selection list.

token?: CancellationToken

A token that can be used to signal cancellation.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T[] | undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected items or undefined.

Shows a selection list.

ParameterDescription
items: readonly T[] | Thenable<readonly T[]>

An array of items, or a promise that resolves to an array of items.

options?: QuickPickOptions

Configures the behavior of the selection list.

token?: CancellationToken

A token that can be used to signal cancellation.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T | undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected item or undefined.

Shows a file save dialog to the user which allows to select a file for saving-purposes.

ParameterDescription
options?: SaveDialogOptions

Options that control the dialog.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<Uri | undefined>

A promise that resolves to the selected resource or undefined.

Show the given document in a text editor. A column can be provided to control where the editor is being shown. Might change the active editor.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

A text document to be shown.

column?: ViewColumn

A view column in which the editor should be shown. The default is the active. Columns that do not exist will be created as needed up to the maximum of ViewColumn.Nine. Use ViewColumn.Beside to open the editor to the side of the currently active one.

preserveFocus?: boolean

When true the editor will not take focus.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<TextEditor>

A promise that resolves to an editor.

Show the given document in a text editor. Options can be provided to control options of the editor is being shown. Might change the active editor.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

A text document to be shown.

options?: TextDocumentShowOptions

Editor options to configure the behavior of showing the editor.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<TextEditor>

A promise that resolves to an editor.

A short-hand for openTextDocument(uri).then(document => showTextDocument(document, options)).

See also workspace.openTextDocument

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

A resource identifier.

options?: TextDocumentShowOptions

Editor options to configure the behavior of showing the editor.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<TextEditor>

A promise that resolves to an editor.

Show a warning message.

See also showInformationMessage

ParameterDescription
message: string

The message to show.

...items: T[]

A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T | undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected item or undefined when being dismissed.

Show a warning message.

See also showInformationMessage

ParameterDescription
message: string

The message to show.

options: MessageOptions

Configures the behaviour of the message.

...items: T[]

A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T | undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected item or undefined when being dismissed.

Show a warning message.

See also showInformationMessage

ParameterDescription
message: string

The message to show.

...items: T[]

A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T | undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected item or undefined when being dismissed.

Show a warning message.

See also showInformationMessage

ParameterDescription
message: string

The message to show.

options: MessageOptions

Configures the behaviour of the message.

...items: T[]

A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T | undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected item or undefined when being dismissed.

Shows a selection list of workspace folders to pick from. Returns undefined if no folder is open.

ParameterDescription
options?: WorkspaceFolderPickOptions

Configures the behavior of the workspace folder list.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<WorkspaceFolder | undefined>

A promise that resolves to the workspace folder or undefined.

Show progress in the editor. Progress is shown while running the given callback and while the promise it returned isn't resolved nor rejected. The location at which progress should show (and other details) is defined via the passed ProgressOptions.

ParameterDescription
options: ProgressOptions

A ProgressOptions-object describing the options to use for showing progress, like its location

task: (progress: Progress<{increment: number, message: string}>, token: CancellationToken) => Thenable<R>

A callback returning a promise. Progress state can be reported with the provided Progress-object.

To report discrete progress, use increment to indicate how much work has been completed. Each call with a increment value will be summed up and reflected as overall progress until 100% is reached (a value of e.g. 10 accounts for 10% of work done). Note that currently only ProgressLocation.Notification is capable of showing discrete progress.

To monitor if the operation has been cancelled by the user, use the provided CancellationToken. Note that currently only ProgressLocation.Notification is supporting to show a cancel button to cancel the long running operation.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<R>

The thenable the task-callback returned.

Show progress in the Source Control viewlet while running the given callback and while its returned promise isn't resolve or rejected.

  • deprecated - Use withProgress instead.
ParameterDescription
task: (progress: Progress<number>) => Thenable<R>

A callback returning a promise. Progress increments can be reported with the provided Progress-object.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<R>

The thenable the task did return.

工作区

用于处理当前工作区的命名空间。工作区是打开在编辑器Windows(实例)中的一个或多个文件夹的集合。

你也可以在没有工作区的情况下打开编辑器。例如,当你从平台的文件菜单中选择一个文件来打开一个新的编辑器Windows时,你将不会在工作区内部。在这种模式下,编辑器的一些功能会被限制,但你仍然可以打开文本文件并编辑它们。

参考 https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/workspaces 了解有关工作区的概念的更多信息。

工作区提供支持监听fs事件和查找文件。两者性能良好,并且 编辑器进程之外运行,因此应始终使用它们,而不是nodejs的等价物。

变量

A file system instance that allows to interact with local and remote files, e.g. vscode.workspace.fs.readDirectory(someUri) allows to retrieve all entries of a directory or vscode.workspace.fs.stat(anotherUri) returns the meta data for a file.

When true, the user has explicitly trusted the contents of the workspace.

The name of the workspace. undefined when no workspace has been opened.

Refer to https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/workspaces for more information on the concept of workspaces.

All notebook documents currently known to the editor.

The uri of the first entry of workspaceFolders as string. undefined if there is no first entry.

Refer to https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/workspaces for more information on workspaces.

All text documents currently known to the editor.

The location of the workspace file, for example:

file:///Users/name/Development/myProject.code-workspace

or

untitled:1555503116870

for a workspace that is untitled and not yet saved.

Depending on the workspace that is opened, the value will be:

  • undefined when no workspace is opened
  • the path of the workspace file as Uri otherwise. if the workspace is untitled, the returned URI will use the untitled: scheme

The location can e.g. be used with the vscode.openFolder command to open the workspace again after it has been closed.

Example:

vscode.commands.executeCommand('vscode.openFolder', uriOfWorkspace);

Refer to https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/workspaces for more information on the concept of workspaces.

Note: it is not advised to use workspace.workspaceFile to write configuration data into the file. You can use workspace.getConfiguration().update() for that purpose which will work both when a single folder is opened as well as an untitled or saved workspace.

List of workspace folders (0-N) that are open in the editor. undefined when no workspace has been opened.

Refer to https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/workspaces for more information on workspaces.

事件

An event that is emitted when the configuration changed.

An event that is emitted when a notebook has changed.

An event that is emitted when a text document is changed. This usually happens when the contents changes but also when other things like the dirty-state changes.

An event that is emitted when a workspace folder is added or removed.

Note: this event will not fire if the first workspace folder is added, removed or changed, because in that case the currently executing extensions (including the one that listens to this event) will be terminated and restarted so that the (deprecated) rootPath property is updated to point to the first workspace folder.

An event that is emitted when a notebook is disposed.

Note 1: There is no guarantee that this event fires when an editor tab is closed.

Note 2: A notebook can be open but not shown in an editor which means this event can fire for a notebook that has not been shown in an editor.

An event that is emitted when a text document is disposed or when the language id of a text document has been changed.

Note 1: There is no guarantee that this event fires when an editor tab is closed, use the onDidChangeVisibleTextEditors-event to know when editors change.

Note 2: A document can be open but not shown in an editor which means this event can fire for a document that has not been shown in an editor.

An event that is emitted when files have been created.

Note: This event is triggered by user gestures, like creating a file from the explorer, or from the workspace.applyEdit-api, but this event is not fired when files change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using the workspace.fs-api.

An event that is emitted when files have been deleted.

Note 1: This event is triggered by user gestures, like deleting a file from the explorer, or from the workspace.applyEdit-api, but this event is not fired when files change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using the workspace.fs-api.

Note 2: When deleting a folder with children only one event is fired.

Event that fires when the current workspace has been trusted.

An event that is emitted when a notebook is opened.

An event that is emitted when a text document is opened or when the language id of a text document has been changed.

To add an event listener when a visible text document is opened, use the TextEditor events in the window namespace. Note that:

An event that is emitted when files have been renamed.

Note 1: This event is triggered by user gestures, like renaming a file from the explorer, and from the workspace.applyEdit-api, but this event is not fired when files change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using the workspace.fs-api.

Note 2: When renaming a folder with children only one event is fired.

An event that is emitted when a notebook is saved.

An event that is emitted when a text document is saved to disk.

An event that is emitted when files are being created.

Note 1: This event is triggered by user gestures, like creating a file from the explorer, or from the workspace.applyEdit-api. This event is not fired when files change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using the workspace.fs-api.

Note 2: When this event is fired, edits to files that are are being created cannot be applied.

An event that is emitted when files are being deleted.

Note 1: This event is triggered by user gestures, like deleting a file from the explorer, or from the workspace.applyEdit-api, but this event is not fired when files change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using the workspace.fs-api.

Note 2: When deleting a folder with children only one event is fired.

An event that is emitted when files are being renamed.

Note 1: This event is triggered by user gestures, like renaming a file from the explorer, and from the workspace.applyEdit-api, but this event is not fired when files change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using the workspace.fs-api.

Note 2: When renaming a folder with children only one event is fired.

An event that is emitted when a notebook document will be saved to disk.

Note 1: Subscribers can delay saving by registering asynchronous work. For the sake of data integrity the editor might save without firing this event. For instance when shutting down with dirty files.

Note 2: Subscribers are called sequentially and they can delay saving by registering asynchronous work. Protection against misbehaving listeners is implemented as such:

  • there is an overall time budget that all listeners share and if that is exhausted no further listener is called
  • listeners that take a long time or produce errors frequently will not be called anymore

The current thresholds are 1.5 seconds as overall time budget and a listener can misbehave 3 times before being ignored.

An event that is emitted when a text document will be saved to disk.

Note 1: Subscribers can delay saving by registering asynchronous work. For the sake of data integrity the editor might save without firing this event. For instance when shutting down with dirty files.

Note 2: Subscribers are called sequentially and they can delay saving by registering asynchronous work. Protection against misbehaving listeners is implemented as such:

  • there is an overall time budget that all listeners share and if that is exhausted no further listener is called
  • listeners that take a long time or produce errors frequently will not be called anymore

The current thresholds are 1.5 seconds as overall time budget and a listener can misbehave 3 times before being ignored.

函数

Make changes to one or many resources or create, delete, and rename resources as defined by the given workspace edit.

All changes of a workspace edit are applied in the same order in which they have been added. If multiple textual inserts are made at the same position, these strings appear in the resulting text in the order the 'inserts' were made, unless that are interleaved with resource edits. Invalid sequences like 'delete file a' -> 'insert text in file a' cause failure of the operation.

When applying a workspace edit that consists only of text edits an 'all-or-nothing'-strategy is used. A workspace edit with resource creations or deletions aborts the operation, e.g. consecutive edits will not be attempted, when a single edit fails.

ParameterDescription
edit: WorkspaceEdit

A workspace edit.

metadata?: WorkspaceEditMetadata

Optional metadata for the edit.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<boolean>

A thenable that resolves when the edit could be applied.

Returns a path that is relative to the workspace folder or folders.

When there are no workspace folders or when the path is not contained in them, the input is returned.

ParameterDescription
pathOrUri: string | Uri

A path or uri. When a uri is given its fsPath is used.

includeWorkspaceFolder?: boolean

When true and when the given path is contained inside a workspace folder the name of the workspace is prepended. Defaults to true when there are multiple workspace folders and false otherwise.

ReturnsDescription
string

A path relative to the root or the input.

Creates a file system watcher that is notified on file events (create, change, delete) depending on the parameters provided.

By default, all opened workspace folders will be watched for file changes recursively.

Additional paths can be added for file watching by providing a RelativePattern with a base path to watch. If the path is a folder and the pattern is complex (e.g. contains ** or path segments), it will be watched recursively and otherwise will be watched non-recursively (i.e. only changes to the first level of the path will be reported).

Note that paths that do not exist in the file system will be monitored with a delay until created and then watched depending on the parameters provided. If a watched path is deleted, the watcher will suspend and not report any events until the path is created again.

If possible, keep the use of recursive watchers to a minimum because recursive file watching is quite resource intense.

Providing a string as globPattern acts as convenience method for watching file events in all opened workspace folders. It cannot be used to add more folders for file watching, nor will it report any file events from folders that are not part of the opened workspace folders.

Note that case-sensitivity of the globPattern parameter will depend on the file system where the watcher is running: on Windows and macOS the matching will be case-insensitive and on Linux it will be case-sensitive.

Optionally, flags to ignore certain kinds of events can be provided.

To stop listening to events the watcher must be disposed.

Note that file events from deleting a folder may not include events for the contained files. For example, when a folder is moved to the trash, only one event is reported because technically this is a rename/move operation and not a delete operation for each files within. On top of that, performance optimizations are in place to fold multiple events that all belong to the same parent operation (e.g. delete folder) into one event for that parent. As such, if you need to know about all deleted files, you have to watch with ** and deal with all file events yourself.

Note that file events from recursive file watchers may be excluded based on user configuration. The setting files.watcherExclude helps to reduce the overhead of file events from folders that are known to produce many file changes at once (such as .git folders). As such, it is highly recommended to watch with simple patterns that do not require recursive watchers where the exclude settings are ignored and you have full control over the events.

Note that symbolic links are not automatically followed for file watching unless the path to watch itself is a symbolic link.

Note that the file paths that are reported for having changed may have a different path casing compared to the actual casing on disk on case-insensitive platforms (typically macOS and Windows but not Linux). We allow a user to open a workspace folder with any desired path casing and try to preserve that. This means:

  • if the path is within any of the workspace folders, the path will match the casing of the workspace folder up to that portion of the path and match the casing on disk for children
  • if the path is outside of any of the workspace folders, the casing will match the case of the path that was provided for watching In the same way, symbolic links are preserved, i.e. the file event will report the path of the symbolic link as it was provided for watching and not the target.

Examples

The basic anatomy of a file watcher is as follows:

const watcher = vscode.workspace.createFileSystemWatcher(new vscode.RelativePattern(<folder>, <pattern>));

watcher.onDidChange(uri => { ... }); // listen to files being changed
watcher.onDidCreate(uri => { ... }); // listen to files/folders being created
watcher.onDidDelete(uri => { ... }); // listen to files/folders getting deleted

watcher.dispose(); // dispose after usage

Workspace file watching

If you only care about file events in a specific workspace folder:

vscode.workspace.createFileSystemWatcher(
  new vscode.RelativePattern(vscode.workspace.workspaceFolders[0], '**/*.js')
);

If you want to monitor file events across all opened workspace folders:

vscode.workspace.createFileSystemWatcher('**/*.js');

Note: the array of workspace folders can be empty if no workspace is opened (empty window).

Out of workspace file watching

To watch a folder for changes to *.js files outside the workspace (non recursively), pass in a Uri to such a folder:

vscode.workspace.createFileSystemWatcher(new vscode.RelativePattern(vscode.Uri.file(<path to folder outside workspace>), '*.js'));

And use a complex glob pattern to watch recursively:

vscode.workspace.createFileSystemWatcher(new vscode.RelativePattern(vscode.Uri.file(<path to folder outside workspace>), '**/*.js'));

Here is an example for watching the active editor for file changes:

vscode.workspace.createFileSystemWatcher(
  new vscode.RelativePattern(vscode.window.activeTextEditor.document.uri, '*')
);
ParameterDescription
globPattern: GlobPattern

A glob pattern that controls which file events the watcher should report.

ignoreCreateEvents?: boolean

Ignore when files have been created.

ignoreChangeEvents?: boolean

Ignore when files have been changed.

ignoreDeleteEvents?: boolean

Ignore when files have been deleted.

ReturnsDescription
FileSystemWatcher

A new file system watcher instance. Must be disposed when no longer needed.

Decodes the content from a Uint8Array to a string. You MUST provide the entire content at once to ensure that the encoding can properly apply. Do not use this method to decode content in chunks, as that may lead to incorrect results.

Will pick an encoding based on settings and the content of the buffer (for example byte order marks).

Note that if you decode content that is unsupported by the encoding, the result may contain substitution characters as appropriate.

  • throws - This method will throw an error when the content is binary.
ParameterDescription
content: Uint8Array

The text content to decode as a Uint8Array.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<string>

A thenable that resolves to the decoded string.

Decodes the content from a Uint8Array to a string using the provided encoding. You MUST provide the entire content at once to ensure that the encoding can properly apply. Do not use this method to decode content in chunks, as that may lead to incorrect results.

Note that if you decode content that is unsupported by the encoding, the result may contain substitution characters as appropriate.

  • throws - This method will throw an error when the content is binary.
ParameterDescription
content: Uint8Array

The text content to decode as a Uint8Array.

options: {encoding: string}

Additional context for picking the encoding.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<string>

A thenable that resolves to the decoded string.

Decodes the content from a Uint8Array to a string. You MUST provide the entire content at once to ensure that the encoding can properly apply. Do not use this method to decode content in chunks, as that may lead to incorrect results.

The encoding is picked based on settings and the content of the buffer (for example byte order marks).

Note that if you decode content that is unsupported by the encoding, the result may contain substitution characters as appropriate.

  • throws - This method will throw an error when the content is binary.
ParameterDescription
content: Uint8Array

The content to decode as a Uint8Array.

options: {uri: Uri}

Additional context for picking the encoding.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<string>

A thenable that resolves to the decoded string.

Encodes the content of a string to a Uint8Array.

Will pick an encoding based on settings.

ParameterDescription
content: string

The content to decode as a string.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<Uint8Array>

A thenable that resolves to the encoded Uint8Array.

Encodes the content of a string to a Uint8Array using the provided encoding.

ParameterDescription
content: string

The content to decode as a string.

options: {encoding: string}

Additional context for picking the encoding.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<Uint8Array>

A thenable that resolves to the encoded Uint8Array.

Encodes the content of a string to a Uint8Array.

The encoding is picked based on settings.

ParameterDescription
content: string

The content to decode as a string.

options: {uri: Uri}

Additional context for picking the encoding.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<Uint8Array>

A thenable that resolves to the encoded Uint8Array.

Find files across all workspace folders in the workspace.

Example

findFiles('**/*.js', '**/node_modules/**', 10);
ParameterDescription
include: GlobPattern

A glob pattern that defines the files to search for. The glob pattern will be matched against the file paths of resulting matches relative to their workspace. Use a relative pattern to restrict the search results to a workspace folder.

exclude?: GlobPattern

A glob pattern that defines files and folders to exclude. The glob pattern will be matched against the file paths of resulting matches relative to their workspace. When undefined, default file-excludes (e.g. the files.exclude-setting but not search.exclude) will apply. When null, no excludes will apply.

maxResults?: number

An upper-bound for the result.

token?: CancellationToken

A token that can be used to signal cancellation to the underlying search engine.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<Uri[]>

A thenable that resolves to an array of resource identifiers. Will return no results if no workspace folders are opened.

Get a workspace configuration object.

When a section-identifier is provided only that part of the configuration is returned. Dots in the section-identifier are interpreted as child-access, like { myExt: { setting: { doIt: true }}} and getConfiguration('myExt.setting').get('doIt') === true.

When a scope is provided configuration confined to that scope is returned. Scope can be a resource or a language identifier or both.

ParameterDescription
section?: string

A dot-separated identifier.

scope?: ConfigurationScope

A scope for which the configuration is asked for.

ReturnsDescription
WorkspaceConfiguration

The full configuration or a subset.

Returns the workspace folder that contains a given uri.

  • returns undefined when the given uri doesn't match any workspace folder
  • returns the input when the given uri is a workspace folder itself
ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

An uri.

ReturnsDescription
WorkspaceFolder | undefined

A workspace folder or undefined

Open a notebook. Will return early if this notebook is already loaded. Otherwise the notebook is loaded and the onDidOpenNotebookDocument-event fires.

Note that the lifecycle of the returned notebook is owned by the editor and not by the extension. That means an onDidCloseNotebookDocument-event can occur at any time after.

Note that opening a notebook does not show a notebook editor. This function only returns a notebook document which can be shown in a notebook editor but it can also be used for other things.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

The resource to open.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<NotebookDocument>

A promise that resolves to a notebook

Open an untitled notebook. The editor will prompt the user for a file path when the document is to be saved.

See also workspace.openNotebookDocument

ParameterDescription
notebookType: string

The notebook type that should be used.

content?: NotebookData

The initial contents of the notebook.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<NotebookDocument>

A promise that resolves to a notebook.

Opens a document. Will return early if this document is already open. Otherwise the document is loaded and the didOpen-event fires.

The document is denoted by an Uri. Depending on the scheme the following rules apply:

  • file-scheme: Open a file on disk (openTextDocument(Uri.file(path))). Will be rejected if the file does not exist or cannot be loaded.
  • untitled-scheme: Open a blank untitled file with associated path (openTextDocument(Uri.file(path).with({ scheme: 'untitled' }))). The language will be derived from the file name.
  • For all other schemes contributed text document content providers and file system providers are consulted.

Note that the lifecycle of the returned document is owned by the editor and not by the extension. That means an onDidClose-event can occur at any time after opening it.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

Identifies the resource to open.

options?: {encoding: string}
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<TextDocument>

A promise that resolves to a document.

A short-hand for openTextDocument(Uri.file(path)).

See also workspace.openTextDocument

ParameterDescription
path: string

A path of a file on disk.

options?: {encoding: string}
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<TextDocument>

A promise that resolves to a document.

Opens an untitled text document. The editor will prompt the user for a file path when the document is to be saved. The options parameter allows to specify the language and/or the content of the document.

ParameterDescription
options?: {content: string, encoding: string, language: string}

Options to control how the document will be created.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<TextDocument>

A promise that resolves to a document.

Register a filesystem provider for a given scheme, e.g. ftp.

There can only be one provider per scheme and an error is being thrown when a scheme has been claimed by another provider or when it is reserved.

ParameterDescription
scheme: string

The uri-scheme the provider registers for.

provider: FileSystemProvider

The filesystem provider.

options?: {isCaseSensitive: boolean, isReadonly: boolean | MarkdownString}

Immutable metadata about the provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a notebook serializer.

A notebook serializer must be contributed through the notebooks extension point. When opening a notebook file, the editor will send the onNotebook:<notebookType> activation event, and extensions must register their serializer in return.

ParameterDescription
notebookType: string

A notebook.

serializer: NotebookSerializer

A notebook serializer.

options?: NotebookDocumentContentOptions

Optional context options that define what parts of a notebook should be persisted

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this serializer when being disposed.

Register a task provider.

  • deprecated - Use the corresponding function on the tasks namespace instead
ParameterDescription
type: string

The task kind type this provider is registered for.

provider: TaskProvider<Task>

A task provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a text document content provider.

Only one provider can be registered per scheme.

ParameterDescription
scheme: string

The uri-scheme to register for.

provider: TextDocumentContentProvider

A content provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Saves the editor identified by the given resource and returns the resulting resource or undefined if save was not successful or no editor with the given resource was found.

Note that an editor with the provided resource must be opened in order to be saved.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

the associated uri for the opened editor to save.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<Uri | undefined>

A thenable that resolves when the save operation has finished.

Save all dirty files.

ParameterDescription
includeUntitled?: boolean

Also save files that have been created during this session.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<boolean>

A thenable that resolves when the files have been saved. Will return false for any file that failed to save.

Saves the editor identified by the given resource to a new file name as provided by the user and returns the resulting resource or undefined if save was not successful or cancelled or no editor with the given resource was found.

Note that an editor with the provided resource must be opened in order to be saved as.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

the associated uri for the opened editor to save as.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<Uri | undefined>

A thenable that resolves when the save-as operation has finished.

This method replaces deleteCount workspace folders starting at index start by an optional set of workspaceFoldersToAdd on the vscode.workspace.workspaceFolders array. This "splice" behavior can be used to add, remove and change workspace folders in a single operation.

Note: in some cases calling this method may result in the currently executing extensions (including the one that called this method) to be terminated and restarted. For example when the first workspace folder is added, removed or changed the (deprecated) rootPath property is updated to point to the first workspace folder. Another case is when transitioning from an empty or single-folder workspace into a multi-folder workspace (see also: https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/workspaces).

Use the onDidChangeWorkspaceFolders() event to get notified when the workspace folders have been updated.

Example: adding a new workspace folder at the end of workspace folders

workspace.updateWorkspaceFolders(workspace.workspaceFolders ? workspace.workspaceFolders.length : 0, null, { uri: ...});

Example: removing the first workspace folder

workspace.updateWorkspaceFolders(0, 1);

Example: replacing an existing workspace folder with a new one

workspace.updateWorkspaceFolders(0, 1, { uri: ...});

It is valid to remove an existing workspace folder and add it again with a different name to rename that folder.

Note: it is not valid to call updateWorkspaceFolders() multiple times without waiting for the onDidChangeWorkspaceFolders() to fire.

ParameterDescription
start: number

the zero-based location in the list of currently opened workspace folders from which to start deleting workspace folders.

deleteCount: number

the optional number of workspace folders to remove.

...workspaceFoldersToAdd: Array<{name: string, uri: Uri}>

the optional variable set of workspace folders to add in place of the deleted ones. Each workspace is identified with a mandatory URI and an optional name.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if the operation was successfully started and false otherwise if arguments were used that would result in invalid workspace folder state (e.g. 2 folders with the same URI).

无障碍信息

无障碍信息,控制屏幕阅读器的行为。

属性

Label to be read out by a screen reader once the item has focus.

Role of the widget which defines how a screen reader interacts with it. The role should be set in special cases when for example a tree-like element behaves like a checkbox. If role is not specified the editor will pick the appropriate role automatically. More about aria roles can be found here https://w3c.github.io/aria/#widget_roles

认证强制新会话选项

调用时可使用的可选选项authentication.getSession与标志forceNewSession.

身份验证获取会话选项

认证提供者获取认证会话时使用的选项。

属性

The account that you would like to get a session for. This is passed down to the Authentication Provider to be used for creating the correct session.

Whether the existing session preference should be cleared.

For authentication providers that support being signed into multiple accounts at once, the user will be prompted to select an account to use when getSession is called. This preference is remembered until getSession is called with this flag.

Note: The preference is extension specific. So if one extension calls getSession, it will not affect the session preference for another extension calling getSession. Additionally, the preference is set for the current workspace and also globally. This means that new workspaces will use the "global" value at first and then when this flag is provided, a new value can be set for that workspace. This also means that pre-existing workspaces will not lose their preference if a new workspace sets this flag.

Defaults to false.

Whether login should be performed if there is no matching session.

If true, a modal dialog will be shown asking the user to sign in. If false, a numbered badge will be shown on the accounts activity bar icon. An entry for the extension will be added under the menu to sign in. This allows quietly prompting the user to sign in.

If you provide options, you will also see the dialog but with the additional context provided.

If there is a matching session but the extension has not been granted access to it, setting this to true will also result in an immediate modal dialog, and false will add a numbered badge to the accounts icon.

Defaults to false.

Note: you cannot use this option with silent.

Whether we should attempt to reauthenticate even if there is already a session available.

If true, a modal dialog will be shown asking the user to sign in again. This is mostly used for scenarios where the token needs to be re minted because it has lost some authorization.

If you provide options, you will also see the dialog but with the additional context provided.

If there are no existing sessions and forceNewSession is true, it will behave identically to createIfNone.

This defaults to false.

Whether we should show the indication to sign in in the Accounts menu.

If false, the user will be shown a badge on the Accounts menu with an option to sign in for the extension. If true, no indication will be shown.

Defaults to false.

Note: you cannot use this option with any other options that prompt the user like createIfNone.

认证获取会话呈现选项

调用时可使用的可选选项authentication.getSession与交互式选项forceNewSession&createIfNone

属性

An optional message that will be displayed to the user when we ask to re-authenticate. Providing additional context as to why you are asking a user to re-authenticate can help increase the odds that they will accept.

认证提供者

用于对服务进行身份验证的提供者。

事件

An Event which fires when the array of sessions has changed, or data within a session has changed.

方法

Prompts a user to login.

If login is successful, the onDidChangeSessions event should be fired.

If login fails, a rejected promise should be returned.

If the provider has specified that it does not support multiple accounts, then this should never be called if there is already an existing session matching these scopes.

ParameterDescription
scopes: readonly string[]

A list of scopes, permissions, that the new session should be created with.

options: AuthenticationProviderSessionOptions

Additional options for creating a session.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<AuthenticationSession>

A promise that resolves to an authentication session.

Get a list of sessions.

ParameterDescription
scopes: readonly string[]

An optional list of scopes. If provided, the sessions returned should match these permissions, otherwise all sessions should be returned.

options: AuthenticationProviderSessionOptions

Additional options for getting sessions.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<AuthenticationSession[]>

A promise that resolves to an array of authentication sessions.

Removes the session corresponding to session id.

If the removal is successful, the onDidChangeSessions event should be fired.

If a session cannot be removed, the provider should reject with an error message.

ParameterDescription
sessionId: string

The id of the session to remove.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

认证提供者认证会话更改事件

一个事件,当一个认证会话被添加、移除或更改时触发。

属性

The AuthenticationSessions of the AuthenticationProvider that have been added.

The AuthenticationSessions of the AuthenticationProvider that have been changed. A session changes when its data excluding the id are updated. An example of this is a session refresh that results in a new access token being set for the session.

The AuthenticationSessions of the AuthenticationProvider that have been removed.

认证提供商信息

属性

The unique identifier of the authentication provider.

The human-readable name of the authentication provider.

认证提供程序选项

创建认证提供者的选项。

属性

Whether it is possible to be signed into multiple accounts at once with this provider. If not specified, will default to false.

认证提供者会话选项

属性

The account that is being asked about. If this is passed in, the provider should attempt to return the sessions that are only related to this account.

认证会话

代表当前已登录用户的会话。

属性

The access token. This token should be used to authenticate requests to a service. Popularized by OAuth.

The account associated with the session.

The identifier of the authentication session.

The ID token. This token contains identity information about the user. Popularized by OpenID Connect.

The permissions granted by the session's access token. Available scopes are defined by the AuthenticationProvider.

认证会话账户信息

身份验证会话关联的账户信息。

属性

The unique identifier of the account.

The human-readable name of the account.

认证会话更改事件

一个事件,当一个认证会话被添加、移除或更改时触发。

属性

The AuthenticationProvider that has had its sessions change.

认证WwwAuthenticate请求

代表根据WWW-Authenticate头值创建会话的参数。 当API返回401并带有WWW-Authenticate头表示需要额外认证时,会使用此功能。这些详细信息将传递给认证提供商以创建会话。

  • - 授权提供者必须支持处理挑战,并且特别地支持这个 WWW-Authenticate 值中的挑战。

属性

The fallback scopes to use if no scopes are found in the WWW-Authenticate header.

The raw WWW-Authenticate header value that triggered this challenge. This will be parsed by the authentication provider to extract the necessary challenge information.

自动闭合对

描述了字符串对,当输入开头字符串时,系统会自动插入结束字符串。

属性

The closing string that will be automatically inserted when typing the opening string.

A set of tokens where the pair should not be auto closed.

The string that will trigger the automatic insertion of the closing string.

分支覆盖

包含中分支的覆盖信息。语句覆盖

构造函数

ParameterDescription
executed: number | boolean

The number of times this branch was executed, or a boolean indicating whether it was executed if the exact count is unknown. If zero or false, the branch will be marked as un-covered.

location?: Range | Position

The branch position.

label?: string
ReturnsDescription
BranchCoverage

属性

The number of times this branch was executed, or a boolean indicating whether it was executed if the exact count is unknown. If zero or false, the branch will be marked as un-covered.

Label for the branch, used in the context of "the ${label} branch was not taken," for example.

Branch location.

断点

所有断点类型的基类。

构造函数

Creates a new breakpoint

ParameterDescription
enabled?: boolean

Is breakpoint enabled.

condition?: string

Expression for conditional breakpoints

hitCondition?: string

Expression that controls how many hits of the breakpoint are ignored

logMessage?: string

Log message to display when breakpoint is hit

ReturnsDescription
Breakpoint

属性

An optional expression for conditional breakpoints.

Is breakpoint enabled.

An optional expression that controls how many hits of the breakpoint are ignored.

The unique ID of the breakpoint.

An optional message that gets logged when this breakpoint is hit. Embedded expressions within {} are interpolated by the debug adapter.

断点更改事件

一个描述集合断点变化的事件。

属性

Added breakpoints.

Changed breakpoints.

Removed breakpoints.

调用层次结构入站调用

表示一个传入的调用,例如方法或构造函数的调用者。

构造函数

Create a new call object.

ParameterDescription
item: CallHierarchyItem

The item making the call.

fromRanges: Range[]

The ranges at which the calls appear.

ReturnsDescription
CallHierarchyIncomingCall

属性

The item that makes the call.

The range at which at which the calls appears. This is relative to the caller denoted by this.from.

调用层次项

在调用层次结构的上下文中表示函数或构造函数等编程构造。

构造函数

Creates a new call hierarchy item.

ParameterDescription
kind: SymbolKind
name: string
detail: string
uri: Uri
range: Range
selectionRange: Range
ReturnsDescription
CallHierarchyItem

属性

More detail for this item, e.g. the signature of a function.

The kind of this item.

The name of this item.

The range enclosing this symbol not including leading/trailing whitespace but everything else, e.g. comments and code.

The range that should be selected and revealed when this symbol is being picked, e.g. the name of a function. Must be contained by the range.

Tags for this item.

The resource identifier of this item.

调用层次结构出站调用

表示一个出站调用,例如从方法调用一个获取器,或者从构造函数调用一个方法等。

构造函数

Create a new call object.

ParameterDescription
item: CallHierarchyItem

The item being called

fromRanges: Range[]

The ranges at which the calls appear.

ReturnsDescription
CallHierarchyOutgoingCall

属性

The range at which this item is called. This is the range relative to the caller, e.g the item passed to provideCallHierarchyOutgoingCalls and not this.to.

The item that is called.

调用层次结构提供程序

调用层次结构提供程序接口描述了扩展与调用层次结构功能之间的契约,该功能允许浏览函数、方法、构造函数等的调用和调用者。

方法

Bootstraps call hierarchy by returning the item that is denoted by the given document and position. This item will be used as entry into the call graph. Providers should return undefined or null when there is no item at the given location.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

position: Position

The position at which the command was invoked.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<CallHierarchyItem | CallHierarchyItem[]>

One or multiple call hierarchy items or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined, null, or an empty array.

Provide all incoming calls for an item, e.g all callers for a method. In graph terms this describes directed and annotated edges inside the call graph, e.g the given item is the starting node and the result is the nodes that can be reached.

ParameterDescription
item: CallHierarchyItem

The hierarchy item for which incoming calls should be computed.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<CallHierarchyIncomingCall[]>

A set of incoming calls or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined or null.

Provide all outgoing calls for an item, e.g call calls to functions, methods, or constructors from the given item. In graph terms this describes directed and annotated edges inside the call graph, e.g the given item is the starting node and the result is the nodes that can be reached.

ParameterDescription
item: CallHierarchyItem

The hierarchy item for which outgoing calls should be computed.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<CallHierarchyOutgoingCall[]>

A set of outgoing calls or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined or null.

取消错误

用于指示操作取消的错误类型。

这种类型可以在取消令牌 被取消或当一个操作被执行者取消时使用。

构造函数

Creates a new cancellation error.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
CancellationError

取消令牌

取消令牌传递给异步或长时间运行的操作以请求取消,例如因为用户继续输入而取消完成项请求。

获取一个CancellationToken的实例 CancellationTokenSource

属性

Is true when the token has been cancelled, false otherwise.

An Event which fires upon cancellation.

取消令牌源

取消源创建和控制一个取消令牌

构造函数

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
CancellationTokenSource

属性

The cancellation token of this source.

方法

Signal cancellation on the token.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Dispose object and free resources.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

字符对

一个由两个字符组成的元组,就像一对 开括号和闭括号。

聊天上下文

传递给参与者的额外上下文。

属性

All of the chat messages so far in the current chat session. Currently, only chat messages for the current participant are included.

聊天错误详情

表示聊天请求的错误结果。

属性

An error message that is shown to the user.

If set to true, the response will be partly blurred out.

聊天跟进

参与者提出的一个后续问题。

属性

By default, the followup goes to the same participant/command. But this property can be set to invoke a different command.

A title to show the user. The prompt will be shown by default, when this is unspecified.

By default, the followup goes to the same participant/command. But this property can be set to invoke a different participant by ID. Followups can only invoke a participant that was contributed by the same extension.

The message to send to the chat.

聊天跟进提供者

每次获取建议的后续问题后,将调用一次,以显示给用户。用户可以点击后续问题将其发送到聊天。

方法

Provide followups for the given result.

ParameterDescription
result: ChatResult

This object has the same properties as the result returned from the participant callback, including metadata, but is not the same instance.

context: ChatContext

Extra context passed to a participant.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<ChatFollowup[]>

聊天语言模型工具参考

用户手动附加到其请求中的工具的引用,无论是使用#-syntax内联,还是通过回形针按钮作为附件。

属性

The tool name. Refers to a tool listed in lm.tools.

The start and end index of the reference in the prompt. When undefined, the reference was not part of the prompt text.

Note that the indices take the leading #-character into account which means they can be used to modify the prompt as-is.

聊天参与者

聊天参与者可以通过聊天会话中的用户使用前缀来调用。当它被调用时,它处理聊天请求,并且完全负责向用户提供响应。Chat Participant 是通过chat.createChatParticipant创建的。

事件

An event that fires whenever feedback for a result is received, e.g. when a user up- or down-votes a result.

The passed result is guaranteed to have the same properties as the result that was previously returned from this chat participant's handler.

属性

This provider will be called once after each request to retrieve suggested followup questions.

An icon for the participant shown in UI.

A unique ID for this participant.

The handler for requests to this participant.

方法

Dispose this participant and free resources.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

聊天参与者工具令牌

一个可以在处理聊天请求时调用工具时传递的令牌lm.invokeTool

聊天提示参考

用户添加到聊天请求中的值的引用。

属性

A unique identifier for this kind of reference.

A description of this value that could be used in an LLM prompt.

The start and end index of the reference in the prompt. When undefined, the reference was not part of the prompt text.

Note that the indices take the leading #-character into account which means they can used to modify the prompt as-is.

The value of this reference. The string | Uri | Location types are used today, but this could expand in the future.

聊天请求

对聊天参与者的请求。

属性

The name of the [ChatCommand command](#_ChatCommand command) that was selected for this request.

This is the model that is currently selected in the UI. Extensions can use this or use lm.selectChatModels to pick another model. Don't hold onto this past the lifetime of the request.

The prompt as entered by the user.

Information about references used in this request is stored in ChatRequest.references.

Note that the [ChatParticipant.name name](#_ChatParticipant.name name) of the participant and the [ChatCommand.name command](#_ChatCommand.name command) are not part of the prompt.

The list of references and their values that are referenced in the prompt.

Note that the prompt contains references as authored and that it is up to the participant to further modify the prompt, for instance by inlining reference values or creating links to headings which contain the resolved values. References are sorted in reverse by their range in the prompt. That means the last reference in the prompt is the first in this list. This simplifies string-manipulation of the prompt.

A token that can be passed to lm.invokeTool when invoking a tool inside the context of handling a chat request. This associates the tool invocation to a chat session.

The list of tools that the user attached to their request.

When a tool reference is present, the chat participant should make a chat request using LanguageModelChatToolMode.Required to force the language model to generate input for the tool. Then, the participant can use lm.invokeTool to use the tool attach the result to its request for the user's prompt. The tool may contribute useful extra context for the user's request.

聊天请求处理程序

聊天请求轮次

代表聊天历史中的用户请求。

属性

The name of the [ChatCommand command](#_ChatCommand command) that was selected for this request.

The id of the chat participant to which this request was directed.

The prompt as entered by the user.

Information about references used in this request is stored in ChatRequestTurn.references.

Note that the [ChatParticipant.name name](#_ChatParticipant.name name) of the participant and the [ChatCommand.name command](#_ChatCommand.name command) are not part of the prompt.

The references that were used in this message.

The list of tools were attached to this request.

聊天响应锚定部分

表示聊天响应中作为目标链接的锚点部分。

构造函数

Create a new ChatResponseAnchorPart.

ParameterDescription
value: Uri | Location

A uri or location.

title?: string

An optional title that is rendered with value.

ReturnsDescription
ChatResponseAnchorPart

属性

An optional title that is rendered with value.

The target of this anchor.

聊天响应命令按钮部分

代表聊天响应中执行命令的按钮部分。

构造函数

Create a new ChatResponseCommandButtonPart.

ParameterDescription
value: Command

A Command that will be executed when the button is clicked.

ReturnsDescription
ChatResponseCommandButtonPart

属性

The command that will be executed when the button is clicked.

聊天响应文件树

在聊天响应中表示文件树结构。

属性

An array of child file trees, if the current file tree is a directory.

The name of the file or directory.

聊天响应文件树部分

表示聊天响应中文件树的一部分。

构造函数

Create a new ChatResponseFileTreePart.

ParameterDescription
value: ChatResponseFileTree[]

File tree data.

baseUri: Uri

The base uri to which this file tree is relative.

ReturnsDescription
ChatResponseFileTreePart

属性

The base uri to which this file tree is relative

File tree data.

聊天响应标记部分

表示聊天响应中以Markdown格式化的一部分。

构造函数

Create a new ChatResponseMarkdownPart.

ParameterDescription
value: string | MarkdownString

A markdown string or a string that should be interpreted as markdown. The boolean form of MarkdownString.isTrusted is NOT supported.

ReturnsDescription
ChatResponseMarkdownPart

属性

A markdown string or a string that should be interpreted as markdown.

聊天响应部分

代表不同的聊天响应类型。

聊天响应进度部分

表示聊天响应中的一部分,是进度消息。

构造函数

Create a new ChatResponseProgressPart.

ParameterDescription
value: string

A progress message

ReturnsDescription
ChatResponseProgressPart

属性

The progress message

聊天响应参考部分

表示聊天响应中引用部分,与内容分开渲染。

构造函数

Create a new ChatResponseReferencePart.

ParameterDescription
value: Uri | Location

A uri or location

iconPath?: IconPath

Icon for the reference shown in UI

ReturnsDescription
ChatResponseReferencePart

属性

The icon for the reference.

The reference target.

聊天响应流

ChatResponseStream 是参与者能够将内容返回到聊天视图的方式。它提供了几种方法来流式传输不同类型的的内容,这些内容将在聊天视图中以适当的方式呈现。参与者可以使用它想要返回的内容类型的辅助方法,或者它可以实例化一个ChatResponsePart并使用通用的ChatResponseStream.push方法来返回它。

方法

Push an anchor part to this stream. Short-hand for push(new ChatResponseAnchorPart(value, title)). An anchor is an inline reference to some type of resource.

ParameterDescription
value: Uri | Location

A uri or location.

title?: string

An optional title that is rendered with value.

ReturnsDescription
void

Push a command button part to this stream. Short-hand for push(new ChatResponseCommandButtonPart(value, title)).

ParameterDescription
command: Command

A Command that will be executed when the button is clicked.

ReturnsDescription
void

Push a filetree part to this stream. Short-hand for push(new ChatResponseFileTreePart(value)).

ParameterDescription
value: ChatResponseFileTree[]

File tree data.

baseUri: Uri

The base uri to which this file tree is relative.

ReturnsDescription
void

Push a markdown part to this stream. Short-hand for push(new ChatResponseMarkdownPart(value)).

See also ChatResponseStream.push

ParameterDescription
value: string | MarkdownString

A markdown string or a string that should be interpreted as markdown. The boolean form of MarkdownString.isTrusted is NOT supported.

ReturnsDescription
void

Push a progress part to this stream. Short-hand for push(new ChatResponseProgressPart(value)).

ParameterDescription
value: string

A progress message

ReturnsDescription
void

Pushes a part to this stream.

ParameterDescription
part: ChatResponsePart

A response part, rendered or metadata

ReturnsDescription
void

Push a reference to this stream. Short-hand for push(new ChatResponseReferencePart(value)).

Note that the reference is not rendered inline with the response.

ParameterDescription
value: Uri | Location

A uri or location

iconPath?: IconPath

Icon for the reference shown in UI

ReturnsDescription
void

聊天响应回合

代表聊天历史中聊天参与者的响应。

属性

The name of the command that this response came from.

The id of the chat participant that this response came from.

The content that was received from the chat participant. Only the stream parts that represent actual content (not metadata) are represented.

The result that was received from the chat participant.

聊天结果

聊天请求的结果。

属性

If the request resulted in an error, this property defines the error details.

Arbitrary metadata for this result. Can be anything, but must be JSON-stringifyable.

聊天结果反馈

代表用户对结果的反馈。

属性

The kind of feedback that was received.

The ChatResult for which the user is providing feedback. This object has the same properties as the result returned from the participant callback, including metadata, but is not the same instance.

聊天结果反馈类型

表示收到的用户反馈类型。

枚举成员

The user marked the result as unhelpful.

The user marked the result as helpful.

剪贴板

剪贴板提供对系统剪贴板的读写访问。

方法

Read the current clipboard contents as text.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<string>

A thenable that resolves to a string.

Writes text into the clipboard.

ParameterDescription
value: string
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

A thenable that resolves when writing happened.

代码操作

代码操作表示可以在代码中执行的更改,例如修复问题或重构代码。

代码行动必须设置 编辑 和/或 命令 中的一个。如果两者都提供,先应用 edit,然后执行命令。

构造函数

Creates a new code action.

A code action must have at least a title and edits and/or a command.

ParameterDescription
title: string

The title of the code action.

kind?: CodeActionKind

The kind of the code action.

ReturnsDescription
CodeAction

属性

A Command this code action executes.

If this command throws an exception, the editor displays the exception message to users in the editor at the current cursor position.

Diagnostics that this code action resolves.

Marks that the code action cannot currently be applied.

  • Disabled code actions are not shown in automatic lightbulb code action menu.

  • Disabled actions are shown as faded out in the code action menu when the user request a more specific type of code action, such as refactorings.

  • If the user has a keybinding that auto applies a code action and only a disabled code actions are returned, the editor will show the user an error message with reason in the editor.

ParameterDescription
reason: string

Human readable description of why the code action is currently disabled.

This is displayed in the code actions UI.

A workspace edit this code action performs.

Marks this as a preferred action. Preferred actions are used by the auto fix command and can be targeted by keybindings.

A quick fix should be marked preferred if it properly addresses the underlying error. A refactoring should be marked preferred if it is the most reasonable choice of actions to take.

Kind of the code action.

Used to filter code actions.

A short, human-readable, title for this code action.

代码操作上下文

包含有关代码操作运行上下文的附加诊断信息。

属性

An array of diagnostics.

Requested kind of actions to return.

Actions not of this kind are filtered out before being shown by the lightbulb.

The reason why code actions were requested.

代码操作种类

有点像代码操作。

子项是一个按层次排列的标识符列表,用.分隔,例如"refactor.extract.function".

代码操作种类被编辑器用于用户界面元素,如提取上下文菜单。用户 还可以使用特定种类的editor.action.codeAction命令触发代码操作。

静态

Empty kind.

Base kind for all code actions applying to the entire notebook's scope. CodeActionKinds using this should always begin with notebook.

This requires that new CodeActions be created for it and contributed via extensions. Pre-existing kinds can not just have the new notebook. prefix added to them, as the functionality is unique to the full-notebook scope.

Notebook CodeActionKinds can be initialized as either of the following (both resulting in notebook.source.xyz):

  • const newKind = CodeActionKind.Notebook.append(CodeActionKind.Source.append('xyz').value)
  • const newKind = CodeActionKind.Notebook.append('source.xyz')

Example Kinds/Actions:

  • notebook.source.organizeImports (might move all imports to a new top cell)
  • notebook.source.normalizeVariableNames (might rename all variables to a standardized casing format)

Base kind for quickfix actions: quickfix.

Quick fix actions address a problem in the code and are shown in the normal code action context menu.

Base kind for refactoring actions: refactor

Refactoring actions are shown in the refactoring context menu.

Base kind for refactoring extraction actions: refactor.extract

Example extract actions:

  • Extract method
  • Extract function
  • Extract variable
  • Extract interface from class
  • ...

Base kind for refactoring inline actions: refactor.inline

Example inline actions:

  • Inline function
  • Inline variable
  • Inline constant
  • ...

Base kind for refactoring move actions: refactor.move

Example move actions:

  • Move a function to a new file
  • Move a property between classes
  • Move method to base class
  • ...

Base kind for refactoring rewrite actions: refactor.rewrite

Example rewrite actions:

  • Convert JavaScript function to class
  • Add or remove parameter
  • Encapsulate field
  • Make method static
  • ...

Base kind for source actions: source

Source code actions apply to the entire file. They must be explicitly requested and will not show in the normal lightbulb menu. Source actions can be run on save using editor.codeActionsOnSave and are also shown in the source context menu.

Base kind for auto-fix source actions: source.fixAll.

Fix all actions automatically fix errors that have a clear fix that do not require user input. They should not suppress errors or perform unsafe fixes such as generating new types or classes.

Base kind for an organize imports source action: source.organizeImports.

构造函数

Private constructor, use static CodeActionKind.XYZ to derive from an existing code action kind.

ParameterDescription
value: string

The value of the kind, such as refactor.extract.function.

ReturnsDescription
CodeActionKind

属性

String value of the kind, e.g. "refactor.extract.function".

方法

Create a new kind by appending a more specific selector to the current kind.

Does not modify the current kind.

ParameterDescription
parts: string
ReturnsDescription
CodeActionKind

Checks if other is a sub-kind of this CodeActionKind.

The kind "refactor.extract" for example contains "refactor.extract" and ``"refactor.extract.function", but not "unicorn.refactor.extract", or "refactor.extractAll"orrefactor`.

ParameterDescription
other: CodeActionKind

Kind to check.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

Checks if this code action kind intersects other.

The kind "refactor.extract" for example intersects refactor, "refactor.extract" and "refactor.extract.function", but not "unicorn.refactor.extract", or "refactor.extractAll".

ParameterDescription
other: CodeActionKind

Kind to check.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

代码操作提供者<T>

为代码提供上下文相关的操作。代码操作通常要么修复问题,要么美化/重构代码。

代码操作以几种不同的方式呈现给用户:

  • 灯泡功能,显示当前光标位置的代码操作列表。灯泡的动作列表包括快速修复和重构。
  • 作为用户可以运行的命令,例如Refactor。用户可以从命令面板或使用快捷键来运行这些命令。
  • 作为源动作,例如Organize Imports.
  • 快速修复 在问题视图中显示。
  • 更改已通过 editor.codeActionsOnSave 设置在保存时应用。

方法

Get code actions for a given range in a document.

Only return code actions that are relevant to user for the requested range. Also keep in mind how the returned code actions will appear in the UI. The lightbulb widget and Refactor commands for instance show returned code actions as a list, so do not return a large number of code actions that will overwhelm the user.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

range: Range | Selection

The selector or range for which the command was invoked. This will always be a selection if the actions are being requested in the currently active editor.

context: CodeActionContext

Provides additional information about what code actions are being requested. You can use this to see what specific type of code actions are being requested by the editor in order to return more relevant actions and avoid returning irrelevant code actions that the editor will discard.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<Array<Command | T>>

An array of code actions, such as quick fixes or refactorings. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined, null, or an empty array.

We also support returning Command for legacy reasons, however all new extensions should return CodeAction object instead.

Given a code action fill in its edit-property. Changes to all other properties, like title, are ignored. A code action that has an edit will not be resolved.

Note that a code action provider that returns commands, not code actions, cannot successfully implement this function. Returning commands is deprecated and instead code actions should be returned.

ParameterDescription
codeAction: T

A code action.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T>

The resolved code action or a thenable that resolves to such. It is OK to return the given item. When no result is returned, the given item will be used.

代码操作提供程序元数据

关于CodeActionProvider提供的代码操作类型的元数据。

属性

Static documentation for a class of code actions.

Documentation from the provider is shown in the code actions menu if either:

  • Code actions of kind are requested by the editor. In this case, the editor will show the documentation that most closely matches the requested code action kind. For example, if a provider has documentation for both Refactor and RefactorExtract, when the user requests code actions for RefactorExtract, the editor will use the documentation for RefactorExtract instead of the documentation for Refactor.

  • Any code actions of kind are returned by the provider.

At most one documentation entry will be shown per provider.

List of CodeActionKinds that a CodeActionProvider may return.

This list is used to determine if a given CodeActionProvider should be invoked or not. To avoid unnecessary computation, every CodeActionProvider should list use providedCodeActionKinds. The list of kinds may either be generic, such as [CodeActionKind.Refactor], or list out every kind provided, such as [CodeActionKind.Refactor.Extract.append('function'), CodeActionKind.Refactor.Extract.append('constant'), ...].

代码操作触发类型

请求代码操作的原因。

枚举成员

Code actions were explicitly requested by the user or by an extension.

Code actions were requested automatically.

This typically happens when current selection in a file changes, but can also be triggered when file content changes.

代码洞察

代码视图表示一个命令,应该与源代码一起显示,例如引用的次数、运行测试的方法等。

代码 lens 是未解析的,当没有与之关联的命令时。出于性能原因,代码 lens 的创建和解析应分两个阶段进行。

另见

构造函数

Creates a new code lens object.

ParameterDescription
range: Range

The range to which this code lens applies.

command?: Command

The command associated to this code lens.

ReturnsDescription
CodeLens

属性

The command this code lens represents.

true when there is a command associated.

The range in which this code lens is valid. Should only span a single line.

代码 Lens 提供程序 <T>

代码视图提供者向源文本添加命令。这些命令将显示在源文本之间的专用水平线上。

事件

An optional event to signal that the code lenses from this provider have changed.

方法

Compute a list of lenses. This call should return as fast as possible and if computing the commands is expensive implementors should only return code lens objects with the range set and implement resolve.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T[]>

An array of code lenses or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined, null, or an empty array.

This function will be called for each visible code lens, usually when scrolling and after calls to compute-lenses.

ParameterDescription
codeLens: T

Code lens that must be resolved.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T>

The given, resolved code lens or thenable that resolves to such.

颜色

在 RGBA 空间中表示一个颜色。

构造函数

Creates a new color instance.

ParameterDescription
red: number

The red component.

green: number

The green component.

blue: number

The blue component.

alpha: number

The alpha component.

ReturnsDescription
Color

属性

The alpha component of this color in the range [0-1].

The blue component of this color in the range [0-1].

The green component of this color in the range [0-1].

The red component of this color in the range [0-1].

颜色信息

表示文档中的颜色范围。

构造函数

Creates a new color range.

ParameterDescription
range: Range

The range the color appears in. Must not be empty.

color: Color

The value of the color.

ReturnsDescription
ColorInformation

属性

The actual color value for this color range.

The range in the document where this color appears.

颜色展示

颜色表示对象描述了如何将颜色表示为文本,以及从源代码中引用它所需的编辑。

对于某些语言,一种颜色可以有多种表示方式,例如,css 可以用常量Red、十六进制值#ff0000或在 rgba 和 hsla 形式中表示红色。在 csharp 中,其他表示方式适用,例如System.Drawing.Color.Red.

构造函数

Creates a new color presentation.

ParameterDescription
label: string

The label of this color presentation.

ReturnsDescription
ColorPresentation

属性

An optional array of additional text edits that are applied when selecting this color presentation. Edits must not overlap with the main edit nor with themselves.

The label of this color presentation. It will be shown on the color picker header. By default this is also the text that is inserted when selecting this color presentation.

An edit which is applied to a document when selecting this presentation for the color. When falsy the label is used.

颜色主题

代表一个颜色主题。

属性

The kind of this color theme: light, dark, high contrast dark and high contrast light.

颜色主题类型

表示一种颜色主题类型。

枚举成员

A light color theme.

A dark color theme.

A dark high contrast color theme.

A light high contrast color theme.

命令

表示对命令的引用。提供一个标题,该标题将在用户界面中用于表示命令,并且可以提供一个数组的参数,这些参数将在调用时传递给命令处理函数。

属性

Arguments that the command handler should be invoked with.

The identifier of the actual command handler.

See also commands.registerCommand

Title of the command, like save.

A tooltip for the command, when represented in the UI.

评论

评论会在编辑器或评论面板中显示,具体取决于其提供方式。

属性

The author information of the comment

The human-readable comment body

Context value of the comment. This can be used to contribute comment specific actions. For example, a comment is given a context value as editable. When contributing actions to comments/comment/title using menus extension point, you can specify context value for key comment in when expression like comment == editable.

    "contributes": {
        "menus": {
            "comments/comment/title": [
                {
                    "command": "extension.deleteComment",
                    "when": "comment == editable"
                }
            ]
        }
    }

This will show action extension.deleteComment only for comments with contextValue is editable.

Optional label describing the Comment Label will be rendered next to authorName if exists.

Comment mode of the comment

Optional reactions of the Comment

Optional timestamp that will be displayed in comments. The date will be formatted according to the user's locale and settings.

评论作者信息

作者信息评论

属性

The optional icon path for the author

The display name of the author of the comment

评论控制器

评论控制器能够提供评论支持给编辑,并为用户提供多种与评论互动的方式。

属性

Optional commenting range provider. Provide a list ranges which support commenting to any given resource uri.

If not provided, users cannot leave any comments.

The id of this comment controller.

The human-readable label of this comment controller.

Comment controller options

Optional reaction handler for creating and deleting reactions on a Comment.

ParameterDescription
comment: Comment
reaction: CommentReaction
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

方法

Create a comment thread. The comment thread will be displayed in visible text editors (if the resource matches) and Comments Panel once created.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

The uri of the document the thread has been created on.

range: Range

The range the comment thread is located within the document.

comments: readonly Comment[]

The ordered comments of the thread.

ReturnsDescription
CommentThread

Dispose this comment controller.

Once disposed, all comment threads created by this comment controller will also be removed from the editor and Comments Panel.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

评论范围提供者

评论范围提供者用于一个评论控制器.

方法

Provide a list of ranges which allow new comment threads creation or null for a given document

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument
token: CancellationToken
ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<Range[] | CommentingRanges>

评论范围

评论范围提供程序启用评论的范围。

属性

Enables comments to be added to a file without a specific range.

The ranges which allow new comment threads creation.

评论模式

评论模式评论

枚举成员

Displays the comment editor

Displays the preview of the comment

评论选项

代表一个评论控制器选项

属性

An optional string to show as placeholder in the comment input box when it's focused.

An optional string to show on the comment input box when it's collapsed.

评论反应

属性

Whether the author of the comment has reacted to this reaction

The number of users who have reacted to this reaction

Icon for the reaction shown in UI.

The human-readable label for the reaction

评论回复

comments/commentThread/context中注册的动作的命令参数。

属性

The value in the comment editor

The active comment thread

评论规则

描述了某种语言的注释如何工作。

属性

The block comment character pair, like /* block comment *&#47;

The line comment token, like // this is a comment

评论线程

一个 评论的集合,代表文档中某一段对话。

属性

Whether the thread supports reply. Defaults to true.

Whether the thread should be collapsed or expanded when opening the document. Defaults to Collapsed.

The ordered comments of the thread.

Context value of the comment thread. This can be used to contribute thread specific actions. For example, a comment thread is given a context value as editable. When contributing actions to comments/commentThread/title using menus extension point, you can specify context value for key commentThread in when expression like commentThread == editable.

"contributes": {
  "menus": {
    "comments/commentThread/title": [
      {
        "command": "extension.deleteCommentThread",
        "when": "commentThread == editable"
      }
    ]
  }
}

This will show action extension.deleteCommentThread only for comment threads with contextValue is editable.

The optional human-readable label describing the Comment Thread

The range the comment thread is located within the document. The thread icon will be shown at the last line of the range. When set to undefined, the comment will be associated with the file, and not a specific range.

The optional state of a comment thread, which may affect how the comment is displayed.

The uri of the document the thread has been created on.

方法

Dispose this comment thread.

Once disposed, this comment thread will be removed from visible editors and Comment Panel when appropriate.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

评论线程可折叠状态

枚举成员

Determines an item is collapsed

Determines an item is expanded

评论线程状态

评论线程的状态。

枚举成员

Unresolved thread state

Resolved thread state

完成上下文

包含关于上下文的附加信息, 完成提供者被触发。

属性

Character that triggered the completion item provider.

undefined if the provider was not triggered by a character.

The trigger character is already in the document when the completion provider is triggered.

How the completion was triggered.

完成项

一个完成项代表一个建议用于完成正在输入的文本的文本片段。

只需从Tab创建一个完成项。在这种情况下,完成项将替换单词 直到光标处的给定标签或insertText。否则,将使用给定的编辑

在编辑器中选择一个完成项时,其定义或合成的文本编辑将应用于所有光标/选择,而额外文本编辑将按提供的方式应用。

另见

构造函数

Creates a new completion item.

Completion items must have at least a label which then will be used as insert text as well as for sorting and filtering.

ParameterDescription
label: string | CompletionItemLabel

The label of the completion.

kind?: CompletionItemKind

The kind of the completion.

ReturnsDescription
CompletionItem

属性

An optional array of additional text edits that are applied when selecting this completion. Edits must not overlap with the main edit nor with themselves.

An optional Command that is executed after inserting this completion. Note that additional modifications to the current document should be described with the additionalTextEdits-property.

An optional set of characters that when pressed while this completion is active will accept it first and then type that character. Note that all commit characters should have length=1 and that superfluous characters will be ignored.

A human-readable string with additional information about this item, like type or symbol information.

A human-readable string that represents a doc-comment.

A string that should be used when filtering a set of completion items. When falsy the label is used.

Note that the filter text is matched against the leading word (prefix) which is defined by the range-property.

A string or snippet that should be inserted in a document when selecting this completion. When falsy the label is used.

Keep whitespace of the insertText as is. By default, the editor adjusts leading whitespace of new lines so that they match the indentation of the line for which the item is accepted - setting this to true will prevent that.

The kind of this completion item. Based on the kind an icon is chosen by the editor.

The label of this completion item. By default this is also the text that is inserted when selecting this completion.

Select this item when showing. Note that only one completion item can be selected and that the editor decides which item that is. The rule is that the first item of those that match best is selected.

A range or a insert and replace range selecting the text that should be replaced by this completion item.

When omitted, the range of the current word is used as replace-range and as insert-range the start of the current word to the current position is used.

Note 1: A range must be a single line and it must contain the position at which completion has been requested. Note 2: A insert range must be a prefix of a replace range, that means it must be contained and starting at the same position.

A string that should be used when comparing this item with other items. When falsy the label is used.

Note that sortText is only used for the initial ordering of completion items. When having a leading word (prefix) ordering is based on how well completions match that prefix and the initial ordering is only used when completions match equally well. The prefix is defined by the range-property and can therefore be different for each completion.

Tags for this completion item.

  • deprecated - Use CompletionItem.insertText and CompletionItem.range instead.

An edit which is applied to a document when selecting this completion. When an edit is provided the value of insertText is ignored.

The Range of the edit must be single-line and on the same line completions were requested at.

完成项类型

完成项种类。

枚举成员

The Text completion item kind.

The Method completion item kind.

The Function completion item kind.

The Constructor completion item kind.

The Field completion item kind.

The Variable completion item kind.

The Class completion item kind.

The Interface completion item kind.

The Module completion item kind.

The Property completion item kind.

The Unit completion item kind.

The Value completion item kind.

The Enum completion item kind.

The Keyword completion item kind.

The Snippet completion item kind.

The Color completion item kind.

The File completion item kind.

The Reference completion item kind.

The Folder completion item kind.

The EnumMember completion item kind.

The Constant completion item kind.

The Struct completion item kind.

The Event completion item kind.

The Operator completion item kind.

The TypeParameter completion item kind.

The User completion item kind.

The Issue completion item kind.

完成项标签

一个结构化标签用于完成项

属性

An optional string which is rendered less prominently after CompletionItemLabel.detail. Should be used for fully qualified names or file path.

An optional string which is rendered less prominently directly after label, without any spacing. Should be used for function signatures or type annotations.

The label of this completion item.

By default this is also the text that is inserted when this completion is selected.

完成项提供者<T>

完成项提供程序接口定义了扩展与 IntelliSense之间的契约。

提供者可以通过实现详细文档属性的计算。然而,那些在初始排序和过滤中所需的属性,如 sortText,和filterText,在解析过程中不得更改。insertTextrange

提供者通过用户手势显式地要求完成,或者(取决于配置)在输入单词或触发字符时隐式地要求完成。

方法

Provide completion items for the given position and document.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

position: Position

The position at which the command was invoked.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

context: CompletionContext

How the completion was triggered.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<CompletionList<T> | T[]>

An array of completions, a completion list, or a thenable that resolves to either. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined, null, or an empty array.

Given a completion item fill in more data, like doc-comment or details.

The editor will only resolve a completion item once.

Note that this function is called when completion items are already showing in the UI or when an item has been selected for insertion. Because of that, no property that changes the presentation (label, sorting, filtering etc) or the (primary) insert behaviour (insertText) can be changed.

This function may fill in additionalTextEdits. However, that means an item might be inserted before resolving is done and in that case the editor will do a best effort to still apply those additional text edits.

ParameterDescription
item: T

A completion item currently active in the UI.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T>

The resolved completion item or a thenable that resolves to of such. It is OK to return the given item. When no result is returned, the given item will be used.

完成项标签

完成项标签是用于调整完成项渲染的额外注释。

枚举成员

Render a completion as obsolete, usually using a strike-out.

完成列表<T>

代表一个集合完成项将要在编辑器中呈现。

构造函数

Creates a new completion list.

ParameterDescription
items?: T[]

The completion items.

isIncomplete?: boolean

The list is not complete.

ReturnsDescription
CompletionList<T>

属性

This list is not complete. Further typing should result in recomputing this list.

The completion items.

完成触发器类型

如何触发完成提供者

枚举成员

Completion was triggered normally.

Completion was triggered by a trigger character.

Completion was re-triggered as current completion list is incomplete

配置更改事件

一个描述配置更改的事件

方法

Checks if the given section has changed. If scope is provided, checks if the section has changed for resources under the given scope.

ParameterDescription
section: string

Configuration name, supports dotted names.

scope?: ConfigurationScope

A scope in which to check.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if the given section has changed.

配置作用域

配置范围可以是:

  • 一个表示资源的
  • 一个TextDocument代表一个打开的文本文档
  • 一个 工作区文件夹 代表一个工作区文件夹
  • 一个包含以下内容的对象:
    • uri:一个可选的文本文件的Uri
    • languageId文本文档的语言识别器

配置目标

配置目标

枚举成员

Global configuration

Workspace configuration

Workspace folder configuration

自定义文档

代表一个由CustomEditorProvider使用的自定义文档。

自定义文档仅在给定的CustomEditorProvider范围内使用。一个CustomDocument的生命周期由编辑器管理。当CustomDocument不再有任何引用时,它将被销毁。

属性

The associated uri for this document.

方法

Dispose of the custom document.

This is invoked by the editor when there are no more references to a given CustomDocument (for example when all editors associated with the document have been closed.)

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

自定义文档备份

一个自定义文档的备份。

属性

Unique identifier for the backup.

This id is passed back to your extension in openCustomDocument when opening a custom editor from a backup.

方法

Delete the current backup.

This is called by the editor when it is clear the current backup is no longer needed, such as when a new backup is made or when the file is saved.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

自定义文档备份上下文

用于实现CustomDocumentBackup的附加信息。

属性

Suggested file location to write the new backup.

Note that your extension is free to ignore this and use its own strategy for backup.

If the editor is for a resource from the current workspace, destination will point to a file inside ExtensionContext.storagePath. The parent folder of destination may not exist, so make sure to created it before writing the backup to this location.

自定义文档内容更改事件<T>

扩展触发的事件,用于向编辑器发送信号,指示CustomDocument 的内容已更改。

另请参阅 CustomEditorProvider.onDidChangeCustomDocument.

属性

The document that the change is for.

自定义文档编辑事件<T>

扩展触发的事件,用于向编辑器发送信号,表示在CustomDocument上发生了编辑。

另请参阅 CustomEditorProvider.onDidChangeCustomDocument.

属性

The document that the edit is for.

Display name describing the edit.

This will be shown to users in the UI for undo/redo operations.

方法

Redo the edit operation.

This is invoked by the editor when the user redoes this edit. To implement redo, your extension should restore the document and editor to the state they were in just after this edit was added to the editor's internal edit stack by CustomEditorProvider.onDidChangeCustomDocument.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void | Thenable<void>

Undo the edit operation.

This is invoked by the editor when the user undoes this edit. To implement undo, your extension should restore the document and editor to the state they were in just before this edit was added to the editor's internal edit stack by CustomEditorProvider.onDidChangeCustomDocument.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void | Thenable<void>

自定义文档打开上下文

关于打开自定义文档的附加信息。

属性

The id of the backup to restore the document from or undefined if there is no backup.

If this is provided, your extension should restore the editor from the backup instead of reading the file from the user's workspace.

If the URI is an untitled file, this will be populated with the byte data of that file

If this is provided, your extension should utilize this byte data rather than executing fs APIs on the URI passed in

自定义编辑器提供者<T>

用于使用自定义文档模型的可编辑自定义编辑器的提供者。

自定义编辑器使用CustomDocument作为其文档模型,而不是TextDocument。 这使扩展完全控制编辑、保存和备份等操作。

在处理二进制文件或更复杂的场景时,您应该使用这种类型的自定义编辑器。对于简单的基于文本的文档,使用CustomTextEditorProvider

事件

Signal that an edit has occurred inside a custom editor.

This event must be fired by your extension whenever an edit happens in a custom editor. An edit can be anything from changing some text, to cropping an image, to reordering a list. Your extension is free to define what an edit is and what data is stored on each edit.

Firing onDidChangeCustomDocument causes the editors to be marked as being dirty. This is cleared when the user either saves or reverts the file.

Editors that support undo/redo must fire a CustomDocumentEditEvent whenever an edit happens. This allows users to undo and redo the edit using the editor's standard keyboard shortcuts. The editor will also mark the editor as no longer being dirty if the user undoes all edits to the last saved state.

Editors that support editing but cannot use the editor's standard undo/redo mechanism must fire a CustomDocumentContentChangeEvent. The only way for a user to clear the dirty state of an editor that does not support undo/redo is to either save or revert the file.

An editor should only ever fire CustomDocumentEditEvent events, or only ever fire CustomDocumentContentChangeEvent events.

方法

Back up a dirty custom document.

Backups are used for hot exit and to prevent data loss. Your backupCustomDocument method should persist the resource in its current state, i.e. with the edits applied. Most commonly this means saving the resource to disk in the ExtensionContext.storagePath. When the editor reloads and your custom editor is opened for a resource, your extension should first check to see if any backups exist for the resource. If there is a backup, your extension should load the file contents from there instead of from the resource in the workspace.

backupCustomDocument is triggered approximately one second after the user stops editing the document. If the user rapidly edits the document, backupCustomDocument will not be invoked until the editing stops.

backupCustomDocument is not invoked when auto save is enabled (since auto save already persists the resource).

ParameterDescription
document: T

Document to backup.

context: CustomDocumentBackupContext

Information that can be used to backup the document.

cancellation: CancellationToken

Token that signals the current backup since a new backup is coming in. It is up to your extension to decided how to respond to cancellation. If for example your extension is backing up a large file in an operation that takes time to complete, your extension may decide to finish the ongoing backup rather than cancelling it to ensure that the editor has some valid backup.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<CustomDocumentBackup>

A Thenable signaling that the backup has completed.

Create a new document for a given resource.

openCustomDocument is called when the first time an editor for a given resource is opened. The opened document is then passed to resolveCustomEditor so that the editor can be shown to the user.

Already opened CustomDocuments are re-used if the user opened additional editors. When all editors for a given resource are closed, the CustomDocuments is disposed of. Opening an editor at this point will trigger another call to openCustomDocument.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

Uri of the document to open.

openContext: CustomDocumentOpenContext

Additional information about the opening custom document.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token that indicates the result is no longer needed.

ReturnsDescription
T | Thenable<T>

The custom document.

Resolve a custom editor for a given resource.

This is called whenever the user opens a new editor for this CustomEditorProvider.

ParameterDescription
document: T

Document for the resource being resolved.

webviewPanel: WebviewPanel

The webview panel used to display the editor UI for this resource.

During resolve, the provider must fill in the initial html for the content webview panel and hook up all the event listeners on it that it is interested in. The provider can also hold onto the WebviewPanel to use later for example in a command. See WebviewPanel for additional details.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token that indicates the result is no longer needed.

ReturnsDescription
void | Thenable<void>

Optional thenable indicating that the custom editor has been resolved.

Revert a custom document to its last saved state.

This method is invoked by the editor when the user triggers File: Revert File in a custom editor. (Note that this is only used using the editor's File: Revert File command and not on a git revert of the file).

The implementer must make sure all editor instances (webviews) for document are displaying the document in the same state is saved in. This usually means reloading the file from the workspace.

ParameterDescription
document: T

Document to revert.

cancellation: CancellationToken

Token that signals the revert is no longer required.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

A Thenable signaling that the revert has completed.

Save a custom document.

This method is invoked by the editor when the user saves a custom editor. This can happen when the user triggers save while the custom editor is active, by commands such as save all, or by auto save if enabled.

The implementer must persist the custom editor. This usually means writing the file data for the custom document to disk. After saveCustomDocument completes, any associated editor instances will no longer be marked as dirty.

ParameterDescription
document: T

Document to save.

cancellation: CancellationToken

Token that signals the save is no longer required (for example, if another save was triggered).

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

A Thenable that saving has completed.

Save a custom document to a different location.

This method is invoked by the editor when the user triggers 'save as' on a custom editor. The implementer must persist the custom editor to destination.

When the user accepts save as, the current editor is be replaced by an non-dirty editor for the newly saved file.

ParameterDescription
document: T

Document to save.

destination: Uri

Location to save to.

cancellation: CancellationToken

Token that signals the save is no longer required.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

A Thenable signaling that saving has completed.

定制执行

用于以任务形式执行扩展回调的类。

构造函数

Constructs a CustomExecution task object. The callback will be executed when the task is run, at which point the extension should return the Pseudoterminal it will "run in". The task should wait to do further execution until Pseudoterminal.open is called. Task cancellation should be handled using Pseudoterminal.close. When the task is complete fire Pseudoterminal.onDidClose.

ParameterDescription
callback: (resolvedDefinition: TaskDefinition) => Thenable<Pseudoterminal>

The callback that will be called when the task is started by a user. Any ${} style variables that were in the task definition will be resolved and passed into the callback as resolvedDefinition.

ReturnsDescription
CustomExecution

自定义只读编辑器提供者<T>

用于使用自定义文档模型的只读自定义编辑器的提供者。

自定义编辑器使用CustomDocument作为他们的文档模型,而不是TextDocument

在处理二进制文件或更复杂的场景时,您应该使用这种类型的自定义编辑器。对于简单的基于文本的文档,使用CustomTextEditorProvider

方法

Create a new document for a given resource.

openCustomDocument is called when the first time an editor for a given resource is opened. The opened document is then passed to resolveCustomEditor so that the editor can be shown to the user.

Already opened CustomDocuments are re-used if the user opened additional editors. When all editors for a given resource are closed, the CustomDocuments is disposed of. Opening an editor at this point will trigger another call to openCustomDocument.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

Uri of the document to open.

openContext: CustomDocumentOpenContext

Additional information about the opening custom document.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token that indicates the result is no longer needed.

ReturnsDescription
T | Thenable<T>

The custom document.

Resolve a custom editor for a given resource.

This is called whenever the user opens a new editor for this CustomEditorProvider.

ParameterDescription
document: T

Document for the resource being resolved.

webviewPanel: WebviewPanel

The webview panel used to display the editor UI for this resource.

During resolve, the provider must fill in the initial html for the content webview panel and hook up all the event listeners on it that it is interested in. The provider can also hold onto the WebviewPanel to use later for example in a command. See WebviewPanel for additional details.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token that indicates the result is no longer needed.

ReturnsDescription
void | Thenable<void>

Optional thenable indicating that the custom editor has been resolved.

自定义文本编辑器提供者

用于基于文本的自定义编辑器的提供者。

基于文本的自定义编辑器使用 TextDocument 作为其数据模型。这大大简化了自定义编辑器的实现,因为它允许编辑器处理许多常见操作,例如撤销和备份。提供者负责在WebView和 TextDocument 之间同步文本更改。

方法

Resolve a custom editor for a given text resource.

This is called when a user first opens a resource for a CustomTextEditorProvider, or if they reopen an existing editor using this CustomTextEditorProvider.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

Document for the resource to resolve.

webviewPanel: WebviewPanel

The webview panel used to display the editor UI for this resource.

During resolve, the provider must fill in the initial html for the content webview panel and hook up all the event listeners on it that it is interested in. The provider can also hold onto the WebviewPanel to use later for example in a command. See WebviewPanel for additional details.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token that indicates the result is no longer needed.

ReturnsDescription
void | Thenable<void>

Thenable indicating that the custom editor has been resolved.

数据传输

包含相应传输数据的MIME类型映射的地图。

拖放实现 handleDrag的控制器可以向数据传输中添加额外的MIME类型。这些额外的MIME类型只有在拖放从同一拖放控制器中的元素开始时才会包含在handleDrop中。

构造函数

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
DataTransfer

方法

Get a new iterator with the [mime, item] pairs for each element in this data transfer.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
IterableIterator<[mimeType: string, item: DataTransferItem]>

Allows iteration through the data transfer items.

ParameterDescription
callbackfn: (item: DataTransferItem, mimeType: string, dataTransfer: DataTransfer) => void

Callback for iteration through the data transfer items.

thisArg?: any

The this context used when invoking the handler function.

ReturnsDescription
void

Retrieves the data transfer item for a given mime type.

ParameterDescription
mimeType: string

The mime type to get the data transfer item for, such as text/plain or image/png. Mimes type look ups are case-insensitive.

Special mime types:

  • text/uri-list — A string with toString()ed Uris separated by \r\n. To specify a cursor position in the file, set the Uri's fragment to L3,5, where 3 is the line number and 5 is the column number.
ReturnsDescription
DataTransferItem

Sets a mime type to data transfer item mapping.

ParameterDescription
mimeType: string

The mime type to set the data for. Mimes types stored in lower case, with case-insensitive looks up.

value: DataTransferItem

The data transfer item for the given mime type.

ReturnsDescription
void

数据传输文件

一个与数据传输项相关的文件。

这种类型的实例只能由编辑器创建,不能由扩展创建。

属性

The name of the file.

The full file path of the file.

May be undefined on web.

方法

The full file contents of the file.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<Uint8Array>

数据传输项

封装在拖放操作期间传输的数据。

构造函数

ParameterDescription
value: any

Custom data stored on this item. Can be retrieved using DataTransferItem.value.

ReturnsDescription
DataTransferItem

属性

Custom data stored on this item.

You can use value to share data across operations. The original object can be retrieved so long as the extension that created the DataTransferItem runs in the same extension host.

方法

Try getting the file associated with this data transfer item.

Note that the file object is only valid for the scope of the drag and drop operation.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
DataTransferFile

The file for the data transfer or undefined if the item is either not a file or the file data cannot be accessed.

Get a string representation of this item.

If DataTransferItem.value is an object, this returns the result of json stringifying DataTransferItem.value value.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<string>

调试适配器

如果实现了DebugAdapter接口,调试适配器可以被注册到编辑器中,它实现了调试适配器协议。

事件

An event which fires after the debug adapter has sent a Debug Adapter Protocol message to the editor. Messages can be requests, responses, or events.

方法

Dispose this object.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
any

Handle a Debug Adapter Protocol message. Messages can be requests, responses, or events. Results or errors are returned via onSendMessage events.

ParameterDescription
message: DebugProtocolMessage

A Debug Adapter Protocol message

ReturnsDescription
void

调试适配器描述符

表示不同类型的调试适配器

调试适配器描述符工厂

一个创建调试适配器描述符的调试适配器工厂。

方法

'createDebugAdapterDescriptor' is called at the start of a debug session to provide details about the debug adapter to use. These details must be returned as objects of type DebugAdapterDescriptor. Currently two types of debug adapters are supported:

  • a debug adapter executable is specified as a command path and arguments (see DebugAdapterExecutable),
  • a debug adapter server reachable via a communication port (see DebugAdapterServer). If the method is not implemented the default behavior is this: createDebugAdapter(session: DebugSession, executable: DebugAdapterExecutable) { if (typeof session.configuration.debugServer === 'number') { return new DebugAdapterServer(session.configuration.debugServer); } return executable; }
ParameterDescription
session: DebugSession

The debug session for which the debug adapter will be used.

executable: DebugAdapterExecutable

The debug adapter's executable information as specified in the package.json (or undefined if no such information exists).

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<DebugAdapterDescriptor>

a debug adapter descriptor or undefined.

调试适配器可执行文件

表示传递给调试适配器可执行文件的可选参数和运行时选项。

构造函数

Creates a description for a debug adapter based on an executable program.

ParameterDescription
command: string

The command or executable path that implements the debug adapter.

args?: string[]

Optional arguments to be passed to the command or executable.

options?: DebugAdapterExecutableOptions

Optional options to be used when starting the command or executable.

ReturnsDescription
DebugAdapterExecutable

属性

The arguments passed to the debug adapter executable. Defaults to an empty array.

The command or path of the debug adapter executable. A command must be either an absolute path of an executable or the name of an command to be looked up via the PATH environment variable. The special value 'node' will be mapped to the editor's built-in Node.js runtime.

Optional options to be used when the debug adapter is started. Defaults to undefined.

调试适配器可执行选项

调试适配器可执行文件的选项。

属性

The current working directory for the executed debug adapter.

The additional environment of the executed program or shell. If omitted the parent process' environment is used. If provided it is merged with the parent process' environment.

调试适配器内联实现

用于内联实现的调试适配器描述符。

构造函数

Create a descriptor for an inline implementation of a debug adapter.

ParameterDescription
implementation: DebugAdapter
ReturnsDescription
DebugAdapterInlineImplementation

调试适配器命名管道服务器

表示一个作为命名管道(在Windows上)/UNIX域套接字(在非Windows上)服务器运行的调试适配器。

构造函数

Create a description for a debug adapter running as a Named Pipe (on Windows)/UNIX Domain Socket (on non-Windows) based server.

ParameterDescription
path: string
ReturnsDescription
DebugAdapterNamedPipeServer

属性

The path to the NamedPipe/UNIX Domain Socket.

调试适配器服务器

表示一个作为基于套接字的服务器运行的调试适配器。

构造函数

Create a description for a debug adapter running as a socket based server.

ParameterDescription
port: number
host?: string
ReturnsDescription
DebugAdapterServer

属性

The host.

The port.

调试适配器跟踪器

调试适配器跟踪器是一种跟踪编辑器与调试适配器之间通信的手段。

事件

The debug adapter has sent a Debug Adapter Protocol message to the editor.

ParameterDescription
message: any
ReturnsDescription
void

The debug adapter is about to receive a Debug Adapter Protocol message from the editor.

ParameterDescription
message: any
ReturnsDescription
void

A session with the debug adapter is about to be started.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

The debug adapter session is about to be stopped.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

方法

An error with the debug adapter has occurred.

ParameterDescription
error: Error
ReturnsDescription
void

The debug adapter has exited with the given exit code or signal.

ParameterDescription
code: number
signal: string
ReturnsDescription
void

调试适配器跟踪器工厂

一个创建调试适配器跟踪器的调试适配器工厂。

方法

The method 'createDebugAdapterTracker' is called at the start of a debug session in order to return a "tracker" object that provides read-access to the communication between the editor and a debug adapter.

ParameterDescription
session: DebugSession

The debug session for which the debug adapter tracker will be used.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<DebugAdapterTracker>

A debug adapter tracker or undefined.

调试配置

调试会话的配置。

属性

The name of the debug session.

The request type of the debug session.

The type of the debug session.

调试配置提供者

调试配置提供者允许向调试服务添加调试配置,并在使用它们启动调试会话之前解析启动配置。调试注册调试配置提供者

方法

Provides debug configuration to the debug service. If more than one debug configuration provider is registered for the same type, debug configurations are concatenated in arbitrary order.

ParameterDescription
folder: WorkspaceFolder

The workspace folder for which the configurations are used or undefined for a folderless setup.

token?: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<DebugConfiguration[]>

An array of debug configurations.

Resolves a debug configuration by filling in missing values or by adding/changing/removing attributes. If more than one debug configuration provider is registered for the same type, the resolveDebugConfiguration calls are chained in arbitrary order and the initial debug configuration is piped through the chain. Returning the value 'undefined' prevents the debug session from starting. Returning the value 'null' prevents the debug session from starting and opens the underlying debug configuration instead.

ParameterDescription
folder: WorkspaceFolder

The workspace folder from which the configuration originates from or undefined for a folderless setup.

debugConfiguration: DebugConfiguration

The debug configuration to resolve.

token?: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<DebugConfiguration>

The resolved debug configuration or undefined or null.

This hook is directly called after 'resolveDebugConfiguration' but with all variables substituted. It can be used to resolve or verify a debug configuration by filling in missing values or by adding/changing/removing attributes. If more than one debug configuration provider is registered for the same type, the 'resolveDebugConfigurationWithSubstitutedVariables' calls are chained in arbitrary order and the initial debug configuration is piped through the chain. Returning the value 'undefined' prevents the debug session from starting. Returning the value 'null' prevents the debug session from starting and opens the underlying debug configuration instead.

ParameterDescription
folder: WorkspaceFolder

The workspace folder from which the configuration originates from or undefined for a folderless setup.

debugConfiguration: DebugConfiguration

The debug configuration to resolve.

token?: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<DebugConfiguration>

The resolved debug configuration or undefined or null.

调试配置提供程序触发类型

DebugConfigurationProviderTriggerKind 指定了 provideDebugConfigurations 方法何时被触发。 目前有两种情况:为新创建的 launch.json 提供初始调试配置,或 当用户通过 UI(例如通过 "Select and Start Debugging" 命令)请求时,提供动态生成的调试配置。 在注册 DebugConfigurationProvider 时使用触发类型 DebugConfigurationProviderdebug.registerDebugConfigurationProvider

枚举成员

DebugConfigurationProvider.provideDebugConfigurations is called to provide the initial debug configurations for a newly created launch.json.

DebugConfigurationProvider.provideDebugConfigurations is called to provide dynamically generated debug configurations when the user asks for them through the UI (e.g. via the "Select and Start Debugging" command).

调试控制台

代表调试控制台。

方法

Append the given value to the debug console.

ParameterDescription
value: string

A string, falsy values will not be printed.

ReturnsDescription
void

Append the given value and a line feed character to the debug console.

ParameterDescription
value: string

A string, falsy values will be printed.

ReturnsDescription
void

调试控制台模式

调试会话使用的调试控制台模式,参见选项

枚举成员

Debug session should have a separate debug console.

Debug session should share debug console with its parent session. This value has no effect for sessions which do not have a parent session.

调试协议断点

DebugProtocolBreakpoint 是用于 Debug Adapter Protocol 中定义的 Breakpoint 类型的不透明占位符类型。

调试协议消息

DebugProtocolMessage 是用于 Debug Adapter Protocol 中定义的 ProtocolMessage 类型的不透明占位符类型。

调试协议源

DebugProtocolSource 是一个用于 Debug Adapter Protocol 中定义的 Source 类型的不透明占位符类型。

调试会话

调试会话。

属性

The "resolved" debug configuration of this session. "Resolved" means that

  • all variables have been substituted and
  • platform specific attribute sections have been "flattened" for the matching platform and removed for non-matching platforms.

The unique ID of this debug session.

The debug session's name is initially taken from the debug configuration. Any changes will be properly reflected in the UI.

The parent session of this debug session, if it was created as a child.

See also DebugSessionOptions.parentSession

The debug session's type from the debug configuration.

The workspace folder of this session or undefined for a folderless setup.

方法

Send a custom request to the debug adapter.

ParameterDescription
command: string
args?: any
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<any>

Maps a breakpoint in the editor to the corresponding Debug Adapter Protocol (DAP) breakpoint that is managed by the debug adapter of the debug session. If no DAP breakpoint exists (either because the editor breakpoint was not yet registered or because the debug adapter is not interested in the breakpoint), the value undefined is returned.

ParameterDescription
breakpoint: Breakpoint

A Breakpoint in the editor.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<DebugProtocolBreakpoint>

A promise that resolves to the Debug Adapter Protocol breakpoint or undefined.

调试会话自定义事件

收到一个来自调试会话的自定义调试适配器协议事件。

属性

Event specific information.

Type of event.

The debug session for which the custom event was received.

调试会话选项

启动调试会话的选项.

属性

Controls if the debug session's parent session is shown in the CALL STACK view even if it has only a single child. By default, the debug session will never hide its parent. If compact is true, debug sessions with a single child are hidden in the CALL STACK view to make the tree more compact.

Controls whether this session should have a separate debug console or share it with the parent session. Has no effect for sessions which do not have a parent session. Defaults to Separate.

Controls whether lifecycle requests like 'restart' are sent to the newly created session or its parent session. By default (if the property is false or missing), lifecycle requests are sent to the new session. This property is ignored if the session has no parent session.

Controls whether this session should run without debugging, thus ignoring breakpoints. When this property is not specified, the value from the parent session (if there is one) is used.

When specified the newly created debug session is registered as a "child" session of this "parent" debug session.

When true, the window statusbar color will not be changed for this session.

When true, the debug toolbar will not be shown for this session.

When true, the debug viewlet will not be automatically revealed for this session.

When true, a save will not be triggered for open editors when starting a debug session, regardless of the value of the debug.saveBeforeStart setting.

Signals to the editor that the debug session was started from a test run request. This is used to link the lifecycle of the debug session and test run in UI actions.

调试堆栈框架

表示调试会话中的堆栈框架。

属性

ID of the stack frame in the debug protocol.

Debug session for thread.

ID of the associated thread in the debug protocol.

调试线程

表示调试会话中的一个线程。

属性

Debug session for thread.

ID of the associated thread in the debug protocol.

声明

符号表示的声明为一个或多个 位置位置链接.

声明覆盖

包含声明的覆盖信息。根据报告者和语言,这可能是函数、方法或命名空间等类型。

构造函数

ParameterDescription
name: string
executed: number | boolean

The number of times this declaration was executed, or a boolean indicating whether it was executed if the exact count is unknown. If zero or false, the declaration will be marked as un-covered.

location: Range | Position

The declaration position.

ReturnsDescription
DeclarationCoverage

属性

The number of times this declaration was executed, or a boolean indicating whether it was executed if the exact count is unknown. If zero or false, the declaration will be marked as un-covered.

Declaration location.

Name of the declaration.

声明提供者

声明提供者接口定义了扩展和“转到声明”功能之间的合同。

方法

Provide the declaration of the symbol at the given position and document.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

position: Position

The position at which the command was invoked.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<Declaration>

A declaration or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined or null.

装饰实例渲染选项

代表装饰实例的渲染选项。见DecorationOptions.renderOptions

属性

Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted after the decorated text.

Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted before the decorated text.

Overwrite options for dark themes.

Overwrite options for light themes.

装饰选项

代表在装饰集合中特定装饰的选项。

属性

A message that should be rendered when hovering over the decoration.

Range to which this decoration is applied. The range must not be empty.

Render options applied to the current decoration. For performance reasons, keep the number of decoration specific options small, and use decoration types wherever possible.

装饰范围行为

描述在装饰物边缘输入/编辑时的行为。

枚举成员

The decoration's range will widen when edits occur at the start or end.

The decoration's range will not widen when edits occur at the start or end.

The decoration's range will widen when edits occur at the start, but not at the end.

The decoration's range will widen when edits occur at the end, but not at the start.

装饰渲染选项

表示用于文本编辑器装饰的渲染样式。

属性

Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted after the decorated text.

Background color of the decoration. Use rgba() and define transparent background colors to play well with other decorations. Alternatively a color from the color registry can be referenced.

Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted before the decorated text.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

Overwrite options for dark themes.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

An absolute path or an URI to an image to be rendered in the gutter.

Specifies the size of the gutter icon. Available values are 'auto', 'contain', 'cover' and any percentage value. For further information: https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/jj127316(v=vs.85).aspx

Should the decoration be rendered also on the whitespace after the line text. Defaults to false.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

Overwrite options for light themes.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties.

The color of the decoration in the overview ruler. Use rgba() and define transparent colors to play well with other decorations.

The position in the overview ruler where the decoration should be rendered.

Customize the growing behavior of the decoration when edits occur at the edges of the decoration's range. Defaults to DecorationRangeBehavior.OpenOpen.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

定义

一个符号被表示为一个或多个位置。 对于大多数编程语言,符号只在唯一的一个位置被定义。

关于符号定义位置的信息。

提供额外的元数据,超过正常 位置 定义,包括定义符号的范围

定义提供者

定义提供者接口定义了扩展与转到定义 和预览定义功能之间的合同。

方法

Provide the definition of the symbol at the given position and document.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

position: Position

The position at which the command was invoked.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<Definition | LocationLink[]>

A definition or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined or null.

诊断

表示诊断信息,例如编译器错误或警告。诊断对象仅在文件的作用域内有效。

构造函数

Creates a new diagnostic object.

ParameterDescription
range: Range

The range to which this diagnostic applies.

message: string

The human-readable message.

severity?: DiagnosticSeverity

The severity, default is error.

ReturnsDescription
Diagnostic

属性

A code or identifier for this diagnostic. Should be used for later processing, e.g. when providing code actions.

The human-readable message.

The range to which this diagnostic applies.

An array of related diagnostic information, e.g. when symbol-names within a scope collide all definitions can be marked via this property.

The severity, default is error.

A human-readable string describing the source of this diagnostic, e.g. 'typescript' or 'super lint'.

Additional metadata about the diagnostic.

诊断变更事件

诊断更改时触发的事件。

属性

An array of resources for which diagnostics have changed.

诊断收集

诊断集合是一个管理一组 诊断的容器。诊断总是针对一个诊断集合和一个资源的范围。

获取一个DiagnosticCollection的实例 使用createDiagnosticCollection

属性

The name of this diagnostic collection, for instance typescript. Every diagnostic from this collection will be associated with this name. Also, the task framework uses this name when defining problem matchers.

方法

Remove all diagnostics from this collection. The same as calling #set(undefined);

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Remove all diagnostics from this collection that belong to the provided uri. The same as #set(uri, undefined).

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

A resource identifier.

ReturnsDescription
void

Dispose and free associated resources. Calls clear.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Iterate over each entry in this collection.

ParameterDescription
callback: (uri: Uri, diagnostics: readonly Diagnostic[], collection: DiagnosticCollection) => any

Function to execute for each entry.

thisArg?: any

The this context used when invoking the handler function.

ReturnsDescription
void

Get the diagnostics for a given resource. Note that you cannot modify the diagnostics-array returned from this call.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

A resource identifier.

ReturnsDescription
readonly Diagnostic[]

An immutable array of diagnostics or undefined.

Check if this collection contains diagnostics for a given resource.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

A resource identifier.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if this collection has diagnostic for the given resource.

Assign diagnostics for given resource. Will replace existing diagnostics for that resource.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

A resource identifier.

diagnostics: readonly Diagnostic[]

Array of diagnostics or undefined

ReturnsDescription
void

Replace diagnostics for multiple resources in this collection.

Note that multiple tuples of the same uri will be merged, e.g [[file1, [d1]], [file1, [d2]]] is equivalent to [[file1, [d1, d2]]]. If a diagnostics item is undefined as in [file1, undefined] all previous but not subsequent diagnostics are removed.

ParameterDescription
entries: ReadonlyArray<[Uri, readonly Diagnostic[]]>

An array of tuples, like [[file1, [d1, d2]], [file2, [d3, d4, d5]]], or undefined.

ReturnsDescription
void

诊断相关信息

表示诊断相关的消息和源代码位置。这应该用于指向导致或与诊断相关的代码位置,例如在作用域中重复符号时。

构造函数

Creates a new related diagnostic information object.

ParameterDescription
location: Location

The location.

message: string

The message.

ReturnsDescription
DiagnosticRelatedInformation

属性

The location of this related diagnostic information.

The message of this related diagnostic information.

诊断严重程度

表示诊断的严重性。

枚举成员

Something not allowed by the rules of a language or other means.

Something suspicious but allowed.

Something to inform about but not a problem.

Something to hint to a better way of doing it, like proposing a refactoring.

诊断标签

关于诊断类型的附加元数据。

枚举成员

Unused or unnecessary code.

Diagnostics with this tag are rendered faded out. The amount of fading is controlled by the "editorUnnecessaryCode.opacity" theme color. For example, "editorUnnecessaryCode.opacity": "#000000c0" will render the code with 75% opacity. For high contrast themes, use the "editorUnnecessaryCode.border" theme color to underline unnecessary code instead of fading it out.

Deprecated or obsolete code.

Diagnostics with this tag are rendered with a strike through.

一次性

表示可以释放资源的类型,例如事件监听或计时器。

静态

Combine many disposable-likes into one. You can use this method when having objects with a dispose function which aren't instances of Disposable.

ParameterDescription
...disposableLikes: Array<{dispose: () => any}>

Objects that have at least a dispose-function member. Note that asynchronous dispose-functions aren't awaited.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

Returns a new disposable which, upon dispose, will dispose all provided disposables.

构造函数

Creates a new disposable that calls the provided function on dispose.

Note that an asynchronous function is not awaited.

ParameterDescription
callOnDispose: () => any

Function that disposes something.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

方法

Dispose this object.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
any

文档颜色提供者

文档颜色提供者定义了扩展和编辑器中颜色选择和修改功能之间的合同。

方法

Provide representations for a color.

ParameterDescription
color: Color

The color to show and insert.

context: {document: TextDocument, range: Range}

A context object with additional information

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<ColorPresentation[]>

An array of color presentations or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined, null, or an empty array.

Provide colors for the given document.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<ColorInformation[]>

An array of color information or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined, null, or an empty array.

文档拖放编辑

应用了编辑操作在拖放时

构造函数

ParameterDescription
insertText: string | SnippetString

The text or snippet to insert at the drop location.

title?: string

Human readable label that describes the edit.

kind?: DocumentDropOrPasteEditKind

Kind of the edit.

ReturnsDescription
DocumentDropEdit

属性

An optional additional edit to apply on drop.

The text or snippet to insert at the drop location.

Kind of the edit.

Human readable label that describes the edit.

Controls the ordering or multiple edits. If this provider yield to edits, it will be shown lower in the list.

文档拖放编辑提供者<T>

将资源拖放到文本编辑器中的提供者。

这允许用户将资源(包括来自外部应用程序的资源)拖放到编辑器中。在拖放文件时,用户可以按住shift以将文件放入编辑器中而不是打开它。 需要editor.dropIntoEditor.enabled处于开启状态。

方法

Provide edits which inserts the content being dragged and dropped into the document.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document in which the drop occurred.

position: Position

The position in the document where the drop occurred.

dataTransfer: DataTransfer

A DataTransfer object that holds data about what is being dragged and dropped.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T | T[]>

A DocumentDropEdit or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined or null.

Optional method which fills in the DocumentDropEdit.additionalEdit before the edit is applied.

This is called once per edit and should be used if generating the complete edit may take a long time. Resolve can only be used to change DocumentDropEdit.additionalEdit.

ParameterDescription
edit: T

The DocumentDropEdit to resolve.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T>

The resolved edit or a thenable that resolves to such. It is OK to return the given edit. If no result is returned, the given edit is used.

文档拖放编辑提供者元数据

提供了有关DocumentDropEditProvider如何工作的附加元数据。

属性

List of DataTransfer mime types that the provider can handle.

This can either be an exact mime type such as image/png, or a wildcard pattern such as image/*.

Use text/uri-list for resources dropped from the explorer or other tree views in the workbench.

Use files to indicate that the provider should be invoked if any files are present in the DataTransfer. Note that DataTransferFile entries are only created when dropping content from outside the editor, such as from the operating system.

List of kinds that the provider may return in provideDocumentDropEdits.

This is used to filter out providers when a specific kind of edit is requested.

文档拖放或粘贴编辑类型

静态

The root kind for basic text edits.

This kind should be used for edits that insert basic text into the document. A good example of this is an edit that pastes the clipboard text while also updating imports in the file based on the pasted text. For this we could use a kind such as text.updateImports.someLanguageId.

Even though most drop/paste edits ultimately insert text, you should not use Text as the base kind for every edit as this is redundant. Instead a more specific kind that describes the type of content being inserted should be used instead. For example, if the edit adds a Markdown link, use markdown.link since even though the content being inserted is text, it's more important to know that the edit inserts Markdown syntax.

Root kind for edits that update imports in a document in addition to inserting text.

构造函数

ParameterDescription
value: string
ReturnsDescription
DocumentDropOrPasteEditKind

属性

The raw string value of the kind.

方法

Create a new kind by appending additional scopes to the current kind.

Does not modify the current kind.

ParameterDescription
...parts: string[]
ReturnsDescription
DocumentDropOrPasteEditKind

Checks if other is a sub-kind of this DocumentDropOrPasteEditKind.

The kind "text.plain" for example contains "text.plain" and "text.plain.list", but not "text" or "unicorn.text.plain".

ParameterDescription
other: DocumentDropOrPasteEditKind

Kind to check.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

Checks if this kind intersects other.

The kind "text.plain" for example intersects text, "text.plain" and "text.plain.list", but not "unicorn", or "textUnicorn.plain".

ParameterDescription
other: DocumentDropOrPasteEditKind

Kind to check.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

文档过滤器

文档过滤器通过不同的属性来标识文档,例如语言、其资源的方案,或者应用于路径的通配符模式。

示例 一个适用于磁盘上的 typescript 文件的语言过滤器

{ language: 'typescript', scheme: 'file' }

示例 一种适用于所有 package.json 路径的语言过滤器

{ language: 'json', pattern: '**/package.json' }

属性

A language id, like typescript.

The type of a notebook, like jupyter-notebook. This allows to narrow down on the type of a notebook that a cell document belongs to.

Note that setting the notebookType-property changes how scheme and pattern are interpreted. When set they are evaluated against the notebook uri, not the document uri.

Example Match python document inside jupyter notebook that aren't stored yet (untitled)

{ language: 'python', notebookType: 'jupyter-notebook', scheme: 'untitled' }

A glob pattern that is matched on the absolute path of the document. Use a relative pattern to filter documents to a workspace folder.

A Uri scheme, like file or untitled.

文档格式编辑提供者

文档格式化提供者接口定义了扩展和格式化功能之间的契约。

方法

Provide formatting edits for a whole document.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

options: FormattingOptions

Options controlling formatting.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<TextEdit[]>

A set of text edits or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined, null, or an empty array.

文档高亮

文档高亮是一个文本文档中的范围,需要特别关注。通常,文档高亮通过更改其范围的背景颜色来可视化。

构造函数

Creates a new document highlight object.

ParameterDescription
range: Range

The range the highlight applies to.

kind?: DocumentHighlightKind

The highlight kind, default is text.

ReturnsDescription
DocumentHighlight

属性

The highlight kind, default is text.

The range this highlight applies to.

文档突出显示类型

文档高亮类型。

枚举成员

A textual occurrence.

Read-access of a symbol, like reading a variable.

Write-access of a symbol, like writing to a variable.

文档高亮提供者

文档高亮提供者接口定义了扩展与单词高亮功能之间的契约。

方法

Provide a set of document highlights, like all occurrences of a variable or all exit-points of a function.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

position: Position

The position at which the command was invoked.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<DocumentHighlight[]>

An array of document highlights or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined, null, or an empty array.

文档链接是文本文档中链接到内部或外部资源(如另一个文本文档或网站)的范围。

构造函数

Creates a new document link.

ParameterDescription
range: Range

The range the document link applies to. Must not be empty.

target?: Uri

The uri the document link points to.

ReturnsDescription
DocumentLink

属性

The range this link applies to.

The uri this link points to.

The tooltip text when you hover over this link.

If a tooltip is provided, is will be displayed in a string that includes instructions on how to trigger the link, such as {0} (ctrl + click). The specific instructions vary depending on OS, user settings, and localization.

文档链接提供者<T>

文档链接提供者定义了扩展和编辑器中显示链接的特性之间的合同。

方法

Provide links for the given document. Note that the editor ships with a default provider that detects http(s) and file links.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T[]>

An array of document links or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined, null, or an empty array.

Given a link fill in its target. This method is called when an incomplete link is selected in the UI. Providers can implement this method and return incomplete links (without target) from the provideDocumentLinks method which often helps to improve performance.

ParameterDescription
link: T

The link that is to be resolved.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T>

文档粘贴编辑

一个应用粘贴操作的编辑。

构造函数

Create a new paste edit.

ParameterDescription
insertText: string | SnippetString

The text or snippet to insert at the pasted locations.

title: string

Human readable label that describes the edit.

kind: DocumentDropOrPasteEditKind

Kind of the edit.

ReturnsDescription
DocumentPasteEdit

属性

An optional additional edit to apply on paste.

The text or snippet to insert at the pasted locations.

If your edit requires more advanced insertion logic, set this to an empty string and provide an additional edit instead.

Kind of the edit.

Human readable label that describes the edit.

Controls ordering when multiple paste edits can potentially be applied.

If this edit yields to another, it will be shown lower in the list of possible paste edits shown to the user.

文档粘贴编辑上下文

有关粘贴操作的附加信息。

属性

Requested kind of paste edits to return.

When a explicit kind if requested by PasteAs, providers are encourage to be more flexible when generating an edit of the requested kind.

The reason why paste edits were requested.

文档粘贴编辑提供者<T>

当用户在文本文档中复制或粘贴时,提供者被调用。

方法

Optional method invoked after the user copies from a text editor.

This allows the provider to attach metadata about the copied text to the DataTransfer. This data transfer is then passed back to providers in provideDocumentPasteEdits.

Note that currently any changes to the DataTransfer are isolated to the current editor window. This means that any added metadata cannot be seen by other editor windows or by other applications.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

Text document where the copy took place.

ranges: readonly Range[]

Ranges being copied in document.

dataTransfer: DataTransfer

The data transfer associated with the copy. You can store additional values on this for later use in provideDocumentPasteEdits. This object is only valid for the duration of this method.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
void | Thenable<void>

Optional thenable that resolves when all changes to the dataTransfer are complete.

Invoked before the user pastes into a text editor.

Returned edits can replace the standard pasting behavior.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

Document being pasted into

ranges: readonly Range[]

Range in the document to paste into.

dataTransfer: DataTransfer

The data transfer associated with the paste. This object is only valid for the duration of the paste operation.

context: DocumentPasteEditContext

Additional context for the paste.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T[]>

Set of potential edits that can apply the paste. Only a single returned DocumentPasteEdit is applied at a time. If multiple edits are returned from all providers, then the first is automatically applied and a widget is shown that lets the user switch to the other edits.

Optional method which fills in the DocumentPasteEdit.additionalEdit before the edit is applied.

This is called once per edit and should be used if generating the complete edit may take a long time. Resolve can only be used to change DocumentPasteEdit.insertText or DocumentPasteEdit.additionalEdit.

ParameterDescription
pasteEdit: T

The DocumentPasteEdit to resolve.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T>

The resolved paste edit or a thenable that resolves to such. It is OK to return the given pasteEdit. If no result is returned, the given pasteEdit is used.

文档粘贴提供者元数据

提供了有关DocumentPasteEditProvider如何工作的附加元数据。

属性

Mime types that prepareDocumentPaste may add on copy.

Mime types that provideDocumentPasteEdits should be invoked for.

This can either be an exact mime type such as image/png, or a wildcard pattern such as image/*.

Use text/uri-list for resources dropped from the explorer or other tree views in the workbench.

Use files to indicate that the provider should be invoked if any files are present in the DataTransfer. Note that DataTransferFile entries are only created when pasting content from outside the editor, such as from the operating system.

List of kinds that the provider may return in provideDocumentPasteEdits.

This is used to filter out providers when a specific kind of edit is requested.

文档粘贴触发类型

请求粘贴编辑的原因。

枚举成员

Pasting was requested as part of a normal paste operation.

Pasting was requested by the user with the paste as command.

文档范围格式化编辑提供者

文档格式化提供者接口定义了扩展和格式化功能之间的契约。

方法

Provide formatting edits for a range in a document.

The given range is a hint and providers can decide to format a smaller or larger range. Often this is done by adjusting the start and end of the range to full syntax nodes.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

range: Range

The range which should be formatted.

options: FormattingOptions

Options controlling formatting.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<TextEdit[]>

A set of text edits or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined, null, or an empty array.

Provide formatting edits for multiple ranges in a document.

This function is optional but allows a formatter to perform faster when formatting only modified ranges or when formatting a large number of selections.

The given ranges are hints and providers can decide to format a smaller or larger range. Often this is done by adjusting the start and end of the range to full syntax nodes.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

ranges: Range[]

The ranges which should be formatted.

options: FormattingOptions

Options controlling formatting.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<TextEdit[]>

A set of text edits or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined, null, or an empty array.

文档范围语义标记提供者

文档范围语义标记提供程序接口定义了扩展和语义标记之间的合同。

事件

An optional event to signal that the semantic tokens from this provider have changed.

方法

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument
range: Range
token: CancellationToken
ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<SemanticTokens>

文档选择器

语言选择器是语言标识符和语言过滤器的组合。

注意 一个只是语言识别的文档选择器选择所有 文档,即使那些没有保存在磁盘上的文档。只有在一个功能在没有进一步上下文的情况下工作时,例如不需要解析相关的'文件'时才使用这样的选择器。

示例

let sel: DocumentSelector = { scheme: 'file', language: 'typescript' };

文档语义令牌提供者

文档语义令牌提供程序接口定义了扩展和语义令牌之间的契约。

事件

An optional event to signal that the semantic tokens from this provider have changed.

方法

Tokens in a file are represented as an array of integers. The position of each token is expressed relative to the token before it, because most tokens remain stable relative to each other when edits are made in a file.


In short, each token takes 5 integers to represent, so a specific token i in the file consists of the following array indices:

  • at index 5*i - deltaLine: token line number, relative to the previous token
  • at index 5*i+1 - deltaStart: token start character, relative to the previous token (relative to 0 or the previous token's start if they are on the same line)
  • at index 5*i+2 - length: the length of the token. A token cannot be multiline.
  • at index 5*i+3 - tokenType: will be looked up in SemanticTokensLegend.tokenTypes. We currently ask that tokenType < 65536.
  • at index 5*i+4 - tokenModifiers: each set bit will be looked up in SemanticTokensLegend.tokenModifiers

How to encode tokens

Here is an example for encoding a file with 3 tokens in a uint32 array:

   { line: 2, startChar:  5, length: 3, tokenType: "property",  tokenModifiers: ["private", "static"] },
   { line: 2, startChar: 10, length: 4, tokenType: "type",      tokenModifiers: [] },
   { line: 5, startChar:  2, length: 7, tokenType: "class",     tokenModifiers: [] }
  1. First of all, a legend must be devised. This legend must be provided up-front and capture all possible token types. For this example, we will choose the following legend which must be passed in when registering the provider:
   tokenTypes: ['property', 'type', 'class'],
   tokenModifiers: ['private', 'static']
  1. The first transformation step is to encode tokenType and tokenModifiers as integers using the legend. Token types are looked up by index, so a tokenType value of 1 means tokenTypes[1]. Multiple token modifiers can be set by using bit flags, so a tokenModifier value of 3 is first viewed as binary 0b00000011, which means [tokenModifiers[0], tokenModifiers[1]] because bits 0 and 1 are set. Using this legend, the tokens now are:
   { line: 2, startChar:  5, length: 3, tokenType: 0, tokenModifiers: 3 },
   { line: 2, startChar: 10, length: 4, tokenType: 1, tokenModifiers: 0 },
   { line: 5, startChar:  2, length: 7, tokenType: 2, tokenModifiers: 0 }
  1. The next step is to represent each token relative to the previous token in the file. In this case, the second token is on the same line as the first token, so the startChar of the second token is made relative to the startChar of the first token, so it will be 10 - 5. The third token is on a different line than the second token, so the startChar of the third token will not be altered:
   { deltaLine: 2, deltaStartChar: 5, length: 3, tokenType: 0, tokenModifiers: 3 },
   { deltaLine: 0, deltaStartChar: 5, length: 4, tokenType: 1, tokenModifiers: 0 },
   { deltaLine: 3, deltaStartChar: 2, length: 7, tokenType: 2, tokenModifiers: 0 }
  1. Finally, the last step is to inline each of the 5 fields for a token in a single array, which is a memory friendly representation:
   // 1st token,  2nd token,  3rd token
   [  2,5,3,0,3,  0,5,4,1,0,  3,2,7,2,0 ]

See also SemanticTokensBuilder for a helper to encode tokens as integers. NOTE: When doing edits, it is possible that multiple edits occur until the editor decides to invoke the semantic tokens provider. NOTE: If the provider cannot temporarily compute semantic tokens, it can indicate this by throwing an error with the message 'Busy'.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument
token: CancellationToken
ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<SemanticTokens>

Instead of always returning all the tokens in a file, it is possible for a DocumentSemanticTokensProvider to implement this method (provideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits) and then return incremental updates to the previously provided semantic tokens.


How tokens change when the document changes

Suppose that provideDocumentSemanticTokens has previously returned the following semantic tokens:

   // 1st token,  2nd token,  3rd token
   [  2,5,3,0,3,  0,5,4,1,0,  3,2,7,2,0 ]

Also suppose that after some edits, the new semantic tokens in a file are:

   // 1st token,  2nd token,  3rd token
   [  3,5,3,0,3,  0,5,4,1,0,  3,2,7,2,0 ]

It is possible to express these new tokens in terms of an edit applied to the previous tokens:

   [  2,5,3,0,3,  0,5,4,1,0,  3,2,7,2,0 ] // old tokens
   [  3,5,3,0,3,  0,5,4,1,0,  3,2,7,2,0 ] // new tokens

   edit: { start:  0, deleteCount: 1, data: [3] } // replace integer at offset 0 with 3

NOTE: If the provider cannot compute SemanticTokensEdits, it can "give up" and return all the tokens in the document again. NOTE: All edits in SemanticTokensEdits contain indices in the old integers array, so they all refer to the previous result state.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument
previousResultId: string
token: CancellationToken
ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<SemanticTokens | SemanticTokensEdits>

文档符号

表示在文档中出现的编程结构,如变量、类、接口等。文档符号可以是层次化的,并且它们有两个范围:一个包含其定义的范围,一个指向其最有趣的范围,例如标识符的范围。

构造函数

Creates a new document symbol.

ParameterDescription
name: string

The name of the symbol.

detail: string

Details for the symbol.

kind: SymbolKind

The kind of the symbol.

range: Range

The full range of the symbol.

selectionRange: Range

The range that should be reveal.

ReturnsDescription
DocumentSymbol

属性

Children of this symbol, e.g. properties of a class.

More detail for this symbol, e.g. the signature of a function.

The kind of this symbol.

The name of this symbol.

The range enclosing this symbol not including leading/trailing whitespace but everything else, e.g. comments and code.

The range that should be selected and reveal when this symbol is being picked, e.g. the name of a function. Must be contained by the range.

Tags for this symbol.

文档符号提供者

文档符号提供者接口定义了扩展与转到符号功能之间的合同。

方法

Provide symbol information for the given document.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<DocumentSymbol[] | SymbolInformation[]>

An array of document highlights or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined, null, or an empty array.

文档符号提供者元数据

关于文档符号提供者的元数据。

属性

A human-readable string that is shown when multiple outlines trees show for one document.

行尾

表示文档中的一行结束字符序列.

枚举成员

The line feed \n character.

The carriage return line feed \r\n sequence.

进入操作

描述了按 Enter 键时应执行的操作。

属性

Describes text to be appended after the new line and after the indentation.

Describe what to do with the indentation.

Describes the number of characters to remove from the new line's indentation.

环境变量集合

一个扩展可以应用于进程环境的突变集合。

属性

A description for the environment variable collection, this will be used to describe the changes in the UI.

Whether the collection should be cached for the workspace and applied to the terminal across window reloads. When true the collection will be active immediately such when the window reloads. Additionally, this API will return the cached version if it exists. The collection will be invalidated when the extension is uninstalled or when the collection is cleared. Defaults to true.

方法

Append a value to an environment variable.

Note that an extension can only make a single change to any one variable, so this will overwrite any previous calls to replace, append or prepend.

ParameterDescription
variable: string

The variable to append to.

value: string

The value to append to the variable.

options?: EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions

Options applied to the mutator, when no options are provided this will default to { applyAtProcessCreation: true }.

ReturnsDescription
void

Clears all mutators from this collection.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Deletes this collection's mutator for a variable.

ParameterDescription
variable: string

The variable to delete the mutator for.

ReturnsDescription
void

Iterate over each mutator in this collection.

ParameterDescription
callback: (variable: string, mutator: EnvironmentVariableMutator, collection: EnvironmentVariableCollection) => any

Function to execute for each entry.

thisArg?: any

The this context used when invoking the handler function.

ReturnsDescription
void

Gets the mutator that this collection applies to a variable, if any.

ParameterDescription
variable: string

The variable to get the mutator for.

ReturnsDescription
EnvironmentVariableMutator

Prepend a value to an environment variable.

Note that an extension can only make a single change to any one variable, so this will overwrite any previous calls to replace, append or prepend.

ParameterDescription
variable: string

The variable to prepend.

value: string

The value to prepend to the variable.

options?: EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions

Options applied to the mutator, when no options are provided this will default to { applyAtProcessCreation: true }.

ReturnsDescription
void

Replace an environment variable with a value.

Note that an extension can only make a single change to any one variable, so this will overwrite any previous calls to replace, append or prepend.

ParameterDescription
variable: string

The variable to replace.

value: string

The value to replace the variable with.

options?: EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions

Options applied to the mutator, when no options are provided this will default to { applyAtProcessCreation: true }.

ReturnsDescription
void

环境变量突变器

一种突变类型及其对环境变量的值。

属性

Options applied to the mutator.

The type of mutation that will occur to the variable.

The value to use for the variable.

环境变量突变器选项

选项已应用于突变器。

属性

Apply to the environment just before the process is created. Defaults to false.

Apply to the environment in the shell integration script. Note that this will not apply the mutator if shell integration is disabled or not working for some reason. Defaults to false.

环境变量突变类型

一种可以应用于环境变量的突变类型。

枚举成员

Replace the variable's existing value.

Append to the end of the variable's existing value.

Prepend to the start of the variable's existing value.

环境变量作用域

环境变量集合适用的作用域对象。

属性

Any specific workspace folder to get collection for.

可评估表达式

EvaluatableExpression 表示文档中可以由活动调试器或运行时评估的表达式。 此评估的结果显示在一个类似工具提示的控件中。 如果仅指定一个范围,表达式将从底层文档中提取。 可以使用可选的表达式来覆盖提取的表达式。 在这种情况下,范围仍然用于在文档中突出显示该范围。

构造函数

Creates a new evaluatable expression object.

ParameterDescription
range: Range

The range in the underlying document from which the evaluatable expression is extracted.

expression?: string

If specified overrides the extracted expression.

ReturnsDescription
EvaluatableExpression

属性

If specified the expression overrides the extracted expression.

The range is used to extract the evaluatable expression from the underlying document and to highlight it.

可评估表达式提供者

可评估表达式提供程序接口定义了扩展与调试悬停之间的合同。在这个合同中,提供程序返回文档中给定位置的可评估表达式,编辑器在当前调试会话中评估此表达式,并在调试悬停中显示结果。

方法

Provide an evaluatable expression for the given document and position. The editor will evaluate this expression in the active debug session and will show the result in the debug hover. The expression can be implicitly specified by the range in the underlying document or by explicitly returning an expression.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document for which the debug hover is about to appear.

position: Position

The line and character position in the document where the debug hover is about to appear.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<EvaluatableExpression>

An EvaluatableExpression or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined or null.

事件<T>

表示一个带类型事件。

一个通过传入监听器函数来订阅的事件函数。

示例

item.onDidChange(function(event) {
  console.log('Event happened: ' + event);
});

A function that represents an event to which you subscribe by calling it with a listener function as argument.

ParameterDescription
listener: (e: T) => any

The listener function will be called when the event happens.

thisArgs?: any

The this-argument which will be used when calling the event listener.

disposables?: Disposable[]

An array to which a Disposable will be added.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A disposable which unsubscribes the event listener.

事件发射器<T>

事件发射器可以用来创建和管理一个事件供他人订阅。一个发射器总是拥有一个事件。

如果您希望在扩展内部提供事件,例如TextDocumentContentProvider中,或者在向其他扩展提供API时使用此类。

构造函数

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
EventEmitter<T>

属性

The event listeners can subscribe to.

方法

Dispose this object and free resources.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Notify all subscribers of the event. Failure of one or more listener will not fail this function call.

ParameterDescription
data: T

The event object.

ReturnsDescription
void

扩展<T>

表示一个扩展。

要获取一个Extension的实例,请使用getExtension.

属性

The public API exported by this extension (return value of activate). It is an invalid action to access this field before this extension has been activated.

The extension kind describes if an extension runs where the UI runs or if an extension runs where the remote extension host runs. The extension kind is defined in the package.json-file of extensions but can also be refined via the remote.extensionKind-setting. When no remote extension host exists, the value is ExtensionKind.UI.

The absolute file path of the directory containing this extension. Shorthand notation for Extension.extensionUri.fsPath (independent of the uri scheme).

The uri of the directory containing the extension.

The canonical extension identifier in the form of: publisher.name.

true if the extension has been activated.

The parsed contents of the extension's package.json.

方法

Activates this extension and returns its public API.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T>

A promise that will resolve when this extension has been activated.

扩展上下文

扩展上下文是与扩展相关的实用工具集合。

一个实例作为第一个参数传递给ExtensionContext扩展的activate方法。

属性

Gets the extension's global environment variable collection for this workspace, enabling changes to be applied to terminal environment variables.

The current Extension instance.

The mode the extension is running in. See ExtensionMode for possible values and scenarios.

The absolute file path of the directory containing the extension. Shorthand notation for ExtensionContext.extensionUri.fsPath (independent of the uri scheme).

The uri of the directory containing the extension.

A memento object that stores state independent of the current opened workspace.

An absolute file path in which the extension can store global state. The directory might not exist on disk and creation is up to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent.

Use globalState to store key value data.

The uri of a directory in which the extension can store global state. The directory might not exist on disk and creation is up to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent.

Use globalState to store key value data.

See also workspace.fs for how to read and write files and folders from an uri.

An object that keeps information about how this extension can use language models.

See also LanguageModelChat.sendRequest

An absolute file path of a directory in which the extension can create log files. The directory might not exist on disk and creation is up to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent.

  • deprecated - Use logUri instead.

The uri of a directory in which the extension can create log files. The directory might not exist on disk and creation is up to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent.

See also workspace.fs for how to read and write files and folders from an uri.

A secret storage object that stores state independent of the current opened workspace.

An absolute file path of a workspace specific directory in which the extension can store private state. The directory might not exist on disk and creation is up to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent.

Use workspaceState or globalState to store key value data.

The uri of a workspace specific directory in which the extension can store private state. The directory might not exist and creation is up to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent. The value is undefined when no workspace nor folder has been opened.

Use workspaceState or globalState to store key value data.

See also workspace.fs for how to read and write files and folders from a uri.

An array to which disposables can be added. When this extension is deactivated the disposables will be disposed.

Note that asynchronous dispose-functions aren't awaited.

A memento object that stores state in the context of the currently opened workspace.

方法

Get the absolute path of a resource contained in the extension.

Note that an absolute uri can be constructed via Uri.joinPath and extensionUri, e.g. vscode.Uri.joinPath(context.extensionUri, relativePath);

ParameterDescription
relativePath: string

A relative path to a resource contained in the extension.

ReturnsDescription
string

The absolute path of the resource.

扩展类型

在远程Windows中,扩展类型描述了扩展是在UI(Windows)运行的地方运行,还是在远程位置运行。

枚举成员

Extension runs where the UI runs.

Extension runs where the remote extension host runs.

扩展模式

扩展模式在ExtensionContext上提供,并指示特定扩展正在运行的模式。

枚举成员

The extension is installed normally (for example, from the marketplace or VSIX) in the editor.

The extension is running from an --extensionDevelopmentPath provided when launching the editor.

The extension is running from an --extensionTestsPath and the extension host is running unit tests.

扩展终端选项

描述虚拟进程终端应使用的选项的值对象。

属性

The icon ThemeColor for the terminal. The standard terminal.ansi* theme keys are recommended for the best contrast and consistency across themes.

The icon path or ThemeIcon for the terminal.

Opt-out of the default terminal persistence on restart and reload. This will only take effect when terminal.integrated.enablePersistentSessions is enabled.

A human-readable string which will be used to represent the terminal in the UI.

An implementation of Pseudoterminal that allows an extension to control a terminal.

The nonce to use to verify shell integration sequences are coming from a trusted source. An example impact of UX of this is if the command line is reported with a nonce, it will not need to verify with the user that the command line is correct before rerunning it via the shell integration command decoration.

This should be used if the terminal includes custom shell integration support. It should be set to a random GUID. Inside the Pseudoterminal implementation, this value can be passed through in the relevant sequences to make them trusted.

文件更改事件

事件文件系统提供者必须使用的信号文件更改的机制。

属性

The type of change.

The uri of the file that has changed.

文件更改类型

文件更改类型的枚举。

枚举成员

The contents or metadata of a file have changed.

A file has been created.

A file has been deleted.

文件覆盖

包含文件的覆盖元数据。

静态

Creates a FileCoverage instance with counts filled in from the coverage details.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

Covered file URI

details: readonly FileCoverageDetail[]

Detailed coverage information

ReturnsDescription
FileCoverage

构造函数

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

Covered file URI

statementCoverage: TestCoverageCount

Statement coverage information. If the reporter does not provide statement coverage information, this can instead be used to represent line coverage.

branchCoverage?: TestCoverageCount

Branch coverage information

declarationCoverage?: TestCoverageCount

Declaration coverage information

includesTests?: TestItem[]

Test cases included in this coverage report, see FileCoverage.includesTests

ReturnsDescription
FileCoverage

属性

Branch coverage information.

Declaration coverage information. Depending on the reporter and language, this may be types such as functions, methods, or namespaces.

A list of test cases that generated coverage in this file. If set, then TestRunProfile.loadDetailedCoverageForTest should also be defined in order to retrieve detailed coverage information.

Statement coverage information. If the reporter does not provide statement coverage information, this can instead be used to represent line coverage.

File URI.

文件覆盖详细信息

覆盖细节从 TestRunProfile.loadDetailedCoverage返回。

文件创建事件

在文件创建后触发的事件。

属性

The files that got created.

文件装饰

文件装饰表示可以与文件一起呈现的元数据。

构造函数

Creates a new decoration.

ParameterDescription
badge?: string

A letter that represents the decoration.

tooltip?: string

The tooltip of the decoration.

color?: ThemeColor

The color of the decoration.

ReturnsDescription
FileDecoration

属性

A very short string that represents this decoration.

The color of this decoration.

A flag expressing that this decoration should be propagated to its parents.

A human-readable tooltip for this decoration.

文件装饰提供者

装饰提供者接口定义了扩展和文件装饰之间的合同。

事件

An optional event to signal that decorations for one or many files have changed.

Note that this event should be used to propagate information about children.

See also EventEmitter

方法

Provide decorations for a given uri.

Note that this function is only called when a file gets rendered in the UI. This means a decoration from a descendent that propagates upwards must be signaled to the editor via the onDidChangeFileDecorations-event.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

The uri of the file to provide a decoration for.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<FileDecoration>

A decoration or a thenable that resolves to such.

文件删除事件

在文件被删除后触发的事件。

属性

The files that got deleted.

文件权限

文件权限。

枚举成员

The file is readonly.

Note: All FileStat from a FileSystemProvider that is registered with the option isReadonly: true will be implicitly handled as if FilePermission.Readonly is set. As a consequence, it is not possible to have a readonly file system provider registered where some FileStat are not readonly.

文件重命名事件

在文件重命名后触发的事件。

属性

The files that got renamed.

文件状态

FileStat-类型表示有关文件的元数据

属性

The creation timestamp in milliseconds elapsed since January 1, 1970 00:00:00 UTC.

The modification timestamp in milliseconds elapsed since January 1, 1970 00:00:00 UTC.

Note: If the file changed, it is important to provide an updated mtime that advanced from the previous value. Otherwise there may be optimizations in place that will not show the updated file contents in an editor for example.

The permissions of the file, e.g. whether the file is readonly.

Note: This value might be a bitmask, e.g. FilePermission.Readonly | FilePermission.Other.

The size in bytes.

Note: If the file changed, it is important to provide an updated size. Otherwise there may be optimizations in place that will not show the updated file contents in an editor for example.

The type of the file, e.g. is a regular file, a directory, or symbolic link to a file.

Note: This value might be a bitmask, e.g. FileType.File | FileType.SymbolicLink.

文件系统

文件系统接口暴露了编辑器的内置和贡献的 文件系统提供者。它允许扩展与本地磁盘上的文件以及远程位置(如远程扩展主机或ftp服务器)上的文件一起工作。

注意,此接口的实例可用作 workspace.fs

方法

Copy files or folders.

ParameterDescription
source: Uri

The existing file.

target: Uri

The destination location.

options?: {overwrite: boolean}

Defines if existing files should be overwritten.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

Create a new directory (Note, that new files are created via write-calls).

Note that missing directories are created automatically, e.g this call has mkdirp semantics.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

The uri of the new folder.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

Delete a file.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

The resource that is to be deleted.

options?: {recursive: boolean, useTrash: boolean}

Defines if trash can should be used and if deletion of folders is recursive

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

Check if a given file system supports writing files.

Keep in mind that just because a file system supports writing, that does not mean that writes will always succeed. There may be permissions issues or other errors that prevent writing a file.

ParameterDescription
scheme: string

The scheme of the filesystem, for example file or git.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if the file system supports writing, false if it does not support writing (i.e. it is readonly), and undefined if the editor does not know about the filesystem.

Retrieve all entries of a directory.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

The uri of the folder.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<Array<[string, FileType]>>

An array of name/type-tuples or a thenable that resolves to such.

Read the entire contents of a file.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

The uri of the file.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<Uint8Array>

An array of bytes or a thenable that resolves to such.

Rename a file or folder.

ParameterDescription
source: Uri

The existing file.

target: Uri

The new location.

options?: {overwrite: boolean}

Defines if existing files should be overwritten.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

Retrieve metadata about a file.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

The uri of the file to retrieve metadata about.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<FileStat>

The file metadata about the file.

Write data to a file, replacing its entire contents.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

The uri of the file.

content: Uint8Array

The new content of the file.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

文件系统错误

文件系统提供者应使用的错误信号类型。

这个类提供了常见的错误情况的工厂方法,例如FileNotFound当文件或文件夹不存在时,可以这样使用它们:throw vscode.FileSystemError.FileNotFound(someUri);

静态

Create an error to signal that a file or folder already exists, e.g. when creating but not overwriting a file.

ParameterDescription
messageOrUri?: string | Uri

Message or uri.

ReturnsDescription
FileSystemError

Create an error to signal that a file is a folder.

ParameterDescription
messageOrUri?: string | Uri

Message or uri.

ReturnsDescription
FileSystemError

Create an error to signal that a file is not a folder.

ParameterDescription
messageOrUri?: string | Uri

Message or uri.

ReturnsDescription
FileSystemError

Create an error to signal that a file or folder wasn't found.

ParameterDescription
messageOrUri?: string | Uri

Message or uri.

ReturnsDescription
FileSystemError

Create an error to signal that an operation lacks required permissions.

ParameterDescription
messageOrUri?: string | Uri

Message or uri.

ReturnsDescription
FileSystemError

Create an error to signal that the file system is unavailable or too busy to complete a request.

ParameterDescription
messageOrUri?: string | Uri

Message or uri.

ReturnsDescription
FileSystemError

构造函数

Creates a new filesystem error.

ParameterDescription
messageOrUri?: string | Uri

Message or uri.

ReturnsDescription
FileSystemError

属性

A code that identifies this error.

Possible values are names of errors, like FileNotFound, or Unknown for unspecified errors.

文件系统提供程序

文件系统提供者定义了编辑器需要读取、写入、发现和管理文件和文件夹的内容。它允许扩展从远程位置(如ftp服务器)提供文件,并将这些文件无缝集成到编辑器中。

  • 注释 1: 文件系统提供者 API 处理 uris 并假定层次结构路径,例如 foo:/my/pathfoo:/my/ 的子项,foo:/my/path/deeper 的父项。
  • 注释2: 有一个激活事件 onFileSystem:<scheme> 在文件或文件夹被访问时触发。
  • 注释 3: 术语 'file' 通常用来表示所有 种类 的文件,例如文件夹、符号链接和普通文件。

事件

An event to signal that a resource has been created, changed, or deleted. This event should fire for resources that are being watched by clients of this provider.

Note: It is important that the metadata of the file that changed provides an updated mtime that advanced from the previous value in the stat and a correct size value. Otherwise there may be optimizations in place that will not show the change in an editor for example.

方法

Copy files or folders. Implementing this function is optional but it will speedup the copy operation.

  • throws - FileNotFound when parent of destination doesn't exist, e.g. no mkdirp-logic required.
  • throws - FileExists when destination exists and when the overwrite option is not true.
ParameterDescription
source: Uri

The existing file.

destination: Uri

The destination location.

options: {overwrite: boolean}

Defines if existing files should be overwritten.

ReturnsDescription
void | Thenable<void>

Create a new directory (Note, that new files are created via write-calls).

  • throws - FileNotFound when the parent of uri doesn't exist, e.g. no mkdirp-logic required.
ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

The uri of the new folder.

ReturnsDescription
void | Thenable<void>

Delete a file.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

The resource that is to be deleted.

options: {recursive: boolean}

Defines if deletion of folders is recursive.

ReturnsDescription
void | Thenable<void>

Retrieve all entries of a directory.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

The uri of the folder.

ReturnsDescription
Array<[string, FileType]> | Thenable<Array<[string, FileType]>>

An array of name/type-tuples or a thenable that resolves to such.

Read the entire contents of a file.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

The uri of the file.

ReturnsDescription
Uint8Array | Thenable<Uint8Array>

An array of bytes or a thenable that resolves to such.

Rename a file or folder.

  • throws - FileNotFound when parent of newUri doesn't exist, e.g. no mkdirp-logic required.
  • throws - FileExists when newUri exists and when the overwrite option is not true.
ParameterDescription
oldUri: Uri

The existing file.

newUri: Uri

The new location.

options: {overwrite: boolean}

Defines if existing files should be overwritten.

ReturnsDescription
void | Thenable<void>

Retrieve metadata about a file.

Note that the metadata for symbolic links should be the metadata of the file they refer to. Still, the SymbolicLink-type must be used in addition to the actual type, e.g. FileType.SymbolicLink | FileType.Directory.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

The uri of the file to retrieve metadata about.

ReturnsDescription
FileStat | Thenable<FileStat>

The file metadata about the file.

Subscribes to file change events in the file or folder denoted by uri. For folders, the option recursive indicates whether subfolders, sub-subfolders, etc. should be watched for file changes as well. With recursive: false, only changes to the files that are direct children of the folder should trigger an event.

The excludes array is used to indicate paths that should be excluded from file watching. It is typically derived from the files.watcherExclude setting that is configurable by the user. Each entry can be be:

  • the absolute path to exclude
  • a relative path to exclude (for example build/output)
  • a simple glob pattern (for example **/build, output/**)

Note that case-sensitivity of the excludes patterns for built-in file system providers will depend on the underlying file system: on Windows and macOS the matching will be case-insensitive and on Linux it will be case-sensitive.

It is the file system provider's job to call onDidChangeFile for every change given these rules. No event should be emitted for files that match any of the provided excludes.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

The uri of the file or folder to be watched.

options: {excludes: readonly string[], recursive: boolean}

Configures the watch.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A disposable that tells the provider to stop watching the uri.

Write data to a file, replacing its entire contents.

  • throws - FileNotFound when uri doesn't exist and create is not set.
  • throws - FileNotFound when the parent of uri doesn't exist and create is set, e.g. no mkdirp-logic required.
  • throws - FileExists when uri already exists, create is set but overwrite is not set.
ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

The uri of the file.

content: Uint8Array

The new content of the file.

options: {create: boolean, overwrite: boolean}

Defines if missing files should or must be created.

ReturnsDescription
void | Thenable<void>

文件系统监视器

文件系统观察者通知关于磁盘上文件和文件夹的更改FileSystemProviders

获取一个FileSystemWatcher的实例 使用createFileSystemWatcher

事件

An event which fires on file/folder change.

An event which fires on file/folder creation.

An event which fires on file/folder deletion.

属性

true if this file system watcher has been created such that it ignores change file system events.

true if this file system watcher has been created such that it ignores creation file system events.

true if this file system watcher has been created such that it ignores delete file system events.

方法

Dispose this object.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
any

文件类型

文件类型的枚举。类型FileDirectory也可以是符号链接,在这种情况下使用FileType.File | FileType.SymbolicLinkFileType.Directory | FileType.SymbolicLink

枚举成员

The file type is unknown.

A regular file.

A directory.

A symbolic link to a file.

文件将创建事件

当文件将要被创建时触发的事件。

在文件创建之前对工作区进行修改,请调用waitUntil函数,传入一个工作区编辑的可解析对象。

属性

The files that are going to be created.

A cancellation token.

方法

Allows to pause the event and to apply a workspace edit.

Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch and not in an asynchronous manner:

workspace.onWillCreateFiles(event => {
  // async, will *throw* an error
  setTimeout(() => event.waitUntil(promise));

  // sync, OK
  event.waitUntil(promise);
});
ParameterDescription
thenable: Thenable<WorkspaceEdit>

A thenable that delays saving.

ReturnsDescription
void

Allows to pause the event until the provided thenable resolves.

Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch.

ParameterDescription
thenable: Thenable<any>

A thenable that delays saving.

ReturnsDescription
void

文件将被删除事件

一个在文件即将被删除时触发的事件。

在删除文件之前对工作区进行修改, 调用waitUntil-函数,传入一个可解析为工作区编辑的thenable。

属性

The files that are going to be deleted.

A cancellation token.

方法

Allows to pause the event and to apply a workspace edit.

Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch and not in an asynchronous manner:

workspace.onWillCreateFiles(event => {
  // async, will *throw* an error
  setTimeout(() => event.waitUntil(promise));

  // sync, OK
  event.waitUntil(promise);
});
ParameterDescription
thenable: Thenable<WorkspaceEdit>

A thenable that delays saving.

ReturnsDescription
void

Allows to pause the event until the provided thenable resolves.

Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch.

ParameterDescription
thenable: Thenable<any>

A thenable that delays saving.

ReturnsDescription
void

文件将重命名事件

当文件即将被重命名时触发的事件。

在重命名文件之前对工作区进行修改, 调用waitUntil-函数,传入一个可解析为工作区编辑的thenable。

属性

The files that are going to be renamed.

A cancellation token.

方法

Allows to pause the event and to apply a workspace edit.

Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch and not in an asynchronous manner:

workspace.onWillCreateFiles(event => {
  // async, will *throw* an error
  setTimeout(() => event.waitUntil(promise));

  // sync, OK
  event.waitUntil(promise);
});
ParameterDescription
thenable: Thenable<WorkspaceEdit>

A thenable that delays saving.

ReturnsDescription
void

Allows to pause the event until the provided thenable resolves.

Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch.

ParameterDescription
thenable: Thenable<any>

A thenable that delays saving.

ReturnsDescription
void

折叠上下文

折叠上下文(供以后使用)

折叠范围

基于行的折叠范围。要有效,起始行和结束行必须大于零且小于文档中的行数。 无效的范围将被忽略。

构造函数

Creates a new folding range.

ParameterDescription
start: number

The start line of the folded range.

end: number

The end line of the folded range.

kind?: FoldingRangeKind

The kind of the folding range.

ReturnsDescription
FoldingRange

属性

The zero-based end line of the range to fold. The folded area ends with the line's last character. To be valid, the end must be zero or larger and smaller than the number of lines in the document.

Describes the Kind of the folding range such as Comment or Region. The kind is used to categorize folding ranges and used by commands like 'Fold all comments'. See FoldingRangeKind for an enumeration of all kinds. If not set, the range is originated from a syntax element.

The zero-based start line of the range to fold. The folded area starts after the line's last character. To be valid, the end must be zero or larger and smaller than the number of lines in the document.

折叠范围类型

特定折叠范围类型的枚举。该类型是FoldingRange 的一个可选字段,用于区分特定的折叠范围,例如来自注释的范围。该类型被像 Fold all commentsFold all regions这样的命令使用。 如果该范围没有设置类型,那么该范围是来自注释、导入或区域标记以外的语法元素。

枚举成员

Kind for folding range representing a comment.

Kind for folding range representing a import.

Kind for folding range representing regions originating from folding markers like #region and #endregion.

折叠范围提供者

折叠范围提供者接口定义了扩展与 折叠在编辑器中的合同。

事件

An optional event to signal that the folding ranges from this provider have changed.

方法

Returns a list of folding ranges or null and undefined if the provider does not want to participate or was cancelled.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

context: FoldingContext

Additional context information (for future use)

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<FoldingRange[]>

格式化选项

描述选项格式化应使用的值对象。

属性

Prefer spaces over tabs.

Size of a tab in spaces.

函数断点

通过函数名指定的断点。

构造函数

Create a new function breakpoint.

ParameterDescription
functionName: string
enabled?: boolean
condition?: string
hitCondition?: string
logMessage?: string
ReturnsDescription
FunctionBreakpoint

属性

An optional expression for conditional breakpoints.

Is breakpoint enabled.

The name of the function to which this breakpoint is attached.

An optional expression that controls how many hits of the breakpoint are ignored.

The unique ID of the breakpoint.

An optional message that gets logged when this breakpoint is hit. Embedded expressions within {} are interpolated by the debug adapter.

全局环境变量集合

一个扩展可以应用于进程环境的突变集合。适用于所有作用域。

属性

A description for the environment variable collection, this will be used to describe the changes in the UI.

Whether the collection should be cached for the workspace and applied to the terminal across window reloads. When true the collection will be active immediately such when the window reloads. Additionally, this API will return the cached version if it exists. The collection will be invalidated when the extension is uninstalled or when the collection is cleared. Defaults to true.

方法

Append a value to an environment variable.

Note that an extension can only make a single change to any one variable, so this will overwrite any previous calls to replace, append or prepend.

ParameterDescription
variable: string

The variable to append to.

value: string

The value to append to the variable.

options?: EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions

Options applied to the mutator, when no options are provided this will default to { applyAtProcessCreation: true }.

ReturnsDescription
void

Clears all mutators from this collection.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Deletes this collection's mutator for a variable.

ParameterDescription
variable: string

The variable to delete the mutator for.

ReturnsDescription
void

Iterate over each mutator in this collection.

ParameterDescription
callback: (variable: string, mutator: EnvironmentVariableMutator, collection: EnvironmentVariableCollection) => any

Function to execute for each entry.

thisArg?: any

The this context used when invoking the handler function.

ReturnsDescription
void

Gets the mutator that this collection applies to a variable, if any.

ParameterDescription
variable: string

The variable to get the mutator for.

ReturnsDescription
EnvironmentVariableMutator

Gets scope-specific environment variable collection for the extension. This enables alterations to terminal environment variables solely within the designated scope, and is applied in addition to (and after) the global collection.

Each object obtained through this method is isolated and does not impact objects for other scopes, including the global collection.

ParameterDescription
scope: EnvironmentVariableScope

The scope to which the environment variable collection applies to.

If a scope parameter is omitted, collection applicable to all relevant scopes for that parameter is returned. For instance, if the 'workspaceFolder' parameter is not specified, the collection that applies across all workspace folders will be returned.

ReturnsDescription
EnvironmentVariableCollection

Environment variable collection for the passed in scope.

Prepend a value to an environment variable.

Note that an extension can only make a single change to any one variable, so this will overwrite any previous calls to replace, append or prepend.

ParameterDescription
variable: string

The variable to prepend.

value: string

The value to prepend to the variable.

options?: EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions

Options applied to the mutator, when no options are provided this will default to { applyAtProcessCreation: true }.

ReturnsDescription
void

Replace an environment variable with a value.

Note that an extension can only make a single change to any one variable, so this will overwrite any previous calls to replace, append or prepend.

ParameterDescription
variable: string

The variable to replace.

value: string

The value to replace the variable with.

options?: EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions

Options applied to the mutator, when no options are provided this will default to { applyAtProcessCreation: true }.

ReturnsDescription
void

全球模式

用于匹配文件路径的文件通配符模式。这可以是一个通配符模式字符串 (像 **/*.{ts,js}*.{ts,js}) 或一个 相对模式.

通配符可以有以下语法:

  • *匹配路径段中零个或多个字符
  • ?匹配路径段中的一个字符
  • **匹配任意数量的路径段,包括零个
  • {} 分组条件 (例如 **/*.{ts,js} 匹配所有 TypeScript 和 JavaScript 文件)
  • [] 用于声明在路径段中匹配的一系列字符(例如,example.[0-9] 匹配 example.0example.1,…)
  • [!...] 用于否定路径段中的字符范围以进行匹配 (例如,example.[!0-9] 匹配 example.aexample.b,但不匹配 example.0)

注意:反斜杠(``)在 glob 模式中是不合法的。如果你有一个现有的文件路径需要匹配,请考虑使用相对模式支持,该支持会将任何反斜杠转换为斜杠。否则,在创建 glob 模式时,请确保将任何反斜杠转换为斜杠。

悬停

悬停表示符号或单词的附加信息。悬停以类似工具提示的控件显示。

构造函数

Creates a new hover object.

ParameterDescription
contents: MarkdownString | MarkedString | Array<MarkdownString | MarkedString>

The contents of the hover.

range?: Range

The range to which the hover applies.

ReturnsDescription
Hover

属性

The contents of this hover.

The range to which this hover applies. When missing, the editor will use the range at the current position or the current position itself.

悬停提供者

悬停提供程序接口定义了扩展与悬停功能之间的合同。

方法

Provide a hover for the given position and document. Multiple hovers at the same position will be merged by the editor. A hover can have a range which defaults to the word range at the position when omitted.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

position: Position

The position at which the command was invoked.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<Hover>

A hover or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined or null.

图标路径

代表用户界面中的图标。这可以是uri,也可以是用于浅色和深色主题的单独uri, 或者是一个主题图标

实现提供者

实现提供者接口定义了扩展与“转到实现”功能之间的合同。

方法

Provide the implementations of the symbol at the given position and document.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

position: Position

The position at which the command was invoked.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<Definition | LocationLink[]>

A definition or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined or null.

缩进动作

描述了按 Enter 键时如何处理缩进。

枚举成员

Insert new line and copy the previous line's indentation.

Insert new line and indent once (relative to the previous line's indentation).

Insert two new lines:

  • the first one indented which will hold the cursor
  • the second one at the same indentation level

Insert new line and outdent once (relative to the previous line's indentation).

缩进规则

描述了一种语言的缩进规则。

属性

If a line matches this pattern, then all the lines after it should be unindented once (until another rule matches).

If a line matches this pattern, then all the lines after it should be indented once (until another rule matches).

If a line matches this pattern, then only the next line after it should be indented once.

If a line matches this pattern, then its indentation should not be changed and it should not be evaluated against the other rules.

镶嵌提示

镶嵌提示信息。

构造函数

Creates a new inlay hint.

ParameterDescription
position: Position

The position of the hint.

label: string | InlayHintLabelPart[]

The label of the hint.

kind?: InlayHintKind

The kind of the hint.

ReturnsDescription
InlayHint

属性

The kind of this hint. The inlay hint kind defines the appearance of this inlay hint.

The label of this hint. A human readable string or an array of label parts.

Note that neither the string nor the label part can be empty.

Render padding before the hint. Padding will use the editor's background color, not the background color of the hint itself. That means padding can be used to visually align/separate an inlay hint.

Render padding after the hint. Padding will use the editor's background color, not the background color of the hint itself. That means padding can be used to visually align/separate an inlay hint.

The position of this hint.

Optional text edits that are performed when accepting this inlay hint. The default gesture for accepting an inlay hint is the double click.

Note that edits are expected to change the document so that the inlay hint (or its nearest variant) is now part of the document and the inlay hint itself is now obsolete.

Note that this property can be set late during resolving of inlay hints.

The tooltip text when you hover over this item.

Note that this property can be set late during resolving of inlay hints.

镶嵌提示类型

镶嵌提示种类。

内联提示的种类定义了它的外观,例如,相应的前景色和背景色被使用。

枚举成员

An inlay hint that is for a type annotation.

An inlay hint that is for a parameter.

镶嵌提示标签部分

嵌入式提示标签部分允许交互和组合嵌入式提示标签。

构造函数

Creates a new inlay hint label part.

ParameterDescription
value: string

The value of the part.

ReturnsDescription
InlayHintLabelPart

属性

An optional command for this label part.

The editor renders parts with commands as clickable links. The command is added to the context menu when a label part defines location and command .

Note that this property can be set late during resolving of inlay hints.

An optional source code location that represents this label part.

The editor will use this location for the hover and for code navigation features: This part will become a clickable link that resolves to the definition of the symbol at the given location (not necessarily the location itself), it shows the hover that shows at the given location, and it shows a context menu with further code navigation commands.

Note that this property can be set late during resolving of inlay hints.

The tooltip text when you hover over this label part.

Note that this property can be set late during resolving of inlay hints.

The value of this label part.

镶嵌提示提供者<T>

嵌入式提示提供者接口定义了扩展与嵌入式提示功能之间的合同。

事件

An optional event to signal that inlay hints from this provider have changed.

方法

Provide inlay hints for the given range and document.

Note that inlay hints that are not contained by the given range are ignored.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

range: Range

The range for which inlay hints should be computed.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T[]>

An array of inlay hints or a thenable that resolves to such.

Given an inlay hint fill in tooltip, text edits, or complete label parts.

Note that the editor will resolve an inlay hint at most once.

ParameterDescription
hint: T

An inlay hint.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T>

The resolved inlay hint or a thenable that resolves to such. It is OK to return the given item. When no result is returned, the given item will be used.

内联完成上下文

提供有关内联完成请求的上下文信息。

属性

Provides information about the currently selected item in the autocomplete widget if it is visible.

If set, provided inline completions must extend the text of the selected item and use the same range, otherwise they are not shown as preview. As an example, if the document text is console. and the selected item is .log replacing the . in the document, the inline completion must also replace . and start with .log, for example .log().

Inline completion providers are requested again whenever the selected item changes.

Describes how the inline completion was triggered.

内联完成项

内联完成项表示一个内联文本片段,该片段被提出以完成正在输入的文本。

另见 InlineCompletionItemProvider.provideInlineCompletionItems

构造函数

Creates a new inline completion item.

ParameterDescription
insertText: string | SnippetString

The text to replace the range with.

range?: Range

The range to replace. If not set, the word at the requested position will be used.

command?: Command

An optional Command that is executed after inserting this completion.

ReturnsDescription
InlineCompletionItem

属性

An optional Command that is executed after inserting this completion.

A text that is used to decide if this inline completion should be shown. When falsy the InlineCompletionItem.insertText is used.

An inline completion is shown if the text to replace is a prefix of the filter text.

The text to replace the range with. Must be set. Is used both for the preview and the accept operation.

The range to replace. Must begin and end on the same line.

Prefer replacements over insertions to provide a better experience when the user deletes typed text.

内联完成项提供程序

内联完成项提供程序接口定义了扩展与内联完成功能之间的合同。

提供者在用户手势明确或输入时隐含地要求完成。

方法

Provides inline completion items for the given position and document. If inline completions are enabled, this method will be called whenever the user stopped typing. It will also be called when the user explicitly triggers inline completions or explicitly asks for the next or previous inline completion. In that case, all available inline completions should be returned. context.triggerKind can be used to distinguish between these scenarios.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document inline completions are requested for.

position: Position

The position inline completions are requested for.

context: InlineCompletionContext

A context object with additional information.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<InlineCompletionList | InlineCompletionItem[]>

An array of completion items or a thenable that resolves to an array of completion items.

内联完成列表

表示一个内联完成项集合,将在编辑器中呈现。

构造函数

Creates a new list of inline completion items.

ParameterDescription
items: InlineCompletionItem[]
ReturnsDescription
InlineCompletionList

属性

The inline completion items.

内联完成触发器类型

描述了如何触发一个内联完成提供者

枚举成员

Completion was triggered explicitly by a user gesture. Return multiple completion items to enable cycling through them.

Completion was triggered automatically while editing. It is sufficient to return a single completion item in this case.

内联值

内联值信息可以通过不同的方式提供:

  • 直接作为文本值(类InlineValueText)。
  • 作为变量查找时使用的名称(类InlineValueVariableLookup)
  • 作为可评估表达式(类InlineValueEvaluatableExpression) InlineValue类型将所有内联值类型合并为一种类型。

内联值上下文

一个值对象,当从InlineValuesProvider请求内联值时,包含上下文信息。

属性

The stack frame (as a DAP Id) where the execution has stopped.

The document range where execution has stopped. Typically the end position of the range denotes the line where the inline values are shown.

内联值可评估表达式

通过表达式评估提供内联值。 如果仅指定范围,表达式将从底层文档中提取。 可以使用可选的表达式来覆盖提取的表达式。

构造函数

Creates a new InlineValueEvaluatableExpression object.

ParameterDescription
range: Range

The range in the underlying document from which the evaluatable expression is extracted.

expression?: string

If specified overrides the extracted expression.

ReturnsDescription
InlineValueEvaluatableExpression

属性

If specified the expression overrides the extracted expression.

The document range for which the inline value applies. The range is used to extract the evaluatable expression from the underlying document.

内联值提供者

内联值提供程序接口定义了扩展与编辑器调试器内联值功能之间的合同。 在此合同中,提供程序返回给定文档范围的内联值信息, 编辑器将在行尾显示此信息。

事件

An optional event to signal that inline values have changed.

See also EventEmitter

方法

Provide "inline value" information for a given document and range. The editor calls this method whenever debugging stops in the given document. The returned inline values information is rendered in the editor at the end of lines.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document for which the inline values information is needed.

viewPort: Range

The visible document range for which inline values should be computed.

context: InlineValueContext

A bag containing contextual information like the current location.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<InlineValue[]>

An array of InlineValueDescriptors or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined or null.

内联值文本

提供内联值作为文本。

构造函数

Creates a new InlineValueText object.

ParameterDescription
range: Range

The document line where to show the inline value.

text: string

The value to be shown for the line.

ReturnsDescription
InlineValueText

属性

The document range for which the inline value applies.

The text of the inline value.

内联值变量查找

通过变量查找提供内联值。 如果仅指定范围,变量名称将从底层文档中提取。 可以使用可选的变量名称来覆盖提取的名称。

构造函数

Creates a new InlineValueVariableLookup object.

ParameterDescription
range: Range

The document line where to show the inline value.

variableName?: string

The name of the variable to look up.

caseSensitiveLookup?: boolean

How to perform the lookup. If missing lookup is case sensitive.

ReturnsDescription
InlineValueVariableLookup

属性

How to perform the lookup.

The document range for which the inline value applies. The range is used to extract the variable name from the underlying document.

If specified the name of the variable to look up.

输入框

一个具体的QuickInput,用于让用户输入文本值。

请注意,在许多情况下,更方便的 window.showInputBox 更容易使用。 window.createInputBox 应在 window.showInputBox 不能提供所需灵活性时使用。

事件

An event signaling when the user indicated acceptance of the input value.

An event signaling when the value has changed.

An event signaling when this input UI is hidden.

There are several reasons why this UI might have to be hidden and the extension will be notified through onDidHide. Examples include: an explicit call to hide, the user pressing Esc, some other input UI opening, etc.

An event signaling when a button was triggered.

属性

Determines if the UI should show a progress indicator. Defaults to false.

Change this to true, for example, while loading more data or validating user input.

Buttons for actions in the UI.

Determines if the UI should allow for user input. Defaults to true.

Change this to false, for example, while validating user input or loading data for the next step in user input.

Determines if the UI should stay open even when losing UI focus. Defaults to false. This setting is ignored on iPad and is always false.

Determines if the input value should be hidden. Defaults to false.

Optional placeholder text shown when no value has been input.

An optional prompt text providing some ask or explanation to the user.

An optional current step count for multi-step input flows.

An optional title for the input UI.

An optional total step count for multi-step input flows.

An optional validation message indicating a problem with the current input value.

By setting a string, the InputBox will use a default InputBoxValidationSeverity of Error. Returning undefined clears the validation message.

The current input value.

Selection range in the input value.

Defined as tuple of two numbers where the first is the inclusive start index and the second the exclusive end index. When undefined the whole pre-filled value will be selected, when empty (start equals end) only the cursor will be set, otherwise the defined range will be selected.

This property does not get updated when the user types or makes a selection, but it can be updated by the extension.

方法

Dispose of this input UI and any associated resources.

If it is still visible, it is first hidden. After this call the input UI is no longer functional and no additional methods or properties on it should be accessed. Instead a new input UI should be created.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Hides this input UI.

This will also fire an onDidHide event.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Makes the input UI visible in its current configuration.

Any other input UI will first fire an onDidHide event.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

输入框选项

配置输入框UI行为的选项。

属性

Set to true to keep the input box open when focus moves to another part of the editor or to another window. This setting is ignored on iPad and is always false.

Controls if a password input is shown. Password input hides the typed text.

An optional string to show as placeholder in the input box to guide the user what to type.

The text to display underneath the input box.

An optional string that represents the title of the input box.

The value to pre-fill in the input box.

Selection of the pre-filled value. Defined as tuple of two number where the first is the inclusive start index and the second the exclusive end index. When undefined the whole pre-filled value will be selected, when empty (start equals end) only the cursor will be set, otherwise the defined range will be selected.

方法

An optional function that will be called to validate input and to give a hint to the user.

ParameterDescription
value: string

The current value of the input box.

ReturnsDescription
string | InputBoxValidationMessage | Thenable<string | InputBoxValidationMessage>

Either a human-readable string which is presented as an error message or an InputBoxValidationMessage which can provide a specific message severity. Return undefined, null, or the empty string when 'value' is valid.

输入框验证消息

代表一个输入框的验证消息。

属性

The validation message to display to the user.

The severity level of the validation message.

Note: When using InputBoxValidationSeverity.Error, the user will not be able to accept the input (e.g., by pressing Enter). Info and Warning severities will still allow the input to be accepted.

输入框验证严重程度

输入框验证消息的严重程度级别。

枚举成员

Indicates an informational message that does not prevent input acceptance.

Indicates a warning message that does not prevent input acceptance.

Indicates an error message that prevents the user from accepting the input.

语言配置

语言配置界面定义了扩展与各种编辑器功能之间的合同,例如自动括号插入、自动缩进等。

属性

Deprecated Do not use.

  • deprecated - * Use the autoClosingPairs property in the language configuration file instead.
ParameterDescription
autoClosingPairs: Array<{close: string, notIn: string[], open: string}>
  • deprecated

Deprecated Do not use.

  • deprecated - Will be replaced by a better API soon.
ParameterDescription
brackets: any

This property is deprecated and will be ignored from the editor.

  • deprecated
docComment: {close: string, lineStart: string, open: string, scope: string}

This property is deprecated and not fully supported anymore by the editor (scope and lineStart are ignored). Use the autoClosingPairs property in the language configuration file instead.

  • deprecated

The language's auto closing pairs.

The language's brackets. This configuration implicitly affects pressing Enter around these brackets.

The language's comment settings.

The language's indentation settings.

The language's rules to be evaluated when pressing Enter.

The language's word definition. If the language supports Unicode identifiers (e.g. JavaScript), it is preferable to provide a word definition that uses exclusion of known separators. e.g.: A regex that matches anything except known separators (and dot is allowed to occur in a floating point number):

/(-?\d*\.\d\w*)|([^\`\~\!\\#\%\^\&\*\(\)\-\=\+\[\{\]\}\\\|\;\:\'\"\,\.\<\>/\?\s]+)/g

语言模型访问信息

代表了关于访问语言模型的扩展特定信息。

事件

An event that fires when access information changes.

方法

Checks if a request can be made to a language model.

Note that calling this function will not trigger a consent UI but just checks for a persisted state.

ParameterDescription
chat: LanguageModelChat

A language model chat object.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if a request can be made, false if not, undefined if the language model does not exist or consent hasn't been asked for.

语言模型聊天

代表一个用于进行聊天请求的语言模型。

另见 lm.selectChatModels

属性

Opaque family-name of the language model. Values might be gpt-3.5-turbo, gpt4, phi2, or llama but they are defined by extensions contributing languages and subject to change.

Opaque identifier of the language model.

The maximum number of tokens that can be sent to the model in a single request.

Human-readable name of the language model.

A well-known identifier of the vendor of the language model. An example is copilot, but values are defined by extensions contributing chat models and need to be looked up with them.

Opaque version string of the model. This is defined by the extension contributing the language model and subject to change.

方法

Count the number of tokens in a message using the model specific tokenizer-logic.

ParameterDescription
text: string | LanguageModelChatMessage

A string or a message instance.

token?: CancellationToken

Optional cancellation token. See CancellationTokenSource for how to create one.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<number>

A thenable that resolves to the number of tokens.

Make a chat request using a language model.

Note that language model use may be subject to access restrictions and user consent. Calling this function for the first time (for an extension) will show a consent dialog to the user and because of that this function must only be called in response to a user action! Extensions can use LanguageModelAccessInformation.canSendRequest to check if they have the necessary permissions to make a request.

This function will return a rejected promise if making a request to the language model is not possible. Reasons for this can be:

  • user consent not given, see NoPermissions
  • model does not exist anymore, see NotFound
  • quota limits exceeded, see Blocked
  • other issues in which case extension must check [LanguageModelError.cause LanguageModelError.cause](#_LanguageModelError.cause LanguageModelError.cause)

An extension can make use of language model tool calling by passing a set of tools to LanguageModelChatRequestOptions.tools. The language model will return a LanguageModelToolCallPart and the extension can invoke the tool and make another request with the result.

ParameterDescription
messages: LanguageModelChatMessage[]

An array of message instances.

options?: LanguageModelChatRequestOptions

Options that control the request.

token?: CancellationToken

A cancellation token which controls the request. See CancellationTokenSource for how to create one.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<LanguageModelChatResponse>

A thenable that resolves to a LanguageModelChatResponse. The promise will reject when the request couldn't be made.

语言模型聊天功能

各种 LanguageModelChatInformation 支持的功能,例如工具调用或图像输入。

属性

Whether image input is supported by the model. Common supported images are jpg and png, but each model will vary in supported mimetypes.

Whether tool calling is supported by the model. If a number is provided, that is the maximum number of tools that can be provided in a request to the model.

语言模型聊天信息

代表一个由LanguageModelChatProvider提供的语言模型。

属性

Various features that the model supports such as tool calling or image input.

An optional, human-readable string which will be rendered alongside the model. Useful for distinguishing models of the same name in the UI.

Opaque family-name of the language model. Values might be gpt-3.5-turbo, gpt4, phi2, or llama

Unique identifier for the language model. Must be unique per provider, but not required to be globally unique.

The maximum number of tokens the model can accept as input.

The maximum number of tokens the model is capable of producing.

Human-readable name of the language model.

The tooltip to render when hovering the model. Used to provide more information about the model.

Opaque version string of the model. This is used as a lookup value in LanguageModelChatSelector.version An example is how GPT 4o has multiple versions like 2024-11-20 and 2024-08-06

语言模型聊天消息

代表聊天中的消息。可以扮演不同的角色,如用户或助手。

静态

Utility to create a new assistant message.

ParameterDescription
content: string | Array<LanguageModelTextPart | LanguageModelDataPart | LanguageModelToolCallPart>

The content of the message.

name?: string

The optional name of a user for the message.

ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelChatMessage

Utility to create a new user message.

ParameterDescription
content: string | Array<LanguageModelTextPart | LanguageModelToolResultPart | LanguageModelDataPart>

The content of the message.

name?: string

The optional name of a user for the message.

ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelChatMessage

构造函数

Create a new user message.

ParameterDescription
role: LanguageModelChatMessageRole

The role of the message.

content: string | LanguageModelInputPart[]

The content of the message.

name?: string

The optional name of a user for the message.

ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelChatMessage

属性

A string or heterogeneous array of things that a message can contain as content. Some parts may be message-type specific for some models.

The optional name of a user for this message.

The role of this message.

语言模型聊天消息角色

代表聊天消息的角色。这要么是用户,要么是助手。

枚举成员

The user role, e.g the human interacting with a language model.

The assistant role, e.g. the language model generating responses.

语言模型聊天提供者<T>

一个 LanguageModelChatProvider 实现了对语言模型的访问,用户可以通过聊天视图或通过扩展 API 通过获取 LanguageModelChat 来使用这些模型。 一个例子是 OpenAI 提供者,它提供了像 gpt-5、o3 等模型。

事件

An optional event fired when the available set of language models changes.

方法

Get the list of available language models provided by this provider

ParameterDescription
options: PrepareLanguageModelChatModelOptions

Options which specify the calling context of this function

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T[]>

The list of available language models

Returns the response for a chat request, passing the results to the progress callback. The LanguageModelChatProvider must emit the response parts to the progress callback as they are received from the language model.

ParameterDescription
model: T

The language model to use

messages: readonly LanguageModelChatRequestMessage[]

The messages to include in the request

options: ProvideLanguageModelChatResponseOptions

Options for the request

progress: Progress<LanguageModelResponsePart>

The progress to emit the streamed response chunks to

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

A promise that resolves when the response is complete. Results are actually passed to the progress callback.

Returns the number of tokens for a given text using the model-specific tokenizer logic

ParameterDescription
model: T

The language model to use

text: string | LanguageModelChatRequestMessage

The text to count tokens for

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<number>

The number of tokens

语言模型聊天请求消息

提供者版本的LanguageModelChatMessage.

属性

A heterogeneous array of things that a message can contain as content. Some parts may be message-type specific for some models.

The optional name of a user for this message.

The role of this message.

语言模型聊天请求选项

使用语言模型进行聊天请求的选项。

另见 LanguageModelChat.sendRequest

属性

A human-readable message that explains why access to a language model is needed and what feature is enabled by it.

A set of options that control the behavior of the language model. These options are specific to the language model and need to be looked up in the respective documentation.

The tool-selecting mode to use. LanguageModelChatToolMode.Auto by default.

An optional list of tools that are available to the language model. These could be registered tools available via lm.tools, or private tools that are just implemented within the calling extension.

If the LLM requests to call one of these tools, it will return a LanguageModelToolCallPart in LanguageModelChatResponse.stream. It's the caller's responsibility to invoke the tool. If it's a tool registered in lm.tools, that means calling lm.invokeTool.

Then, the tool result can be provided to the LLM by creating an Assistant-type LanguageModelChatMessage with a LanguageModelToolCallPart, followed by a User-type message with a LanguageModelToolResultPart.

语言模型聊天响应

代表语言模型的响应。

另见 聊天请求

属性

An async iterable that is a stream of text and tool-call parts forming the overall response. A LanguageModelTextPart is part of the assistant's response to be shown to the user. A LanguageModelToolCallPart is a request from the language model to call a tool. The latter will only be returned if tools were passed in the request via LanguageModelChatRequestOptions.tools. The unknown-type is used as a placeholder for future parts, like image data parts.

Note that this stream will error when during data receiving an error occurs. Consumers of the stream should handle the errors accordingly.

To cancel the stream, the consumer can cancel the token that was used to make the request or break from the for-loop.

Example

try {
  // consume stream
  for await (const chunk of response.stream) {
    if (chunk instanceof LanguageModelTextPart) {
      console.log('TEXT', chunk);
    } else if (chunk instanceof LanguageModelToolCallPart) {
      console.log('TOOL CALL', chunk);
    }
  }
} catch (e) {
  // stream ended with an error
  console.error(e);
}

This is equivalent to filtering everything except for text parts from a LanguageModelChatResponse.stream.

See also LanguageModelChatResponse.stream

语言模型聊天选择器

描述如何为聊天请求选择语言模型。

另见 lm.selectChatModels

属性

A family of language models.

See also LanguageModelChat.family

The identifier of a language model.

See also LanguageModelChat.id

A vendor of language models.

See also LanguageModelChat.vendor

The version of a language model.

See also LanguageModelChat.version

语言模型聊天工具

一种通过LanguageModelChatRequestOptions提供给语言模型的工具。语言模型使用此接口的所有属性来决定调用哪个工具以及如何调用。

属性

The description of the tool.

A JSON schema for the input this tool accepts.

The name of the tool.

语言模型聊天工具模式

一种用于语言模型的工具调用模式。

枚举成员

The language model can choose to call a tool or generate a message. Is the default.

The language model must call one of the provided tools. Note- some models only support a single tool when using this mode.

语言模型数据部分

包含任意数据的语言模型响应部分。可以用于响应聊天消息工具结果和其他语言模型互动。

静态

Create a new LanguageModelDataPart for an image.

ParameterDescription
data: Uint8Array

Binary image data

mime: string

The MIME type of the image. Common values are image/png and image/jpeg.

ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelDataPart

Create a new LanguageModelDataPart for a json.

Note that this function is not expecting "stringified JSON" but an object that can be stringified. This function will throw an error when the passed value cannot be JSON-stringified.

ParameterDescription
value: any

A JSON-stringifyable value.

mime?: string

Optional MIME type, defaults to application/json

ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelDataPart

Create a new LanguageModelDataPart for text.

Note that an UTF-8 encoder is used to create bytes for the string.

ParameterDescription
value: string

Text data

mime?: string

The MIME type if any. Common values are text/plain and text/markdown.

ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelDataPart

构造函数

Construct a generic data part with the given content.

ParameterDescription
data: Uint8Array

The byte data for this part.

mimeType: string

The mime type of the data.

ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelDataPart

属性

The byte data for this part.

The mime type which determines how the data property is interpreted.

语言模型错误

用于语言模型特定错误的错误类型。

语言模型的消费者应检查代码属性以确定具体的 失败原因,例如 if(someError.code === vscode.LanguageModelError.NotFound.name) {...} 对于引用未知语言模型的情况。对于未指定的错误,cause-属性 将包含实际错误。

静态

The requestor is blocked from using this language model.

ParameterDescription
message?: string
ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelError

The requestor does not have permissions to use this language model

ParameterDescription
message?: string
ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelError

The language model does not exist.

ParameterDescription
message?: string
ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelError

构造函数

ParameterDescription
message?: string
ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelError

属性

A code that identifies this error.

Possible values are names of errors, like NotFound, or Unknown for unspecified errors from the language model itself. In the latter case the cause-property will contain the actual error.

语言模型输入部分

可以通过 LanguageModelChat.sendRequest 发送和处理的各种消息类型LanguageModelChatProvider

语言模型提示Tsx部分

一个语言模型响应部分,包含来自vscode/prompt-tsx的PromptElementJSON。

另见 语言模型工具结果

构造函数

Construct a prompt-tsx part with the given content.

ParameterDescription
value: unknown

The value of the part, the result of renderElementJSON from vscode/prompt-tsx.

ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelPromptTsxPart

属性

The value of the part.

语言模型响应部分

各种消息类型LanguageModelChatProvider可以在聊天响应流中发出

语言模型文本部分

语言模型响应部分包含了一段文本,从LanguageModelChatResponse返回。

构造函数

Construct a text part with the given content.

ParameterDescription
value: string

The text content of the part.

ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelTextPart

属性

The text content of the part.

语言模型工具<T>

一个可以通过调用来调用的工具LanguageModelChat.

方法

Invoke the tool with the given input and return a result.

The provided LanguageModelToolInvocationOptions.input has been validated against the declared schema.

ParameterDescription
options: LanguageModelToolInvocationOptions<T>
token: CancellationToken
ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<LanguageModelToolResult>

Called once before a tool is invoked. It's recommended to implement this to customize the progress message that appears while the tool is running, and to provide a more useful message with context from the invocation input. Can also signal that a tool needs user confirmation before running, if appropriate.

  • Note 1: Must be free of side-effects.
  • Note 2: A call to prepareInvocation is not necessarily followed by a call to invoke.
ParameterDescription
options: LanguageModelToolInvocationPrepareOptions<T>
token: CancellationToken
ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<PreparedToolInvocation>

语言模型工具调用部分

语言模型响应部分指示一个工具调用,从LanguageModelChatResponse返回,并且也可以 作为内容部分包含在LanguageModelChatMessage中,以表示聊天请求中的先前工具调用。

构造函数

Create a new LanguageModelToolCallPart.

ParameterDescription
callId: string

The ID of the tool call.

name: string

The name of the tool to call.

input: object

The input with which to call the tool.

ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelToolCallPart

属性

The ID of the tool call. This is a unique identifier for the tool call within the chat request.

The input with which to call the tool.

The name of the tool to call.

语言模型工具确认消息

当这在PreparedToolInvocation中返回时,用户将在运行工具之前被要求确认。这些消息将显示带有“继续”和“取消”按钮的按钮。

属性

The body of the confirmation message.

The title of the confirmation message.

语言模型工具信息

关于在lm.tools中可用的注册工具的信息。

属性

A description of this tool that may be passed to a language model.

A JSON schema for the input this tool accepts.

A unique name for the tool.

A set of tags, declared by the tool, that roughly describe the tool's capabilities. A tool user may use these to filter the set of tools to just ones that are relevant for the task at hand.

语言模型工具调用选项<T>

为工具调用提供的选项。

属性

The input with which to invoke the tool. The input must match the schema defined in LanguageModelToolInformation.inputSchema

Options to hint at how many tokens the tool should return in its response, and enable the tool to count tokens accurately.

An opaque object that ties a tool invocation to a chat request from a chat participant.

The only way to get a valid tool invocation token is using the provided toolInvocationToken from a chat request. In that case, a progress bar will be automatically shown for the tool invocation in the chat response view, and if the tool requires user confirmation, it will show up inline in the chat view.

If the tool is being invoked outside of a chat request, undefined should be passed instead, and no special UI except for confirmations will be shown.

Note that a tool that invokes another tool during its invocation, can pass along the toolInvocationToken that it received.

语言模型工具调用准备选项<T>

属性

The input that the tool is being invoked with.

语言模型工具结果

工具调用返回的结果。如果使用vscode/prompt-tsx,此结果可能会使用ToolResult进行渲染。

构造函数

Create a LanguageModelToolResult

ParameterDescription
content: unknown[]

A list of tool result content parts

ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelToolResult

属性

A list of tool result content parts. Includes unknown because this list may be extended with new content types in the future.

See also lm.invokeTool.

语言模型工具结果部分

工具调用的结果。这是的对应部分,只能包含在用户消息的内容中。工具调用

构造函数

ParameterDescription
callId: string

The ID of the tool call.

content: unknown[]

The content of the tool result.

ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelToolResultPart

属性

The ID of the tool call.

Note that this should match the callId of a tool call part.

The value of the tool result.

语言模型工具标记化选项

与工具调用相关的标记化选项。

属性

If known, the maximum number of tokens the tool should emit in its result.

方法

Count the number of tokens in a message using the model specific tokenizer-logic.

ParameterDescription
text: string

A string.

token?: CancellationToken

Optional cancellation token. See CancellationTokenSource for how to create one.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<number>

A thenable that resolves to the number of tokens.

语言状态项

语言状态项是为当前文本编辑器(如选择的检查器或配置问题通知)呈现语言状态报告的首选方式。

属性

Accessibility information used when a screen reader interacts with this item

Controls whether the item is shown as "busy". Defaults to false.

A command for this item.

Optional, human-readable details for this item.

The identifier of this item.

The short name of this item, like 'Java Language Status', etc.

A selector that defines for what editors this item shows.

The severity of this item.

Defaults to information. You can use this property to signal to users that there is a problem that needs attention, like a missing executable or an invalid configuration.

The text to show for the entry. You can embed icons in the text by leveraging the syntax:

My text $(icon-name) contains icons like $(icon-name) this one.

Where the icon-name is taken from the ThemeIcon icon set, e.g. light-bulb, thumbsup, zap etc.

方法

Dispose and free associated resources.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

语言状态严重程度

代表语言状况的严重程度。

枚举成员

Informational severity level.

Warning severity level.

Error severity level.

链接编辑范围提供者

链接编辑范围提供程序接口定义了扩展和链接编辑功能之间的合同。

方法

For a given position in a document, returns the range of the symbol at the position and all ranges that have the same content. A change to one of the ranges can be applied to all other ranges if the new content is valid. An optional word pattern can be returned with the result to describe valid contents. If no result-specific word pattern is provided, the word pattern from the language configuration is used.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document in which the provider was invoked.

position: Position

The position at which the provider was invoked.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<LinkedEditingRanges>

A list of ranges that can be edited together

链接编辑范围

表示可以一起编辑的范围列表以及单词模式,以描述有效的范围内容。

构造函数

Create a new linked editing ranges object.

ParameterDescription
ranges: Range[]

A list of ranges that can be edited together

wordPattern?: RegExp

An optional word pattern that describes valid contents for the given ranges

ReturnsDescription
LinkedEditingRanges

属性

A list of ranges that can be edited together. The ranges must have identical length and text content. The ranges cannot overlap.

An optional word pattern that describes valid contents for the given ranges. If no pattern is provided, the language configuration's word pattern will be used.

位置

表示资源内部的一个位置,例如文本文件中的一行。

构造函数

Creates a new location object.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

The resource identifier.

rangeOrPosition: Range | Position

The range or position. Positions will be converted to an empty range.

ReturnsDescription
Location

属性

The document range of this location.

The resource identifier of this location.

表示两个位置之间的连接。提供正常位置的附加元数据位置,包括起始范围。

属性

Span of the origin of this link.

Used as the underlined span for mouse definition hover. Defaults to the word range at the definition position.

The full target range of this link.

The span of this link.

The target resource identifier of this link.

日志级别

日志级别

枚举成员

No messages are logged with this level.

All messages are logged with this level.

Messages with debug and higher log level are logged with this level.

Messages with info and higher log level are logged with this level.

Messages with warning and higher log level are logged with this level.

Only error messages are logged with this level.

日志输出通道

用于包含日志输出的通道。

获取一个LogOutputChannel的实例 使用createOutputChannel

事件

An Event which fires when the log level of the channel changes.

属性

The current log level of the channel. Defaults to editor log level.

The human-readable name of this output channel.

方法

Append the given value to the channel.

ParameterDescription
value: string

A string, falsy values will not be printed.

ReturnsDescription
void

Append the given value and a line feed character to the channel.

ParameterDescription
value: string

A string, falsy values will be printed.

ReturnsDescription
void

Removes all output from the channel.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Outputs the given debug message to the channel.

The message is only logged if the channel is configured to display debug log level or lower.

ParameterDescription
message: string

debug message to log

...args: any[]
ReturnsDescription
void

Dispose and free associated resources.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Outputs the given error or error message to the channel.

The message is only logged if the channel is configured to display error log level or lower.

ParameterDescription
error: string | Error

Error or error message to log

...args: any[]
ReturnsDescription
void

Hide this channel from the UI.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Outputs the given information message to the channel.

The message is only logged if the channel is configured to display info log level or lower.

ParameterDescription
message: string

info message to log

...args: any[]
ReturnsDescription
void

Replaces all output from the channel with the given value.

ParameterDescription
value: string

A string, falsy values will not be printed.

ReturnsDescription
void

Reveal this channel in the UI.

ParameterDescription
preserveFocus?: boolean

When true the channel will not take focus.

ReturnsDescription
void

Reveal this channel in the UI.

  • deprecated - Use the overload with just one parameter (show(preserveFocus?: boolean): void).
ParameterDescription
column?: ViewColumn

This argument is deprecated and will be ignored.

preserveFocus?: boolean

When true the channel will not take focus.

ReturnsDescription
void

Outputs the given trace message to the channel. Use this method to log verbose information.

The message is only logged if the channel is configured to display trace log level.

ParameterDescription
message: string

trace message to log

...args: any[]
ReturnsDescription
void

Outputs the given warning message to the channel.

The message is only logged if the channel is configured to display warning log level or lower.

ParameterDescription
message: string

warning message to log

...args: any[]
ReturnsDescription
void

Markdown字符串

支持通过markdown语法进行格式化的可读文本。

通过主题图标的渲染支持$(<name>)语法,当支持主题图标设置为true

嵌入式HTML的渲染在supportHtml设置为true时支持。

构造函数

Creates a new markdown string with the given value.

ParameterDescription
value?: string

Optional, initial value.

supportThemeIcons?: boolean

Optional, Specifies whether ThemeIcons are supported within the MarkdownString.

ReturnsDescription
MarkdownString

属性

Uri that relative paths are resolved relative to.

If the baseUri ends with /, it is considered a directory and relative paths in the markdown are resolved relative to that directory:

const md = new vscode.MarkdownString(`[link](./file.js)`);
md.baseUri = vscode.Uri.file('/path/to/dir/');
// Here 'link' in the rendered markdown resolves to '/path/to/dir/file.js'

If the baseUri is a file, relative paths in the markdown are resolved relative to the parent dir of that file:

const md = new vscode.MarkdownString(`[link](./file.js)`);
md.baseUri = vscode.Uri.file('/path/to/otherFile.js');
// Here 'link' in the rendered markdown resolves to '/path/to/file.js'

Indicates that this markdown string is from a trusted source. Only trusted markdown supports links that execute commands, e.g. [Run it](command:myCommandId).

Defaults to false (commands are disabled).

Indicates that this markdown string can contain raw html tags. Defaults to false.

When supportHtml is false, the markdown renderer will strip out any raw html tags that appear in the markdown text. This means you can only use markdown syntax for rendering.

When supportHtml is true, the markdown render will also allow a safe subset of html tags and attributes to be rendered. See https://github.com/microsoft/vscode/blob/6d2920473c6f13759c978dd89104c4270a83422d/src/vs/base/browser/markdownRenderer.ts#L296 for a list of all supported tags and attributes.

Indicates that this markdown string can contain ThemeIcons, e.g. $(zap).

The markdown string.

方法

Appends the given string as codeblock using the provided language.

ParameterDescription
value: string

A code snippet.

language?: string

An optional language identifier.

ReturnsDescription
MarkdownString

Appends the given string 'as is' to this markdown string. When supportThemeIcons is true, ThemeIcons in the value will be iconified.

ParameterDescription
value: string

Markdown string.

ReturnsDescription
MarkdownString

Appends and escapes the given string to this markdown string.

ParameterDescription
value: string

Plain text.

ReturnsDescription
MarkdownString

标记字符串

MarkedString 可以用来渲染可读的人类文本。它要么是一个 markdown 字符串,要么是一个提供语言和代码片段的代码块。请注意,markdown 字符串将被清理 - 即 HTML 将被转义。

McpHttp服务器定义

McpHttpServerDefinition 表示一个通过流式传输的 HTTP 传输协议可用的 MCP 服务器。

构造函数

ParameterDescription
label: string

The human-readable name of the server.

uri: Uri

The URI of the server.

headers?: Record<string, string>

Optional additional heads included with each request to the server.

version?: string
ReturnsDescription
McpHttpServerDefinition

属性

Optional additional heads included with each request to the server.

The human-readable name of the server.

The URI of the server. The editor will make a POST request to this URI to begin each session.

Optional version identification for the server. If this changes, the editor will indicate that tools have changed and prompt to refresh them.

Mcp服务器定义

描述不同类型的模型上下文协议服务器的定义, 这些定义可以由McpServerDefinitionProvider返回。

McpServerDefinitionProvider< T >

一种可以提供模型上下文协议服务器定义的类型。这应该在扩展激活时通过lm.registerMcpServerDefinitionProvider 进行注册。

事件

Optional event fired to signal that the set of available servers has changed.

方法

Provides available MCP servers. The editor will call this method eagerly to ensure the availability of servers for the language model, and so extensions should not take actions which would require user interaction, such as authentication.

ParameterDescription
token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T[]>

An array of MCP available MCP servers

This function will be called when the editor needs to start a MCP server. At this point, the extension may take any actions which may require user interaction, such as authentication. Any non-readonly property of the server may be modified, and the extension should return the resolved server.

The extension may return undefined to indicate that the server should not be started, or throw an error. If there is a pending tool call, the editor will cancel it and return an error message to the language model.

ParameterDescription
server: T

The MCP server to resolve

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T>

The resolved server or thenable that resolves to such. This may be the given server definition with non-readonly properties filled in.

McpStdioServerDefinition

McpStdioServerDefinition 表示通过运行本地进程并操作其 stdin 和 stdout 流可用的 MCP 服务器。该进程将作为扩展主机的子进程启动,并且默认情况下不会在 shell 环境中运行。

构造函数

ParameterDescription
label: string

The human-readable name of the server.

command: string

The command used to start the server.

args?: string[]

Additional command-line arguments passed to the server.

env?: Record<string, string | number>

Optional additional environment information for the server.

version?: string

Optional version identification for the server.

ReturnsDescription
McpStdioServerDefinition

属性

Additional command-line arguments passed to the server.

The command used to start the server. Node.js-based servers may use process.execPath to use the editor's version of Node.js to run the script.

The working directory used to start the server.

Optional additional environment information for the server. Variables in this environment will overwrite or remove (if null) the default environment variables of the editor's extension host.

The human-readable name of the server.

Optional version identification for the server. If this changes, the editor will indicate that tools have changed and prompt to refresh them.

纪念品

一个纪念品代表一个存储实用工具。它可以存储和检索值。

方法

Return a value.

ParameterDescription
key: string

A string.

ReturnsDescription
T

The stored value or undefined.

Return a value.

ParameterDescription
key: string

A string.

defaultValue: T

A value that should be returned when there is no value (undefined) with the given key.

ReturnsDescription
T

The stored value or the defaultValue.

Returns the stored keys.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
readonly string[]

The stored keys.

Store a value. The value must be JSON-stringifyable.

Note that using undefined as value removes the key from the underlying storage.

ParameterDescription
key: string

A string.

value: any

A value. MUST not contain cyclic references.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

消息项

表示一个与信息、警告或错误消息一起显示的操作。

另见

属性

A hint for modal dialogs that the item should be triggered when the user cancels the dialog (e.g. by pressing the ESC key).

Note: this option is ignored for non-modal messages.

A short title like 'Retry', 'Open Log' etc.

消息选项

配置消息行为的选项。

另见

属性

Human-readable detail message that is rendered less prominent. Note that detail is only shown for modal messages.

Indicates that this message should be modal.

笔记本单元格

表示一个 笔记本中的单元格,要么是 代码单元格 要么是 标记单元格。

NotebookCell 实例是不可变的,并且在它们属于 notebook 的时间内保持同步。

属性

The text of this cell, represented as text document.

The most recent execution summary for this cell.

The index of this cell in its containing notebook. The index is updated when a cell is moved within its notebook. The index is -1 when the cell has been removed from its notebook.

The kind of this cell.

The metadata of this cell. Can be anything but must be JSON-stringifyable.

The notebook that contains this cell.

The outputs of this cell.

笔记本单元格数据

NotebookCellData 是 notebook 细胞的原始表示。它是 NotebookData的一部分。

构造函数

Create new cell data. Minimal cell data specifies its kind, its source value, and the language identifier of its source.

ParameterDescription
kind: NotebookCellKind

The kind.

value: string

The source value.

languageId: string

The language identifier of the source value.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookCellData

属性

The execution summary of this cell data.

The kind of this cell data.

The language identifier of the source value of this cell data. Any value from getLanguages is possible.

Arbitrary metadata of this cell data. Can be anything but must be JSON-stringifyable.

The outputs of this cell data.

The source value of this cell data - either source code or formatted text.

笔记本单元格执行

一个 NotebookCellExecution 是 notebook controller 在执行时修改 notebook cell 的方式。

当创建一个单元格执行对象时,单元格进入[NotebookCellExecutionState.Pending 待定](#_NotebookCellExecutionState.Pending 待定)状态。 当start(...) 被调用在执行任务上时,它进入[NotebookCellExecutionState.Executing 执行中](#_NotebookCellExecutionState.Executing 执行中)状态。当 end(...) 被调用时,它进入[NotebookCellExecutionState.Idle 空闲](#_NotebookCellExecutionState.Idle 空闲)状态。

属性

The cell for which this execution has been created.

Set and unset the order of this cell execution.

A cancellation token which will be triggered when the cell execution is canceled from the UI.

Note that the cancellation token will not be triggered when the controller that created this execution uses an interrupt-handler.

方法

Append to the output of the cell that is executing or to another cell that is affected by this execution.

ParameterDescription
out: NotebookCellOutput | readonly NotebookCellOutput[]

Output that is appended to the current output.

cell?: NotebookCell

Cell for which output is cleared. Defaults to the cell of this execution.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

A thenable that resolves when the operation finished.

Append output items to existing cell output.

ParameterDescription
items: NotebookCellOutputItem | readonly NotebookCellOutputItem[]

Output items that are append to existing output.

output: NotebookCellOutput

Output object that already exists.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

A thenable that resolves when the operation finished.

Clears the output of the cell that is executing or of another cell that is affected by this execution.

ParameterDescription
cell?: NotebookCell

Cell for which output is cleared. Defaults to the cell of this execution.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

A thenable that resolves when the operation finished.

Signal that execution has ended.

ParameterDescription
success: boolean

If true, a green check is shown on the cell status bar. If false, a red X is shown. If undefined, no check or X icon is shown.

endTime?: number

The time that execution finished, in milliseconds in the Unix epoch.

ReturnsDescription
void

Replace the output of the cell that is executing or of another cell that is affected by this execution.

ParameterDescription
out: NotebookCellOutput | readonly NotebookCellOutput[]

Output that replaces the current output.

cell?: NotebookCell

Cell for which output is cleared. Defaults to the cell of this execution.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

A thenable that resolves when the operation finished.

Replace all output items of existing cell output.

ParameterDescription
items: NotebookCellOutputItem | readonly NotebookCellOutputItem[]

Output items that replace the items of existing output.

output: NotebookCellOutput

Output object that already exists.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

A thenable that resolves when the operation finished.

Signal that the execution has begun.

ParameterDescription
startTime?: number

The time that execution began, in milliseconds in the Unix epoch. Used to drive the clock that shows for how long a cell has been running. If not given, the clock won't be shown.

ReturnsDescription
void

笔记本单元格执行摘要

笔记本单元格执行的摘要。

属性

The order in which the execution happened.

If the execution finished successfully.

The times at which execution started and ended, as unix timestamps

ParameterDescription
endTime: number

Execution end time.

startTime: number

Execution start time.

笔记本单元格类型

笔记本单元类型。

枚举成员

A markup-cell is formatted source that is used for display.

A code-cell is source that can be executed and that produces output.

笔记本单元格输出

笔记本单元格输出表示执行单元格的结果。它是一个用于多个 输出项的容器类型,其中包含的项目表示相同的结果但使用不同的MIME类型。

构造函数

Create new notebook output.

ParameterDescription
items: NotebookCellOutputItem[]

Notebook output items.

metadata?:

Optional metadata.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookCellOutput

属性

The output items of this output. Each item must represent the same result. Note that repeated MIME types per output is invalid and that the editor will just pick one of them.

new vscode.NotebookCellOutput([
  vscode.NotebookCellOutputItem.text('Hello', 'text/plain'),
  vscode.NotebookCellOutputItem.text('<i>Hello</i>', 'text/html'),
  vscode.NotebookCellOutputItem.text('_Hello_', 'text/markdown'),
  vscode.NotebookCellOutputItem.text('Hey', 'text/plain') // INVALID: repeated type, editor will pick just one
]);

Arbitrary metadata for this cell output. Can be anything but must be JSON-stringifyable.

笔记本单元格输出项

一种 笔记本输出的表示,由MIME类型和数据定义。

静态

Factory function to create a NotebookCellOutputItem that uses uses the application/vnd.code.notebook.error mime type.

ParameterDescription
value: Error

An error object.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookCellOutputItem

A new output item object.

Factory function to create a NotebookCellOutputItem from a JSON object.

Note that this function is not expecting "stringified JSON" but an object that can be stringified. This function will throw an error when the passed value cannot be JSON-stringified.

ParameterDescription
value: any

A JSON-stringifyable value.

mime?: string

Optional MIME type, defaults to application/json

ReturnsDescription
NotebookCellOutputItem

A new output item object.

Factory function to create a NotebookCellOutputItem that uses uses the application/vnd.code.notebook.stderr mime type.

ParameterDescription
value: string

A string.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookCellOutputItem

A new output item object.

Factory function to create a NotebookCellOutputItem that uses uses the application/vnd.code.notebook.stdout mime type.

ParameterDescription
value: string

A string.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookCellOutputItem

A new output item object.

Factory function to create a NotebookCellOutputItem from a string.

Note that an UTF-8 encoder is used to create bytes for the string.

ParameterDescription
value: string

A string.

mime?: string

Optional MIME type, defaults to text/plain.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookCellOutputItem

A new output item object.

构造函数

Create a new notebook cell output item.

ParameterDescription
data: Uint8Array

The value of the output item.

mime: string

The mime type of the output item.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookCellOutputItem

属性

The data of this output item. Must always be an array of unsigned 8-bit integers.

The mime type which determines how the data-property is interpreted.

Notebooks have built-in support for certain mime-types, extensions can add support for new types and override existing types.

笔记本单元格状态栏对齐

表示状态栏项目的对齐方式。

枚举成员

Aligned to the left side.

Aligned to the right side.

笔记本单元格状态栏项目

对细胞状态栏的贡献

构造函数

Creates a new NotebookCellStatusBarItem.

ParameterDescription
text: string

The text to show for the item.

alignment: NotebookCellStatusBarAlignment

Whether the item is aligned to the left or right.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookCellStatusBarItem

属性

Accessibility information used when a screen reader interacts with this item.

Whether the item is aligned to the left or right.

An optional Command or identifier of a command to run on click.

The command must be known.

Note that if this is a Command object, only the command and arguments are used by the editor.

The priority of the item. A higher value item will be shown more to the left.

The text to show for the item.

A tooltip to show when the item is hovered.

笔记本单元格状态栏项提供者

一个可以向单元格编辑器下方出现的状态栏贡献项目的提供者。

事件

An optional event to signal that statusbar items have changed. The provide method will be called again.

方法

The provider will be called when the cell scrolls into view, when its content, outputs, language, or metadata change, and when it changes execution state.

ParameterDescription
cell: NotebookCell

The cell for which to return items.

token: CancellationToken

A token triggered if this request should be cancelled.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<NotebookCellStatusBarItem | NotebookCellStatusBarItem[]>

笔记本控制器

笔记本控制器代表一个可以执行笔记本单元的实体。这通常被称为内核。

可以有多个控制器,并且编辑器将允许用户选择用于特定笔记本的控制器。 notebookType属性定义了控制器适用于哪种类型的笔记本,updateNotebookAffinity函数允许控制器为特定的笔记本文档设置偏好。当选择了一个控制器后, onDidChangeSelectedNotebooks事件会被触发。

当一个单元格正在运行时,编辑器将调用执行处理器,控制器应创建并完成笔记本单元格执行。然而,控制器也可以自行创建执行。

事件

An event that fires whenever a controller has been selected or un-selected for a notebook document.

There can be multiple controllers for a notebook and in that case a controllers needs to be selected. This is a user gesture and happens either explicitly or implicitly when interacting with a notebook for which a controller was suggested. When possible, the editor suggests a controller that is most likely to be selected.

Note that controller selection is persisted (by the controllers id) and restored as soon as a controller is re-created or as a notebook is opened.

属性

The human-readable description which is rendered less prominent.

The human-readable detail which is rendered less prominent.

The execute handler is invoked when the run gestures in the UI are selected, e.g Run Cell, Run All, Run Selection etc. The execute handler is responsible for creating and managing execution-objects.

ParameterDescription
cells: NotebookCell[]
notebook: NotebookDocument
controller: NotebookController
ReturnsDescription
void | Thenable<void>

The identifier of this notebook controller.

Note that controllers are remembered by their identifier and that extensions should use stable identifiers across sessions.

Optional interrupt handler.

By default cell execution is canceled via tokens. Cancellation tokens require that a controller can keep track of its execution so that it can cancel a specific execution at a later point. Not all scenarios allow for that, eg. REPL-style controllers often work by interrupting whatever is currently running. For those cases the interrupt handler exists - it can be thought of as the equivalent of SIGINT or Control+C in terminals.

Note that supporting cancellation tokens is preferred and that interrupt handlers should only be used when tokens cannot be supported.

ParameterDescription
notebook: NotebookDocument
ReturnsDescription
void | Thenable<void>

The human-readable label of this notebook controller.

The notebook type this controller is for.

An array of language identifiers that are supported by this controller. Any language identifier from getLanguages is possible. When falsy all languages are supported.

Samples:

// support JavaScript and TypeScript
myController.supportedLanguages = ['javascript', 'typescript'];

// support all languages
myController.supportedLanguages = undefined; // falsy
myController.supportedLanguages = []; // falsy

Whether this controller supports execution order so that the editor can render placeholders for them.

方法

Create a cell execution task.

Note that there can only be one execution per cell at a time and that an error is thrown if a cell execution is created while another is still active.

This should be used in response to the execution handler being called or when cell execution has been started else, e.g when a cell was already executing or when cell execution was triggered from another source.

ParameterDescription
cell: NotebookCell

The notebook cell for which to create the execution.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookCellExecution

A notebook cell execution.

Dispose and free associated resources.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

A controller can set affinities for specific notebook documents. This allows a controller to be presented more prominent for some notebooks.

ParameterDescription
notebook: NotebookDocument

The notebook for which a priority is set.

affinity: NotebookControllerAffinity

A controller affinity

ReturnsDescription
void

笔记本控制器亲和力

笔记本控制器对笔记本文档的亲和力。

另见 NotebookController.updateDynamicNotebookAffinity

枚举成员

Default affinity.

A controller is preferred for a notebook.

笔记本数据

笔记本的原始表示。

扩展负责创建NotebookData,以便编辑器可以创建NotebookDocument

另见 笔记本序列化器

构造函数

Create new notebook data.

ParameterDescription
cells: NotebookCellData[]

An array of cell data.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookData

属性

The cell data of this notebook data.

Arbitrary metadata of notebook data.

笔记本文档

表示一个笔记本,该笔记本本身是一系列代码或标记单元格。 笔记本文件由笔记本数据创建。

属性

The number of cells in the notebook.

true if the notebook has been closed. A closed notebook isn't synchronized anymore and won't be re-used when the same resource is opened again.

true if there are unpersisted changes.

Is this notebook representing an untitled file which has not been saved yet.

Arbitrary metadata for this notebook. Can be anything but must be JSON-stringifyable.

The type of notebook.

The associated uri for this notebook.

Note that most notebooks use the file-scheme, which means they are files on disk. However, not all notebooks are saved on disk and therefore the scheme must be checked before trying to access the underlying file or siblings on disk.

See also FileSystemProvider

The version number of this notebook (it will strictly increase after each change, including undo/redo).

方法

Return the cell at the specified index. The index will be adjusted to the notebook.

ParameterDescription
index: number

The index of the cell to retrieve.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookCell

A cell.

Get the cells of this notebook. A subset can be retrieved by providing a range. The range will be adjusted to the notebook.

ParameterDescription
range?: NotebookRange

A notebook range.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookCell[]

The cells contained by the range or all cells.

Save the document. The saving will be handled by the corresponding serializer.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<boolean>

A promise that will resolve to true when the document has been saved. Will return false if the file was not dirty or when save failed.

笔记本文档单元格更改

描述对笔记本单元格的更改。

另见 笔记本文档更改事件

属性

The affected cell.

The document of the cell or undefined when it did not change.

Note that you should use the onDidChangeTextDocument-event for detailed change information, like what edits have been performed.

The new execution summary of the cell or undefined when it did not change.

The new metadata of the cell or undefined when it did not change.

The new outputs of the cell or undefined when they did not change.

笔记本文档更改事件

一个描述事务性笔记本更改的事件。

属性

An array of cell changes.

An array of content changes describing added or removed cells.

The new metadata of the notebook or undefined when it did not change.

The affected notebook.

笔记本文档内容更改

描述了笔记本文档的结构变化,例如新增和删除的单元格。

另见 笔记本文档更改事件

属性

Cells that have been added to the document.

The range at which cells have been either added or removed.

Note that no cells have been removed when this range is empty.

Cells that have been removed from the document.

笔记本文档内容选项

Notebook 内容选项定义了 Notebook 哪些部分会被持久化。注意

例如,一个笔记本序列化器可以选择不保存输出,这样编辑器不会在输出更改时将笔记本标记为

属性

Controls if a cell metadata property change event will trigger notebook document content change events and if it will be used in the diff editor, defaults to false. If the content provider doesn't persist a metadata property in the file document, it should be set to true.

Controls if a document metadata property change event will trigger notebook document content change event and if it will be used in the diff editor, defaults to false. If the content provider doesn't persist a metadata property in the file document, it should be set to true.

Controls if output change events will trigger notebook document content change events and if it will be used in the diff editor, defaults to false. If the content provider doesn't persist the outputs in the file document, this should be set to true.

笔记本文档显示选项

代表了在笔记本编辑器显示笔记本文档时的配置选项。

属性

An optional flag that when true will stop the notebook editor from taking focus.

An optional flag that controls if an notebook editor-tab shows as preview. Preview tabs will be replaced and reused until set to stay - either explicitly or through editing. The default behaviour depends on the workbench.editor.enablePreview-setting.

An optional selection to apply for the document in the notebook editor.

An optional view column in which the notebook editor should be shown. The default is the active. Columns that do not exist will be created as needed up to the maximum of ViewColumn.Nine. Use ViewColumn.Beside to open the editor to the side of the currently active one.

笔记本文档将保存事件

一个在笔记本文档将要被保存时触发的事件。

在保存文档之前对其修改,请调用 waitUntil函数,并传入一个工作区编辑的可解析对象。

属性

The notebook document that will be saved.

The reason why save was triggered.

A cancellation token.

方法

Allows to pause the event loop and to apply workspace edit. Edits of subsequent calls to this function will be applied in order. The edits will be ignored if concurrent modifications of the notebook document happened.

Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch and not in an asynchronous manner:

workspace.onWillSaveNotebookDocument(event => {
  // async, will *throw* an error
  setTimeout(() => event.waitUntil(promise));

  // sync, OK
  event.waitUntil(promise);
});
ParameterDescription
thenable: Thenable<WorkspaceEdit>

A thenable that resolves to workspace edit.

ReturnsDescription
void

Allows to pause the event loop until the provided thenable resolved.

Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch.

ParameterDescription
thenable: Thenable<any>

A thenable that delays saving.

ReturnsDescription
void

笔记本编辑

笔记本编辑代表了应应用于笔记本内容的编辑。

静态

Utility to create an edit that deletes cells in a notebook.

ParameterDescription
range: NotebookRange

The range of cells to delete.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookEdit

Utility to create an edit that replaces cells in a notebook.

ParameterDescription
index: number

The index to insert cells at.

newCells: NotebookCellData[]

The new notebook cells.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookEdit

Utility to create a edit that replaces cells in a notebook.

ParameterDescription
range: NotebookRange

The range of cells to replace

newCells: NotebookCellData[]

The new notebook cells.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookEdit

Utility to create an edit that update a cell's metadata.

ParameterDescription
index: number

The index of the cell to update.

newCellMetadata:

The new metadata for the cell.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookEdit

Utility to create an edit that updates the notebook's metadata.

ParameterDescription
newNotebookMetadata:

The new metadata for the notebook.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookEdit

构造函数

Create a new notebook edit.

ParameterDescription
range: NotebookRange

A notebook range.

newCells: NotebookCellData[]

An array of new cell data.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookEdit

属性

Optional new metadata for the cells.

New cells being inserted. May be empty.

Optional new metadata for the notebook.

Range of the cells being edited. May be empty.

笔记本编辑器

属性

The notebook document associated with this notebook editor.

The primary selection in this notebook editor.

All selections in this notebook editor.

The primary selection (or focused range) is selections[0]. When the document has no cells, the primary selection is empty { start: 0, end: 0 };

The column in which this editor shows.

The current visible ranges in the editor (vertically).

方法

Scroll as indicated by revealType in order to reveal the given range.

ParameterDescription
range: NotebookRange

A range.

revealType?: NotebookEditorRevealType

The scrolling strategy for revealing range.

ReturnsDescription
void

笔记本编辑器显示类型

表示一个附加到笔记本上的笔记本编辑器。

枚举成员

The range will be revealed with as little scrolling as possible.

The range will always be revealed in the center of the viewport.

If the range is outside the viewport, it will be revealed in the center of the viewport. Otherwise, it will be revealed with as little scrolling as possible.

The range will always be revealed at the top of the viewport.

笔记本编辑器选择更改事件

表示一个描述 笔记本编辑器选择更改 的事件。

属性

The notebook editor for which the selections have changed.

The new value for the notebook editor's selections.

笔记本编辑器可见范围更改事件

表示一个描述 笔记本编辑器的可见范围变化的事件。

属性

The notebook editor for which the visible ranges have changed.

The new value for the notebook editor's visibleRanges.

笔记本范围

笔记本范围代表了两个单元格索引的有序对。 保证开始小于或等于结束。

构造函数

Create a new notebook range. If start is not before or equal to end, the values will be swapped.

ParameterDescription
start: number

start index

end: number

end index.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookRange

属性

The exclusive end index of this range (zero-based).

true if start and end are equal.

The zero-based start index of this range.

方法

Derive a new range for this range.

ParameterDescription
change: {end: number, start: number}

An object that describes a change to this range.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookRange

A range that reflects the given change. Will return this range if the change is not changing anything.

笔记本渲染器消息

渲染器消息用于与单个渲染器通信。它由notebooks.createRendererMessaging返回。

事件

An event that fires when a message is received from a renderer.

方法

Send a message to one or all renderer.

ParameterDescription
message: any

Message to send

editor?: NotebookEditor

Editor to target with the message. If not provided, the message is sent to all renderers.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<boolean>

a boolean indicating whether the message was successfully delivered to any renderer.

笔记本序列化器

笔记本序列化器使编辑器能够打开笔记本文件。

本质上,编辑器只了解笔记本数据结构,但不知道如何将该数据结构写入文件,也不知道如何从文件中读取该数据结构。笔记本序列化器通过将字节反序列化为笔记本数据以及 vice versa 来弥合这一差距。

方法

Deserialize contents of a notebook file into the notebook data structure.

ParameterDescription
content: Uint8Array

Contents of a notebook file.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookData | Thenable<NotebookData>

Notebook data or a thenable that resolves to such.

Serialize notebook data into file contents.

ParameterDescription
data: NotebookData

A notebook data structure.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
Uint8Array | Thenable<Uint8Array>

An array of bytes or a thenable that resolves to such.

进入规则

描述在按 Enter 键时要评估的规则。

属性

The action to execute.

This rule will only execute if the text after the cursor matches this regular expression.

This rule will only execute if the text before the cursor matches this regular expression.

This rule will only execute if the text above the current line matches this regular expression.

自动格式化编辑提供者

文档格式化提供者接口定义了扩展和格式化功能之间的契约。

方法

Provide formatting edits after a character has been typed.

The given position and character should hint to the provider what range the position to expand to, like find the matching { when } has been entered.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

position: Position

The position at which the command was invoked.

ch: string

The character that has been typed.

options: FormattingOptions

Options controlling formatting.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<TextEdit[]>

A set of text edits or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined, null, or an empty array.

打开对话框选项

配置文件打开对话框行为的选项。

  • 注释 1: 在 Windows 和 Linux 上,文件对话框不能同时作为文件选择器和文件夹选择器,因此如果您 将两者都设置为 canSelectFilescanSelectFolders 在这些平台上,将显示一个文件夹选择器。true
  • 注释2:显式设置 canSelectFilescanSelectFoldersfalse 是徒劳的,编辑器会自动调整选项以选择文件。

属性

Allow to select files, defaults to true.

Allow to select folders, defaults to false.

Allow to select many files or folders.

The resource the dialog shows when opened.

A set of file filters that are used by the dialog. Each entry is a human-readable label, like "TypeScript", and an array of extensions, for example:

{
    'Images': ['png', 'jpg'],
    'TypeScript': ['ts', 'tsx']
}

A human-readable string for the open button.

Dialog title.

This parameter might be ignored, as not all operating systems display a title on open dialogs (for example, macOS).

输出通道

输出通道是一个用于只读文本信息的容器。

获取一个OutputChannel的实例,请使用 createOutputChannel

属性

The human-readable name of this output channel.

方法

Append the given value to the channel.

ParameterDescription
value: string

A string, falsy values will not be printed.

ReturnsDescription
void

Append the given value and a line feed character to the channel.

ParameterDescription
value: string

A string, falsy values will be printed.

ReturnsDescription
void

Removes all output from the channel.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Dispose and free associated resources.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Hide this channel from the UI.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Replaces all output from the channel with the given value.

ParameterDescription
value: string

A string, falsy values will not be printed.

ReturnsDescription
void

Reveal this channel in the UI.

ParameterDescription
preserveFocus?: boolean

When true the channel will not take focus.

ReturnsDescription
void

Reveal this channel in the UI.

  • deprecated - Use the overload with just one parameter (show(preserveFocus?: boolean): void).
ParameterDescription
column?: ViewColumn

This argument is deprecated and will be ignored.

preserveFocus?: boolean

When true the channel will not take focus.

ReturnsDescription
void

概述RulerLane

代表在概览标尺中渲染装饰的不同位置概览标尺支持三条轨道。

枚举成员

The left lane of the overview ruler.

The center lane of the overview ruler.

The right lane of the overview ruler.

All lanes of the overview ruler.

参数信息

表示可调用签名的参数。参数可以有一个标签和一个文档注释。

构造函数

Creates a new parameter information object.

ParameterDescription
label: string | [number, number]

A label string or inclusive start and exclusive end offsets within its containing signature label.

documentation?: string | MarkdownString

A doc string.

ReturnsDescription
ParameterInformation

属性

The human-readable doc-comment of this signature. Will be shown in the UI but can be omitted.

The label of this signature.

Either a string or inclusive start and exclusive end offsets within its containing signature label. Note: A label of type string must be a substring of its containing signature information's label.

职位

表示行和字符位置,例如光标的位置。

位置对象是不可变的。使用withtranslate方法从现有位置派生新位置。

构造函数

ParameterDescription
line: number

A zero-based line value.

character: number

A zero-based character value.

ReturnsDescription
Position

属性

The zero-based character value.

Character offsets are expressed using UTF-16 code units.

The zero-based line value.

方法

Compare this to other.

ParameterDescription
other: Position

A position.

ReturnsDescription
number

A number smaller than zero if this position is before the given position, a number greater than zero if this position is after the given position, or zero when this and the given position are equal.

Check if this position is after other.

ParameterDescription
other: Position

A position.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if position is on a greater line or on the same line on a greater character.

Check if this position is after or equal to other.

ParameterDescription
other: Position

A position.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if position is on a greater line or on the same line on a greater or equal character.

Check if this position is before other.

ParameterDescription
other: Position

A position.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if position is on a smaller line or on the same line on a smaller character.

Check if this position is before or equal to other.

ParameterDescription
other: Position

A position.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if position is on a smaller line or on the same line on a smaller or equal character.

Check if this position is equal to other.

ParameterDescription
other: Position

A position.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if the line and character of the given position are equal to the line and character of this position.

Create a new position relative to this position.

ParameterDescription
lineDelta?: number

Delta value for the line value, default is 0.

characterDelta?: number

Delta value for the character value, default is 0.

ReturnsDescription
Position

A position which line and character is the sum of the current line and character and the corresponding deltas.

Derived a new position relative to this position.

ParameterDescription
change: {characterDelta: number, lineDelta: number}

An object that describes a delta to this position.

ReturnsDescription
Position

A position that reflects the given delta. Will return this position if the change is not changing anything.

Create a new position derived from this position.

ParameterDescription
line?: number

Value that should be used as line value, default is the existing value

character?: number

Value that should be used as character value, default is the existing value

ReturnsDescription
Position

A position where line and character are replaced by the given values.

Derived a new position from this position.

ParameterDescription
change: {character: number, line: number}

An object that describes a change to this position.

ReturnsDescription
Position

A position that reflects the given change. Will return this position if the change is not changing anything.

准备好的工具调用

属性

The presence of this property indicates that the user should be asked to confirm before running the tool. The user should be asked for confirmation for any tool that has a side-effect or may potentially be dangerous.

A customized progress message to show while the tool runs.

准备语言模型聊天模型选项

属性

Whether or not the user should be prompted via some UI flow, or if models should be attempted to be resolved silently. If silent is true, all models may not be resolved due to lack of info such as API keys.

进程执行

任务的执行作为一个外部进程在没有与 shell 交互的情况下进行。

构造函数

Creates a process execution.

ParameterDescription
process: string

The process to start.

options?: ProcessExecutionOptions

Optional options for the started process.

ReturnsDescription
ProcessExecution

Creates a process execution.

ParameterDescription
process: string

The process to start.

args: string[]

Arguments to be passed to the process.

options?: ProcessExecutionOptions

Optional options for the started process.

ReturnsDescription
ProcessExecution

属性

The arguments passed to the process. Defaults to an empty array.

The process options used when the process is executed. Defaults to undefined.

The process to be executed.

进程执行选项

进程执行选项

属性

The current working directory of the executed program or shell. If omitted the tools current workspace root is used.

The additional environment of the executed program or shell. If omitted the parent process' environment is used. If provided it is merged with the parent process' environment.

进度<T>

定义了一种报告进度更新的通用方法。

方法

Report a progress update.

ParameterDescription
value: T

A progress item, like a message and/or an report on how much work finished

ReturnsDescription
void

进度位置

在编辑器中显示进度信息的位置。进度的视觉表示取决于位置。

枚举成员

Show progress for the source control viewlet, as overlay for the icon and as progress bar inside the viewlet (when visible). Neither supports cancellation nor discrete progress nor a label to describe the operation.

Show progress in the status bar of the editor. Neither supports cancellation nor discrete progress. Supports rendering of theme icons via the $(<name>)-syntax in the progress label.

Show progress as notification with an optional cancel button. Supports to show infinite and discrete progress but does not support rendering of icons.

进度选项

Value-object描述进度应在哪里和如何显示。

属性

Controls if a cancel button should show to allow the user to cancel the long running operation. Note that currently only ProgressLocation.Notification is supporting to show a cancel button.

The location at which progress should show.

A human-readable string which will be used to describe the operation.

提供语言模型聊天响应选项

属性

A set of options that control the behavior of the language model. These options are specific to the language model.

The tool-selecting mode to use. The provider must implement respecting this.

An optional list of tools that are available to the language model. These could be registered tools available via lm.tools, or private tools that are just implemented within the calling extension.

If the LLM requests to call one of these tools, it will return a LanguageModelToolCallPart in LanguageModelChatResponse.stream. It's the caller's responsibility to invoke the tool. If it's a tool registered in lm.tools, that means calling lm.invokeTool.

Then, the tool result can be provided to the LLM by creating an Assistant-type LanguageModelChatMessage with a LanguageModelToolCallPart, followed by a User-type message with a LanguageModelToolResultPart.

提供者结果<T>

提供者结果表示提供者(例如 HoverProvider)可能返回的值。这可以是实际的结果类型 T,如 Hover,或者解析为此类型的一个 thenable T。此外,nullundefined 也可以被返回 - 可能直接返回,或者从一个 thenable 返回。

下面的片段都是 HoverProvider 的有效实现:

let a: HoverProvider = {
  provideHover(doc, pos, token): ProviderResult<Hover> {
    return new Hover('Hello World');
  }
};

let b: HoverProvider = {
  provideHover(doc, pos, token): ProviderResult<Hover> {
    return new Promise(resolve => {
      resolve(new Hover('Hello World'));
    });
  }
};

let c: HoverProvider = {
  provideHover(doc, pos, token): ProviderResult<Hover> {
    return; // undefined
  }
};

伪终端

定义终端pty的接口,使扩展能够控制终端。

事件

An event that when fired allows changing the name of the terminal.

Events fired before Pseudoterminal.open is called will be be ignored.

Example: Change the terminal name to "My new terminal".

const writeEmitter = new vscode.EventEmitter<string>();
const changeNameEmitter = new vscode.EventEmitter<string>();
const pty: vscode.Pseudoterminal = {
  onDidWrite: writeEmitter.event,
  onDidChangeName: changeNameEmitter.event,
  open: () => changeNameEmitter.fire('My new terminal'),
  close: () => {}
};
vscode.window.createTerminal({ name: 'My terminal', pty });

An event that when fired will signal that the pty is closed and dispose of the terminal.

Events fired before Pseudoterminal.open is called will be be ignored.

A number can be used to provide an exit code for the terminal. Exit codes must be positive and a non-zero exit codes signals failure which shows a notification for a regular terminal and allows dependent tasks to proceed when used with the CustomExecution API.

Example: Exit the terminal when "y" is pressed, otherwise show a notification.

const writeEmitter = new vscode.EventEmitter<string>();
const closeEmitter = new vscode.EventEmitter<void>();
const pty: vscode.Pseudoterminal = {
  onDidWrite: writeEmitter.event,
  onDidClose: closeEmitter.event,
  open: () => writeEmitter.fire('Press y to exit successfully'),
  close: () => {},
  handleInput: data => {
    if (data !== 'y') {
      vscode.window.showInformationMessage('Something went wrong');
    }
    closeEmitter.fire();
  }
};
const terminal = vscode.window.createTerminal({ name: 'Exit example', pty });
terminal.show(true);

An event that when fired allows overriding the dimensions of the terminal. Note that when set, the overridden dimensions will only take effect when they are lower than the actual dimensions of the terminal (ie. there will never be a scroll bar). Set to undefined for the terminal to go back to the regular dimensions (fit to the size of the panel).

Events fired before Pseudoterminal.open is called will be be ignored.

Example: Override the dimensions of a terminal to 20 columns and 10 rows

const dimensionsEmitter = new vscode.EventEmitter<vscode.TerminalDimensions>();
const pty: vscode.Pseudoterminal = {
  onDidWrite: writeEmitter.event,
  onDidOverrideDimensions: dimensionsEmitter.event,
  open: () => {
    dimensionsEmitter.fire({
      columns: 20,
      rows: 10
    });
  },
  close: () => {}
};
vscode.window.createTerminal({ name: 'My terminal', pty });

An event that when fired will write data to the terminal. Unlike Terminal.sendText which sends text to the underlying child pseudo-device (the child), this will write the text to parent pseudo-device (the terminal itself).

Note writing \n will just move the cursor down 1 row, you need to write \r as well to move the cursor to the left-most cell.

Events fired before Pseudoterminal.open is called will be be ignored.

Example: Write red text to the terminal

const writeEmitter = new vscode.EventEmitter<string>();
const pty: vscode.Pseudoterminal = {
  onDidWrite: writeEmitter.event,
  open: () => writeEmitter.fire('\x1b[31mHello world\x1b[0m'),
  close: () => {}
};
vscode.window.createTerminal({ name: 'My terminal', pty });

Example: Move the cursor to the 10th row and 20th column and write an asterisk

writeEmitter.fire('\x1b[10;20H*');

方法

Implement to handle when the terminal is closed by an act of the user.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Implement to handle incoming keystrokes in the terminal or when an extension calls Terminal.sendText. data contains the keystrokes/text serialized into their corresponding VT sequence representation.

ParameterDescription
data: string

The incoming data.

Example: Echo input in the terminal. The sequence for enter (\r) is translated to CRLF to go to a new line and move the cursor to the start of the line.

const writeEmitter = new vscode.EventEmitter<string>();
const pty: vscode.Pseudoterminal = {
  onDidWrite: writeEmitter.event,
  open: () => {},
  close: () => {},
  handleInput: data => writeEmitter.fire(data === '\r' ? '\r\n' : data)
};
vscode.window.createTerminal({ name: 'Local echo', pty });
ReturnsDescription
void

Implement to handle when the pty is open and ready to start firing events.

ParameterDescription
initialDimensions: TerminalDimensions

The dimensions of the terminal, this will be undefined if the terminal panel has not been opened before this is called.

ReturnsDescription
void

Implement to handle when the number of rows and columns that fit into the terminal panel changes, for example when font size changes or when the panel is resized. The initial state of a terminal's dimensions should be treated as undefined until this is triggered as the size of a terminal isn't known until it shows up in the user interface.

When dimensions are overridden by onDidOverrideDimensions, setDimensions will continue to be called with the regular panel dimensions, allowing the extension continue to react dimension changes.

ParameterDescription
dimensions: TerminalDimensions

The new dimensions.

ReturnsDescription
void

快速差异提供者

一个快速的差异提供者提供了一个uri到一个修改资源的原始状态。编辑器将使用此信息在文本内渲染临时差异。

方法

Provide a Uri to the original resource of any given resource uri.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

The uri of the resource open in a text editor.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<Uri>

A thenable that resolves to uri of the matching original resource.

快速输入

所有快速输入类型的基接口。

快速输入为扩展通过简单的用户界面元素与用户互动提供了一种统一的方式。 快速输入用户界面最初是不可见的。通过其属性配置后,扩展可以通过调用show使其可见。

有几个原因可能需要隐藏这个用户界面,并且扩展将通过onDidHide通知。 例如:显式调用 hide,用户按 Esc 键,其他一些输入界面打开等。

用户按回车键或执行其他表示接受当前状态的手势,并不会自动隐藏此UI组件。扩展程序需要决定是否接受用户的输入,并且是否通过调用hide来隐藏UI。

当扩展不再需要此输入用户界面时,它应该销毁它,以允许释放与其相关的任何资源。

参见QuickPickInputBox以获取具体的用户界面。

事件

An event signaling when this input UI is hidden.

There are several reasons why this UI might have to be hidden and the extension will be notified through onDidHide. Examples include: an explicit call to hide, the user pressing Esc, some other input UI opening, etc.

属性

Determines if the UI should show a progress indicator. Defaults to false.

Change this to true, for example, while loading more data or validating user input.

Determines if the UI should allow for user input. Defaults to true.

Change this to false, for example, while validating user input or loading data for the next step in user input.

Determines if the UI should stay open even when losing UI focus. Defaults to false. This setting is ignored on iPad and is always false.

An optional current step count for multi-step input flows.

An optional title for the input UI.

An optional total step count for multi-step input flows.

方法

Dispose of this input UI and any associated resources.

If it is still visible, it is first hidden. After this call the input UI is no longer functional and no additional methods or properties on it should be accessed. Instead a new input UI should be created.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Hides this input UI.

This will also fire an onDidHide event.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Makes the input UI visible in its current configuration.

Any other input UI will first fire an onDidHide event.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

快速输入按钮

一个在快速选择输入框中的操作按钮。

属性

The icon for the button.

The location where the button should be rendered.

Defaults to QuickInputButtonLocation.Title.

Note: This property is ignored if the button was added to a QuickPickItem.

When present, indicates that the button is a toggle button that can be checked or unchecked.

ParameterDescription
checked: boolean

Indicates whether the toggle button is currently checked. This property will be updated when the button is toggled.

An optional tooltip displayed when hovering over the button.

快速输入按钮位置

指定QuickInputButton应渲染的位置。

枚举成员

The button is rendered in the title bar.

The button is rendered inline to the right of the input box.

The button is rendered at the far end inside the input box.

快速输入按钮

预定义按钮用于快速选择输入框

静态

A predefined back button for QuickPick and InputBox.

This button should be used for consistency when a navigation back button is needed. It comes with a predefined icon, tooltip, and location.

快速选择<T>

一个具体的QuickInput,允许用户从类型为T的项目列表中选择一个项目。

这些项目可以通过过滤文本字段进行筛选,并且有一个选项 canSelectMany 用于允许选择多个项目。

请注意,在许多情况下,更方便的window.showQuickPick更易于使用。 window.createQuickPick应在window.showQuickPick无法提供所需灵活性时使用。

事件

An event signaling when the user indicated acceptance of the selected item(s).

An event signaling when the active items have changed.

An event signaling when the selected items have changed.

An event signaling when the value of the filter text has changed.

An event signaling when this input UI is hidden.

There are several reasons why this UI might have to be hidden and the extension will be notified through onDidHide. Examples include: an explicit call to hide, the user pressing Esc, some other input UI opening, etc.

An event signaling when a button was triggered.

This event fires for buttons stored in the buttons array. This event does not fire for buttons on a QuickPickItem.

An event signaling when a button in a particular QuickPickItem was triggered.

This event does not fire for buttons in the title bar which are part of buttons.

属性

Active items. This can be read and updated by the extension.

Determines if the UI should show a progress indicator. Defaults to false.

Change this to true, for example, while loading more data or validating user input.

Buttons for actions in the UI.

Determines if multiple items can be selected at the same time. Defaults to false.

Determines if the UI should allow for user input. Defaults to true.

Change this to false, for example, while validating user input or loading data for the next step in user input.

Determines if the UI should stay open even when losing UI focus. Defaults to false. This setting is ignored on iPad and is always false.

Items to pick from. This can be read and updated by the extension.

Determines if the scroll position is maintained when the quick pick items are updated. Defaults to false.

Determines if the filter text should also be matched against the description of the items. Defaults to false.

Determines if the filter text should also be matched against the detail of the items. Defaults to false.

Optional placeholder text displayed in the filter text box when no value has been entered.

Optional text that provides instructions or context to the user.

The prompt is displayed below the input box and above the list of items.

Selected items. This can be read and updated by the extension.

An optional current step count for multi-step input flows.

An optional title for the input UI.

An optional total step count for multi-step input flows.

The current value of the filter text.

方法

Dispose of this input UI and any associated resources.

If it is still visible, it is first hidden. After this call the input UI is no longer functional and no additional methods or properties on it should be accessed. Instead a new input UI should be created.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Hides this input UI.

This will also fire an onDidHide event.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Makes the input UI visible in its current configuration.

Any other input UI will first fire an onDidHide event.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

快速选择项目

代表一个可以从项目列表中选择的项目。

属性

Determines if this item is always shown, even when filtered out by the user's input.

Note: This property is ignored when kind is set to QuickPickItemKind.Separator.

Optional buttons that will be rendered on this particular item.

These buttons will trigger an QuickPickItemButtonEvent when pressed. Buttons are only rendered when using a quick pick created by the createQuickPick API. Buttons are not rendered when using the showQuickPick API.

Note: This property is ignored when kind is set to QuickPickItemKind.Separator.

A human-readable string which is rendered less prominently in the same line.

Supports rendering of theme icons via the $(<name>)-syntax.

Note: This property is ignored when kind is set to QuickPickItemKind.Separator.

A human-readable string which is rendered less prominently in a separate line.

Supports rendering of theme icons via the $(<name>)-syntax.

Note: This property is ignored when kind is set to QuickPickItemKind.Separator.

The icon for the item.

The kind of this item that determines how it is rendered in the quick pick.

When not specified, the default is QuickPickItemKind.Default.

A human-readable string which is rendered prominently.

Supports rendering of theme icons via the $(<name>)-syntax.

Note: When kind is set to QuickPickItemKind.Default (so a regular item instead of a separator), it supports rendering of theme icons via the $(<name>)-syntax.

Optional flag indicating if this item is initially selected.

This is only honored when using the showQuickPick API. To do the same thing with the createQuickPick API, simply set the selectedItems to the items you want selected initially.

Note: This is only honored when the picker allows multiple selections.

See also QuickPickOptions.canPickMany

Note: This property is ignored when kind is set to QuickPickItemKind.Separator.

A Uri representing the resource associated with this item.

When set, this property is used to automatically derive several item properties if they are not explicitly provided:

  • Label: Derived from the resource's file name when label is not provided or is empty.
  • Description: Derived from the resource's path when description is not provided or is empty.
  • Icon: Derived from the current file icon theme when iconPath is set to ThemeIcon.File or ThemeIcon.Folder.

快速选择项目按钮事件<T>

一个描述在QuickPickItem上按下按钮的事件。

属性

The button that was pressed.

The item that the button belongs to.

快速选择项目类型

定义了 快速选择项目的类型。

枚举成员

A separator item that provides a visual grouping.

When a QuickPickItem has a kind of Separator, the item is just a visual separator and does not represent a selectable item. The only property that applies is label. All other properties on QuickPickItem will be ignored and have no effect.

The default kind for an item that can be selected in the quick pick.

快速选择选项

配置快速选择用户界面的行为选项。

事件

An optional function that is invoked whenever an item is selected.

ParameterDescription
item: string | QuickPickItem
ReturnsDescription
any

属性

Determines if the picker allows multiple selections. When true, the result is an array of picks.

Set to true to keep the picker open when focus moves to another part of the editor or to another window. This setting is ignored on iPad and is always false.

Determines if the description should be included when filtering items. Defaults to false.

Determines if the detail should be included when filtering items. Defaults to false.

An optional string to show as placeholder in the input box to guide the user.

Optional text that provides instructions or context to the user.

The prompt is displayed below the input box and above the list of items.

An optional title for the quick pick.

范围

一段范围代表两个位置的有序对。 保证开始.isBeforeOrEqual(结束)

范围对象是不可变的。使用withintersectionunion方法从现有范围派生新范围。

构造函数

Create a new range from two positions. If start is not before or equal to end, the values will be swapped.

ParameterDescription
start: Position

A position.

end: Position

A position.

ReturnsDescription
Range

Create a new range from number coordinates. It is a shorter equivalent of using new Range(new Position(startLine, startCharacter), new Position(endLine, endCharacter))

ParameterDescription
startLine: number

A zero-based line value.

startCharacter: number

A zero-based character value.

endLine: number

A zero-based line value.

endCharacter: number

A zero-based character value.

ReturnsDescription
Range

属性

The end position. It is after or equal to start.

true if start and end are equal.

true if start.line and end.line are equal.

The start position. It is before or equal to end.

方法

Check if a position or a range is contained in this range.

ParameterDescription
positionOrRange: Range | Position

A position or a range.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if the position or range is inside or equal to this range.

Intersect range with this range and returns a new range or undefined if the ranges have no overlap.

ParameterDescription
range: Range

A range.

ReturnsDescription
Range

A range of the greater start and smaller end positions. Will return undefined when there is no overlap.

Check if other equals this range.

ParameterDescription
other: Range

A range.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true when start and end are equal to start and end of this range.

Compute the union of other with this range.

ParameterDescription
other: Range

A range.

ReturnsDescription
Range

A range of smaller start position and the greater end position.

Derived a new range from this range.

ParameterDescription
start?: Position

A position that should be used as start. The default value is the current start.

end?: Position

A position that should be used as end. The default value is the current end.

ReturnsDescription
Range

A range derived from this range with the given start and end position. If start and end are not different this range will be returned.

Derived a new range from this range.

ParameterDescription
change: {end: Position, start: Position}

An object that describes a change to this range.

ReturnsDescription
Range

A range that reflects the given change. Will return this range if the change is not changing anything.

参考上下文

值对象,当请求引用时包含附加信息。

属性

Include the declaration of the current symbol.

参考提供者

参考提供者接口定义了扩展与查找引用功能之间的合同。

方法

Provide a set of project-wide references for the given position and document.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

position: Position

The position at which the command was invoked.

context: ReferenceContext

Additional information about the references request.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<Location[]>

An array of locations or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined, null, or an empty array.

相对模式

相对模式是用于构建相对于基准文件路径的全局模式的助手。基准路径可以是字符串形式的绝对文件路径或uri,或者是一个工作区文件夹,这是创建相对模式的首选方式。

构造函数

Creates a new relative pattern object with a base file path and pattern to match. This pattern will be matched on file paths relative to the base.

Example:

const folder = vscode.workspace.workspaceFolders?.[0];
if (folder) {
  // Match any TypeScript file in the root of this workspace folder
  const pattern1 = new vscode.RelativePattern(folder, '*.ts');

  // Match any TypeScript file in `someFolder` inside this workspace folder
  const pattern2 = new vscode.RelativePattern(folder, 'someFolder/*.ts');
}
ParameterDescription
base: string | Uri | WorkspaceFolder

A base to which this pattern will be matched against relatively. It is recommended to pass in a workspace folder if the pattern should match inside the workspace. Otherwise, a uri or string should only be used if the pattern is for a file path outside the workspace.

pattern: string

A file glob pattern like *.{ts,js} that will be matched on paths relative to the base.

ReturnsDescription
RelativePattern

属性

A base file path to which this pattern will be matched against relatively.

This matches the fsPath value of RelativePattern.baseUri.

Note: updating this value will update RelativePattern.baseUri to be a uri with file scheme.

A base file path to which this pattern will be matched against relatively. The file path must be absolute, should not have any trailing path separators and not include any relative segments (. or ..).

A file glob pattern like *.{ts,js} that will be matched on file paths relative to the base path.

Example: Given a base of /home/work/folder and a file path of /home/work/folder/index.js, the file glob pattern will match on index.js.

重命名提供者

重命名提供程序接口定义了扩展与重命名功能之间的合同。

方法

Optional function for resolving and validating a position before running rename. The result can be a range or a range and a placeholder text. The placeholder text should be the identifier of the symbol which is being renamed - when omitted the text in the returned range is used.

Note: This function should throw an error or return a rejected thenable when the provided location doesn't allow for a rename.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document in which rename will be invoked.

position: Position

The position at which rename will be invoked.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<Range | {placeholder: string, range: Range}>

The range or range and placeholder text of the identifier that is to be renamed. The lack of a result can signaled by returning undefined or null.

Provide an edit that describes changes that have to be made to one or many resources to rename a symbol to a different name.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

position: Position

The position at which the command was invoked.

newName: string

The new name of the symbol. If the given name is not valid, the provider must return a rejected promise.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<WorkspaceEdit>

A workspace edit or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined or null.

运行选项

任务的运行选项。

属性

Controls whether task variables are re-evaluated on rerun.

保存对话框选项

配置文件保存对话框行为的选项。

属性

The resource the dialog shows when opened.

A set of file filters that are used by the dialog. Each entry is a human-readable label, like "TypeScript", and an array of extensions, for example:

{
    'Images': ['png', 'jpg'],
    'TypeScript': ['ts', 'tsx']
}

A human-readable string for the save button.

Dialog title.

This parameter might be ignored, as not all operating systems display a title on save dialogs (for example, macOS).

秘密存储

代表一个用于存储加密后秘密(或任何敏感信息)的实用工具。每个平台上的秘密存储实现方式不同,秘密不会在不同机器之间同步。

事件

Fires when a secret is stored or deleted.

方法

Remove a secret from storage.

ParameterDescription
key: string

The key the secret was stored under.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

Retrieve a secret that was stored with key. Returns undefined if there is no password matching that key.

ParameterDescription
key: string

The key the secret was stored under.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<string>

The stored value or undefined.

Retrieve the keys of all the secrets stored by this extension.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<string[]>

Store a secret under a given key.

ParameterDescription
key: string

The key to store the secret under.

value: string

The secret.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

秘密存储更改事件

当添加或删除秘密时触发的事件数据。

属性

The key of the secret that has changed.

已选择的完成信息

描述当前选择的完成项。

属性

The range that will be replaced if this completion item is accepted.

The text the range will be replaced with if this completion is accepted.

选择

表示编辑器中的文本选择。

构造函数

Create a selection from two positions.

ParameterDescription
anchor: Position

A position.

active: Position

A position.

ReturnsDescription
Selection

Create a selection from four coordinates.

ParameterDescription
anchorLine: number

A zero-based line value.

anchorCharacter: number

A zero-based character value.

activeLine: number

A zero-based line value.

activeCharacter: number

A zero-based character value.

ReturnsDescription
Selection

属性

The position of the cursor. This position might be before or after anchor.

The position at which the selection starts. This position might be before or after active.

The end position. It is after or equal to start.

true if start and end are equal.

A selection is reversed if its anchor is the end position.

true if start.line and end.line are equal.

The start position. It is before or equal to end.

方法

Check if a position or a range is contained in this range.

ParameterDescription
positionOrRange: Range | Position

A position or a range.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if the position or range is inside or equal to this range.

Intersect range with this range and returns a new range or undefined if the ranges have no overlap.

ParameterDescription
range: Range

A range.

ReturnsDescription
Range

A range of the greater start and smaller end positions. Will return undefined when there is no overlap.

Check if other equals this range.

ParameterDescription
other: Range

A range.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true when start and end are equal to start and end of this range.

Compute the union of other with this range.

ParameterDescription
other: Range

A range.

ReturnsDescription
Range

A range of smaller start position and the greater end position.

Derived a new range from this range.

ParameterDescription
start?: Position

A position that should be used as start. The default value is the current start.

end?: Position

A position that should be used as end. The default value is the current end.

ReturnsDescription
Range

A range derived from this range with the given start and end position. If start and end are not different this range will be returned.

Derived a new range from this range.

ParameterDescription
change: {end: Position, start: Position}

An object that describes a change to this range.

ReturnsDescription
Range

A range that reflects the given change. Will return this range if the change is not changing anything.

选择范围

选择范围表示选择层次结构的一部分。选择范围 可能有一个包含它的父选择范围。

构造函数

Creates a new selection range.

ParameterDescription
range: Range

The range of the selection range.

parent?: SelectionRange

The parent of the selection range.

ReturnsDescription
SelectionRange

属性

The parent selection range containing this range.

The Range of this selection range.

选择范围提供者

选择范围提供程序接口定义了扩展和缩小选择功能与扩展之间的合同。

方法

Provide selection ranges for the given positions.

Selection ranges should be computed individually and independent for each position. The editor will merge and deduplicate ranges but providers must return hierarchies of selection ranges so that a range is contained by its parent.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

positions: readonly Position[]

The positions at which the command was invoked.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<SelectionRange[]>

Selection ranges or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined or null.

语义令牌

表示语义标记,可以在一个范围或整个文档中。

另见

构造函数

Create new semantic tokens.

ParameterDescription
data: Uint32Array

Token data.

resultId?: string

Result identifier.

ReturnsDescription
SemanticTokens

属性

The actual tokens data.

See also provideDocumentSemanticTokens for an explanation of the format.

The result id of the tokens.

This is the id that will be passed to DocumentSemanticTokensProvider.provideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits (if implemented).

语义令牌生成器

一个语义令牌构建器可以帮助创建一个SemanticTokens实例,其中包含增量编码的语义令牌。

构造函数

Creates a semantic tokens builder.

ParameterDescription
legend?: SemanticTokensLegend

A semantic tokens legend.

ReturnsDescription
SemanticTokensBuilder

方法

Finish and create a SemanticTokens instance.

ParameterDescription
resultId?: string
ReturnsDescription
SemanticTokens

Add another token.

ParameterDescription
line: number

The token start line number (absolute value).

char: number

The token start character (absolute value).

length: number

The token length in characters.

tokenType: number

The encoded token type.

tokenModifiers?: number

The encoded token modifiers.

ReturnsDescription
void

Add another token. Use only when providing a legend.

ParameterDescription
range: Range

The range of the token. Must be single-line.

tokenType: string

The token type.

tokenModifiers?: readonly string[]

The token modifiers.

ReturnsDescription
void

语义令牌编辑

表示对语义标记的编辑。

另见 提供文档语义标记编辑 以了解格式。

构造函数

Create a semantic token edit.

ParameterDescription
start: number

Start offset

deleteCount: number

Number of elements to remove.

data?: Uint32Array

Elements to insert

ReturnsDescription
SemanticTokensEdit

属性

The elements to insert.

The count of elements to remove.

The start offset of the edit.

语义令牌编辑

表示对语义标记的编辑。

另见 提供文档语义标记编辑 以了解格式。

构造函数

Create new semantic tokens edits.

ParameterDescription
edits: SemanticTokensEdit[]

An array of semantic token edits

resultId?: string

Result identifier.

ReturnsDescription
SemanticTokensEdits

属性

The edits to the tokens data. All edits refer to the initial data state.

The result id of the tokens.

This is the id that will be passed to DocumentSemanticTokensProvider.provideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits (if implemented).

语义令牌图例

语义令牌图例包含了解码语义令牌整数编码表示所需的信息。

构造函数

Creates a semantic tokens legend.

ParameterDescription
tokenTypes: string[]

An array of token types.

tokenModifiers?: string[]

An array of token modifiers.

ReturnsDescription
SemanticTokensLegend

属性

The possible token modifiers.

The possible token types.

外壳执行

代表在 shell 内部执行的任务。

构造函数

Creates a shell execution with a full command line.

ParameterDescription
commandLine: string

The command line to execute.

options?: ShellExecutionOptions

Optional options for the started the shell.

ReturnsDescription
ShellExecution

Creates a shell execution with a command and arguments. For the real execution the editor will construct a command line from the command and the arguments. This is subject to interpretation especially when it comes to quoting. If full control over the command line is needed please use the constructor that creates a ShellExecution with the full command line.

ParameterDescription
command: string | ShellQuotedString

The command to execute.

args: Array<string | ShellQuotedString>

The command arguments.

options?: ShellExecutionOptions

Optional options for the started the shell.

ReturnsDescription
ShellExecution

属性

The shell args. Is undefined if created with a full command line.

The shell command. Is undefined if created with a full command line.

The shell command line. Is undefined if created with a command and arguments.

The shell options used when the command line is executed in a shell. Defaults to undefined.

外壳执行选项

执行 shell 的选项

属性

The current working directory of the executed shell. If omitted the tools current workspace root is used.

The additional environment of the executed shell. If omitted the parent process' environment is used. If provided it is merged with the parent process' environment.

The shell executable.

The arguments to be passed to the shell executable used to run the task. Most shells require special arguments to execute a command. For example bash requires the -c argument to execute a command, PowerShell requires -Command and cmd requires both /d and /c.

The shell quotes supported by this shell.

壳引用字符串

一个将根据使用的 shell 而被引用的字符串。

属性

The quoting style to use.

The actual string value.

外壳引用

定义了如果参数包含空格或不支持的字符,应该如何引用。

枚举成员

Character escaping should be used. This for example uses \ on bash and ` on PowerShell.

Strong string quoting should be used. This for example uses " for Windows cmd and ' for bash and PowerShell. Strong quoting treats arguments as literal strings. Under PowerShell echo 'The value is $(2 * 3)' will print The value is $(2 * 3)

Weak string quoting should be used. This for example uses " for Windows cmd, bash and PowerShell. Weak quoting still performs some kind of evaluation inside the quoted string. Under PowerShell echo "The value is $(2 * 3)" will print The value is 6

外壳引用选项

外壳引用选项。

属性

The character used to do character escaping. If a string is provided only spaces are escaped. If a { escapeChar, charsToEscape } literal is provide all characters in charsToEscape are escaped using the escapeChar.

The character used for strong quoting. The string's length must be 1.

The character used for weak quoting. The string's length must be 1.

签名帮助

Signature帮助表示可调用项的签名。可以有多个签名,但只有一个活动签名和一个活动参数。

构造函数

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
SignatureHelp

属性

The active parameter of the active signature.

The active signature.

One or more signatures.

签名帮助上下文

关于 触发的上下文的附加信息。SignatureHelpProvider

属性

The currently active SignatureHelp.

The activeSignatureHelp has its activeSignature field updated based on the user arrowing through available signatures.

true if signature help was already showing when it was triggered.

Retriggers occur when the signature help is already active and can be caused by actions such as typing a trigger character, a cursor move, or document content changes.

Character that caused signature help to be triggered.

This is undefined when signature help is not triggered by typing, such as when manually invoking signature help or when moving the cursor.

Action that caused signature help to be triggered.

签名帮助提供者

签名帮助提供程序接口定义了扩展与参数提示功能之间的合同。

方法

Provide help for the signature at the given position and document.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

position: Position

The position at which the command was invoked.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

context: SignatureHelpContext

Information about how signature help was triggered.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<SignatureHelp>

Signature help or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined or null.

签名帮助提供程序元数据

关于已注册的SignatureHelpProvider的元数据。

属性

List of characters that re-trigger signature help.

These trigger characters are only active when signature help is already showing. All trigger characters are also counted as re-trigger characters.

List of characters that trigger signature help.

签名帮助触发类型

如何触发SignatureHelpProvider

枚举成员

Signature help was invoked manually by the user or by a command.

Signature help was triggered by a trigger character.

Signature help was triggered by the cursor moving or by the document content changing.

签名信息

表示可调用事物的签名。签名可以有一个标签,比如函数名、文档注释和参数集。

构造函数

Creates a new signature information object.

ParameterDescription
label: string

A label string.

documentation?: string | MarkdownString

A doc string.

ReturnsDescription
SignatureInformation

属性

The index of the active parameter.

If provided, this is used in place of SignatureHelp.activeParameter.

The human-readable doc-comment of this signature. Will be shown in the UI but can be omitted.

The label of this signature. Will be shown in the UI.

The parameters of this signature.

片段字符串

片段字符串是一个模板,允许插入文本并在插入时控制编辑器光标。

片段可以定义制表位和占位符,使用 $1$2${3:foo}$0定义了最终的制表位,它默认为片段的末尾。变量使用 $name${name:default value}定义。另见 完整的片段语法

构造函数

Create a new snippet string.

ParameterDescription
value?: string

A snippet string.

ReturnsDescription
SnippetString

属性

The snippet string.

方法

Builder-function that appends a choice (${1|a,b,c|}) to the value of this snippet string.

ParameterDescription
values: readonly string[]

The values for choices - the array of strings

number?: number

The number of this tabstop, defaults to an auto-increment value starting at 1.

ReturnsDescription
SnippetString

This snippet string.

Builder-function that appends a placeholder (${1:value}) to the value of this snippet string.

ParameterDescription
value: string | (snippet: SnippetString) => any

The value of this placeholder - either a string or a function with which a nested snippet can be created.

number?: number

The number of this tabstop, defaults to an auto-increment value starting at 1.

ReturnsDescription
SnippetString

This snippet string.

Builder-function that appends a tabstop ($1, $2 etc) to the value of this snippet string.

ParameterDescription
number?: number

The number of this tabstop, defaults to an auto-increment value starting at 1.

ReturnsDescription
SnippetString

This snippet string.

Builder-function that appends the given string to the value of this snippet string.

ParameterDescription
string: string

A value to append 'as given'. The string will be escaped.

ReturnsDescription
SnippetString

This snippet string.

Builder-function that appends a variable (${VAR}) to the value of this snippet string.

ParameterDescription
name: string

The name of the variable - excluding the $.

defaultValue: string | (snippet: SnippetString) => any

The default value which is used when the variable name cannot be resolved - either a string or a function with which a nested snippet can be created.

ReturnsDescription
SnippetString

This snippet string.

片段文本编辑

片段编辑表示由编辑执行的交互式编辑。

注意,片段编辑始终可以作为普通的文本编辑进行。 当没有打开匹配的编辑器或工作区编辑 包含多个文件的片段编辑时,就会发生这种情况。在这种情况下,只有与当前编辑器匹配的才会作为片段编辑进行,其他的则作为普通的文本编辑进行。

静态

Utility to create an insert snippet edit.

ParameterDescription
position: Position

A position, will become an empty range.

snippet: SnippetString

A snippet string.

ReturnsDescription
SnippetTextEdit

A new snippet edit object.

Utility to create a replace snippet edit.

ParameterDescription
range: Range

A range.

snippet: SnippetString

A snippet string.

ReturnsDescription
SnippetTextEdit

A new snippet edit object.

构造函数

Create a new snippet edit.

ParameterDescription
range: Range

A range.

snippet: SnippetString

A snippet string.

ReturnsDescription
SnippetTextEdit

属性

Whether the snippet edit should be applied with existing whitespace preserved.

The range this edit applies to.

The snippet this edit will perform.

源断点

由源位置指定的断点。

构造函数

Create a new breakpoint for a source location.

ParameterDescription
location: Location
enabled?: boolean
condition?: string
hitCondition?: string
logMessage?: string
ReturnsDescription
SourceBreakpoint

属性

An optional expression for conditional breakpoints.

Is breakpoint enabled.

An optional expression that controls how many hits of the breakpoint are ignored.

The unique ID of the breakpoint.

The source and line position of this breakpoint.

An optional message that gets logged when this breakpoint is hit. Embedded expressions within {} are interpolated by the debug adapter.

源代码管理

一个源代码管理工具能够提供资源状态 给编辑器,并且以几种与源代码管理相关的方式与编辑器进行交互。

属性

Optional accept input command.

This command will be invoked when the user accepts the value in the Source Control input.

Optional commit template string.

The Source Control viewlet will populate the Source Control input with this value when appropriate.

The UI-visible count of resource states of this source control.

If undefined, this source control will

  • display its UI-visible count as zero, and
  • contribute the count of its resource states to the UI-visible aggregated count for all source controls

The id of this source control.

The input box for this source control.

The human-readable label of this source control.

An optional quick diff provider.

The (optional) Uri of the root of this source control.

Optional status bar commands.

These commands will be displayed in the editor's status bar.

方法

Create a new resource group.

ParameterDescription
id: string
label: string
ReturnsDescription
SourceControlResourceGroup

Dispose this source control.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

源代码控制输入框

代表源控制视图中的输入框。

属性

Controls whether the input box is enabled (default is true).

A string to show as placeholder in the input box to guide the user.

Setter and getter for the contents of the input box.

Controls whether the input box is visible (default is true).

源代码控制资源装饰

源控制资源状态的装饰。可以为浅色和深色主题分别独立指定。

属性

The dark theme decorations.

Whether the source control resource state should be faded in the UI.

The icon path for a specific source control resource state.

The light theme decorations.

Whether the source control resource state should be striked-through in the UI.

The title for a specific source control resource state.

源代码控制资源组

源代码控制资源组是一组 源代码控制资源状态

属性

Context value of the resource group. This can be used to contribute resource group specific actions. For example, if a resource group is given a context value of exportable, when contributing actions to scm/resourceGroup/context using menus extension point, you can specify context value for key scmResourceGroupState in when expressions, like scmResourceGroupState == exportable.

"contributes": {
  "menus": {
    "scm/resourceGroup/context": [
      {
        "command": "extension.export",
        "when": "scmResourceGroupState == exportable"
      }
    ]
  }
}

This will show action extension.export only for resource groups with contextValue equal to exportable.

Whether this source control resource group is hidden when it contains no source control resource states.

The id of this source control resource group.

The label of this source control resource group.

This group's collection of source control resource states.

方法

Dispose this source control resource group.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

源控制资源状态

源代码控制资源状态表示在特定 源代码控制组中的底层工作区资源的状态。

属性

The Command which should be run when the resource state is open in the Source Control viewlet.

Context value of the resource state. This can be used to contribute resource specific actions. For example, if a resource is given a context value as diffable. When contributing actions to scm/resourceState/context using menus extension point, you can specify context value for key scmResourceState in when expressions, like scmResourceState == diffable.

"contributes": {
  "menus": {
    "scm/resourceState/context": [
      {
        "command": "extension.diff",
        "when": "scmResourceState == diffable"
      }
    ]
  }
}

This will show action extension.diff only for resources with contextValue is diffable.

The decorations for this source control resource state.

The Uri of the underlying resource inside the workspace.

源代码控制资源主题化装饰

用于源代码管理资源状态的主题感知装饰 .

属性

The icon path for a specific source control resource state.

语句覆盖

包含有关单个语句或行的覆盖信息。

构造函数

ParameterDescription
executed: number | boolean

The number of times this statement was executed, or a boolean indicating whether it was executed if the exact count is unknown. If zero or false, the statement will be marked as un-covered.

location: Range | Position

The statement position.

branches?: BranchCoverage[]

Coverage from branches of this line. If it's not a conditional, this should be omitted.

ReturnsDescription
StatementCoverage

属性

Coverage from branches of this line or statement. If it's not a conditional, this will be empty.

The number of times this statement was executed, or a boolean indicating whether it was executed if the exact count is unknown. If zero or false, the statement will be marked as un-covered.

Statement location.

状态栏对齐方式

表示状态栏项目的对齐方式。

枚举成员

Aligned to the left side.

Aligned to the right side.

状态栏项目

状态栏项是一个状态栏贡献,可以显示文本和图标,并在点击时运行命令。

属性

Accessibility information used when a screen reader interacts with this StatusBar item

The alignment of this item.

The background color for this entry.

Note: only the following colors are supported:

  • new ThemeColor('statusBarItem.errorBackground')
  • new ThemeColor('statusBarItem.warningBackground')

More background colors may be supported in the future.

Note: when a background color is set, the statusbar may override the color choice to ensure the entry is readable in all themes.

The foreground color for this entry.

Command or identifier of a command to run on click.

The command must be known.

Note that if this is a Command object, only the command and arguments are used by the editor.

The identifier of this item.

Note: if no identifier was provided by the window.createStatusBarItem method, the identifier will match the extension identifier.

The name of the entry, like 'Python Language Indicator', 'Git Status' etc. Try to keep the length of the name short, yet descriptive enough that users can understand what the status bar item is about.

The priority of this item. Higher value means the item should be shown more to the left.

The text to show for the entry. You can embed icons in the text by leveraging the syntax:

My text $(icon-name) contains icons like $(icon-name) this one.

Where the icon-name is taken from the ThemeIcon icon set, e.g. light-bulb, thumbsup, zap etc.

The tooltip text when you hover over this entry.

方法

Dispose and free associated resources. Call hide.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Hide the entry in the status bar.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Shows the entry in the status bar.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

符号信息

表示有关变量、类、接口等编程构造的信息。

构造函数

Creates a new symbol information object.

ParameterDescription
name: string

The name of the symbol.

kind: SymbolKind

The kind of the symbol.

containerName: string

The name of the symbol containing the symbol.

location: Location

The location of the symbol.

ReturnsDescription
SymbolInformation

Creates a new symbol information object.

  • deprecated - Please use the constructor taking a Location object.
ParameterDescription
name: string

The name of the symbol.

kind: SymbolKind

The kind of the symbol.

range: Range

The range of the location of the symbol.

uri?: Uri

The resource of the location of symbol, defaults to the current document.

containerName?: string

The name of the symbol containing the symbol.

ReturnsDescription
SymbolInformation

属性

The name of the symbol containing this symbol.

The kind of this symbol.

The location of this symbol.

The name of this symbol.

Tags for this symbol.

符号种类

一种符号。

枚举成员

The File symbol kind.

The Module symbol kind.

The Namespace symbol kind.

The Package symbol kind.

The Class symbol kind.

The Method symbol kind.

The Property symbol kind.

The Field symbol kind.

The Constructor symbol kind.

The Enum symbol kind.

The Interface symbol kind.

The Function symbol kind.

The Variable symbol kind.

The Constant symbol kind.

The String symbol kind.

The Number symbol kind.

The Boolean symbol kind.

The Array symbol kind.

The Object symbol kind.

The Key symbol kind.

The Null symbol kind.

The EnumMember symbol kind.

The Struct symbol kind.

The Event symbol kind.

The Operator symbol kind.

The TypeParameter symbol kind.

符号标签

符号标签是用于调整符号渲染的额外注释。

枚举成员

Render a symbol as obsolete, usually using a strike-out.

语法令牌类型

常见语法标记类型的枚举。

枚举成员

Everything except tokens that are part of comments, string literals and regular expressions.

A comment.

A string literal.

A regular expression.

Tab

代表一个 标签组中的标签。 标签只是编辑区域中的图形表示。 一个支持编辑器并不保证。

属性

The group which the tab belongs to.

Defines the structure of the tab i.e. text, notebook, custom, etc. Resource and other useful properties are defined on the tab kind.

Whether or not the tab is currently active. This is dictated by being the selected tab in the group.

Whether or not the dirty indicator is present on the tab.

Whether or not the tab is pinned (pin icon is present).

Whether or not the tab is in preview mode.

The text displayed on the tab.

标签页更改事件

一个描述标签变化的事件。

属性

Tabs that have changed, e.g have changed their active state.

The tabs that have been closed.

The tabs that have been opened.

标签组

代表一个标签组。标签组本身由多个标签组成。

属性

The active tab in the group. This is the tab whose contents are currently being rendered.

Note that there can be one active tab per group but there can only be one active group.

Whether or not the group is currently active.

Note that only one tab group is active at a time, but that multiple tab groups can have an active tab.

See also Tab.isActive

The list of tabs contained within the group. This can be empty if the group has no tabs open.

The view column of the group.

标签组更改事件

描述更改标签组的事件。

属性

Tab groups that have changed, e.g have changed their active state.

Tab groups that have been closed.

Tab groups that have been opened.

标签组

代表主要编辑区域,该区域由多个组组成,每个组包含标签。

事件

An event which fires when tab groups have changed.

An event which fires when tabs have changed.

属性

The currently active group.

All the groups within the group container.

方法

Closes the tab. This makes the tab object invalid and the tab should no longer be used for further actions. Note: In the case of a dirty tab, a confirmation dialog will be shown which may be cancelled. If cancelled the tab is still valid

ParameterDescription
tab: Tab | readonly Tab[]

The tab to close.

preserveFocus?: boolean

When true focus will remain in its current position. If false it will jump to the next tab.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<boolean>

A promise that resolves to true when all tabs have been closed.

Closes the tab group. This makes the tab group object invalid and the tab group should no longer be used for further actions.

ParameterDescription
tabGroup: TabGroup | readonly TabGroup[]

The tab group to close.

preserveFocus?: boolean

When true focus will remain in its current position.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<boolean>

A promise that resolves to true when all tab groups have been closed.

标签输入自定义

标签代表一个自定义编辑器。

构造函数

Constructs a custom editor tab input.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

The uri of the tab.

viewType: string

The viewtype of the custom editor.

ReturnsDescription
TabInputCustom

属性

The uri that the tab is representing.

The type of custom editor.

标签输入笔记本

标签代表一个笔记本。

构造函数

Constructs a new tab input for a notebook.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

The uri of the notebook.

notebookType: string

The type of notebook. Maps to NotebookDocuments's notebookType

ReturnsDescription
TabInputNotebook

属性

The type of notebook. Maps to NotebookDocuments's notebookType

The uri that the tab is representing.

标签输入笔记本差异

标签代表在不同配置中的两个笔记本。

构造函数

Constructs a notebook diff tab input.

ParameterDescription
original: Uri

The uri of the original unmodified notebook.

modified: Uri

The uri of the modified notebook.

notebookType: string

The type of notebook. Maps to NotebookDocuments's notebookType

ReturnsDescription
TabInputNotebookDiff

属性

The uri of the modified notebook.

The type of notebook. Maps to NotebookDocuments's notebookType

The uri of the original notebook.

输入终端

标签代表编辑区域中的一个终端。

构造函数

Constructs a terminal tab input.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
TabInputTerminal

标签输入文本

标签代表一个基于文本的资源。

构造函数

Constructs a text tab input with the given URI.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

The URI of the tab.

ReturnsDescription
TabInputText

属性

The uri represented by the tab.

标签输入文本差异

该标签表示两个文本资源被渲染为差异。

构造函数

Constructs a new text diff tab input with the given URIs.

ParameterDescription
original: Uri

The uri of the original text resource.

modified: Uri

The uri of the modified text resource.

ReturnsDescription
TabInputTextDiff

属性

The uri of the modified text resource.

The uri of the original text resource.

标签输入网页视图

标签代表一个网页视图。

构造函数

Constructs a webview tab input with the given view type.

ParameterDescription
viewType: string

The type of webview. Maps to WebviewPanel's viewType

ReturnsDescription
TabInputWebview

属性

The type of webview. Maps to WebviewPanel's viewType

任务

一个执行任务

构造函数

Creates a new task.

ParameterDescription
taskDefinition: TaskDefinition

The task definition as defined in the taskDefinitions extension point.

scope: WorkspaceFolder | Global | Workspace

Specifies the task's scope. It is either a global or a workspace task or a task for a specific workspace folder. Global tasks are currently not supported.

name: string

The task's name. Is presented in the user interface.

source: string

The task's source (e.g. 'gulp', 'npm', ...). Is presented in the user interface.

execution?: ProcessExecution | ShellExecution | CustomExecution

The process or shell execution.

problemMatchers?: string | string[]

the names of problem matchers to use, like '$tsc' or '$eslint'. Problem matchers can be contributed by an extension using the problemMatchers extension point.

ReturnsDescription
Task

Creates a new task.

  • deprecated - Use the new constructors that allow specifying a scope for the task.
ParameterDescription
taskDefinition: TaskDefinition

The task definition as defined in the taskDefinitions extension point.

name: string

The task's name. Is presented in the user interface.

source: string

The task's source (e.g. 'gulp', 'npm', ...). Is presented in the user interface.

execution?: ProcessExecution | ShellExecution

The process or shell execution.

problemMatchers?: string | string[]

the names of problem matchers to use, like '$tsc' or '$eslint'. Problem matchers can be contributed by an extension using the problemMatchers extension point.

ReturnsDescription
Task

属性

The task's definition.

A human-readable string which is rendered less prominently on a separate line in places where the task's name is displayed. Supports rendering of theme icons via the $(<name>)-syntax.

The task's execution engine

The task group this tasks belongs to. See TaskGroup for a predefined set of available groups. Defaults to undefined meaning that the task doesn't belong to any special group.

Whether the task is a background task or not.

The task's name

The presentation options. Defaults to an empty literal.

The problem matchers attached to the task. Defaults to an empty array.

Run options for the task

The task's scope.

A human-readable string describing the source of this shell task, e.g. 'gulp' or 'npm'. Supports rendering of theme icons via the $(<name>)-syntax.

任务定义

系统中定义任务类型的结构。 该值必须是可JSON序列化的。

属性

The task definition describing the task provided by an extension. Usually a task provider defines more properties to identify a task. They need to be defined in the package.json of the extension under the 'taskDefinitions' extension point. The npm task definition for example looks like this

interface NpmTaskDefinition extends TaskDefinition {
  script: string;
}

Note that type identifier starting with a '$' are reserved for internal usages and shouldn't be used by extensions.

任务结束事件

一个表示已执行任务结束的事件。

此接口不打算实现。

属性

The task item representing the task that finished.

任务执行

一个表示已执行任务的对象。可以用来终止一个任务。

此接口不打算实现。

属性

The task that got started.

方法

Terminates the task execution.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

任务过滤器

任务过滤器通过版本和类型来标识任务

属性

The task type to return;

The task version as used in the tasks.json file. The string support the package.json semver notation.

任务组

一个用于任务的分组。编辑器默认支持“清理”、“构建”、“重建所有”和“测试”分组。

静态

The build task group;

The clean task group;

The rebuild all task group;

The test all task group;

构造函数

Private constructor

ParameterDescription
id: string

Identifier of a task group.

label: string

The human-readable name of a task group.

ReturnsDescription
TaskGroup

属性

The ID of the task group. Is one of TaskGroup.Clean.id, TaskGroup.Build.id, TaskGroup.Rebuild.id, or TaskGroup.Test.id.

Whether the task that is part of this group is the default for the group. This property cannot be set through API, and is controlled by a user's task configurations.

任务面板类型

控制任务通道在任务之间的使用方式

枚举成员

Shares a panel with other tasks. This is the default.

Uses a dedicated panel for this tasks. The panel is not shared with other tasks.

Creates a new panel whenever this task is executed.

任务展示选项

控制任务在用户界面中的呈现方式。

属性

Controls whether the terminal is cleared before executing the task.

Controls whether the terminal is closed after executing the task.

Controls whether the command associated with the task is echoed in the user interface.

Controls whether the panel showing the task output is taking focus.

Controls if the task panel is used for this task only (dedicated), shared between tasks (shared) or if a new panel is created on every task execution (new). Defaults to TaskInstanceKind.Shared

Controls whether the task output is reveal in the user interface. Defaults to RevealKind.Always.

Controls whether to show the "Terminal will be reused by tasks, press any key to close it" message.

任务处理结束事件

一个表示通过任务触发的进程执行结束的事件

属性

The task execution for which the process got started.

The process's exit code. Will be undefined when the task is terminated.

任务处理开始事件

一个标志着通过任务触发的进程执行开始的事件

属性

The task execution for which the process got started.

The underlying process id.

任务提供者<T>

任务提供者允许将任务添加到任务服务中。 任务提供者通过tasks.registerTaskProvider进行注册。

方法

Provides tasks.

ParameterDescription
token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T[]>

an array of tasks

Resolves a task that has no execution set. Tasks are often created from information found in the tasks.json-file. Such tasks miss the information on how to execute them and a task provider must fill in the missing information in the resolveTask-method. This method will not be called for tasks returned from the above provideTasks method since those tasks are always fully resolved. A valid default implementation for the resolveTask method is to return undefined.

Note that when filling in the properties of task, you must be sure to use the exact same TaskDefinition and not create a new one. Other properties may be changed.

ParameterDescription
task: T

The task to resolve.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T>

The resolved task

任务揭示种类

控制终端的可见性行为。

枚举成员

Always brings the terminal to front if the task is executed.

Only brings the terminal to front if a problem is detected executing the task (e.g. the task couldn't be started because).

The terminal never comes to front when the task is executed.

任务范围

任务的范围。

枚举成员

The task is a global task. Global tasks are currently not supported.

The task is a workspace task

任务开始事件

一个标志着任务执行开始的事件。

此接口不打算实现。

属性

The task item representing the task that got started.

遥测记录器

一个遥测记录器,扩展可以使用它来记录使用和错误遥测。

一个日志记录器包裹在一个发送者周围,但它保证了

  • 用户设置以禁用或调整遥测数据的设置得到了尊重,并且
  • 潜在的敏感数据已被移除

它还实现了一个“回声用户界面”,该界面打印发送的任何数据,并允许编辑器将未处理的错误转发到相应的扩展。

获取一个TelemetryLogger的实例,使用 createTelemetryLogger

事件

An Event which fires when the enablement state of usage or error telemetry changes.

属性

Whether or not error telemetry is enabled for this logger.

Whether or not usage telemetry is enabled for this logger.

方法

Dispose this object and free resources.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Log an error event.

After completing cleaning, telemetry setting checks, and data mix-in calls TelemetrySender.sendEventData to log the event. Differs from logUsage in that it will log the event if the telemetry setting is Error+. Automatically supports echoing to extension telemetry output channel.

ParameterDescription
eventName: string

The event name to log

data?: Record<string, any>

The data to log

ReturnsDescription
void

Log an error event.

Calls TelemetrySender.sendErrorData. Does cleaning, telemetry checks, and data mix-in. Automatically supports echoing to extension telemetry output channel. Will also automatically log any exceptions thrown within the extension host process.

ParameterDescription
error: Error

The error object which contains the stack trace cleaned of PII

data?: Record<string, any>

Additional data to log alongside the stack trace

ReturnsDescription
void

Log a usage event.

After completing cleaning, telemetry setting checks, and data mix-in calls TelemetrySender.sendEventData to log the event. Automatically supports echoing to extension telemetry output channel.

ParameterDescription
eventName: string

The event name to log

data?: Record<string, any>

The data to log

ReturnsDescription
void

遥测记录器选项

属性

Any additional common properties which should be injected into the data object.

Whether or not you want to avoid having the built-in common properties such as os, extension name, etc injected into the data object. Defaults to false if not defined.

Whether or not unhandled errors on the extension host caused by your extension should be logged to your sender. Defaults to false if not defined.

遥测发送器

遥测发送器是遥测记录器和某些遥测服务之间的合同。注意扩展不应直接调用发送器的方法,因为记录器提供了额外的保护和清理。

const sender: vscode.TelemetrySender = {...};
const logger = vscode.env.createTelemetryLogger(sender);

// GOOD - uses the logger
logger.logUsage('myEvent', { myData: 'myValue' });

// BAD - uses the sender directly: no data cleansing, ignores user settings, no echoing to the telemetry output channel etc
sender.logEvent('myEvent', { myData: 'myValue' });

方法

Optional flush function which will give this sender a chance to send any remaining events as its TelemetryLogger is being disposed

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void | Thenable<void>

Function to send an error. Used within a TelemetryLogger

ParameterDescription
error: Error

The error being logged

data?: Record<string, any>

Any additional data to be collected with the exception

ReturnsDescription
void

Function to send event data without a stacktrace. Used within a TelemetryLogger

ParameterDescription
eventName: string

The name of the event which you are logging

data?: Record<string, any>

A serializable key value pair that is being logged

ReturnsDescription
void

遥测可信值<T>

一个特殊值包装器,表示一个可以安全不清理的值。 当您可以保证该值中不包含任何可识别的信息,并且清理会错误地遮盖它时,应使用此包装器。

构造函数

Creates a new telemetry trusted value.

ParameterDescription
value: T

A value to trust

ReturnsDescription
TelemetryTrustedValue<T>

属性

The value that is trusted to not contain PII.

终端

集成终端中的单个终端实例。

属性

The object used to initialize the terminal, this is useful for example to detecting the shell type of when the terminal was not launched by this extension or for detecting what folder the shell was launched in.

The exit status of the terminal, this will be undefined while the terminal is active.

Example: Show a notification with the exit code when the terminal exits with a non-zero exit code.

window.onDidCloseTerminal(t => {
  if (t.exitStatus && t.exitStatus.code) {
    vscode.window.showInformationMessage(`Exit code: ${t.exitStatus.code}`);
  }
});

The name of the terminal.

The process ID of the shell process.

An object that contains shell integration-powered features for the terminal. This will always be undefined immediately after the terminal is created. Listen to window.onDidChangeTerminalShellIntegration to be notified when shell integration is activated for a terminal.

Note that this object may remain undefined if shell integration never activates. For example Command Prompt does not support shell integration and a user's shell setup could conflict with the automatic shell integration activation.

The current state of the Terminal.

方法

Dispose and free associated resources.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Hide the terminal panel if this terminal is currently showing.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Send text to the terminal. The text is written to the stdin of the underlying pty process (shell) of the terminal.

ParameterDescription
text: string

The text to send.

shouldExecute?: boolean

Indicates that the text being sent should be executed rather than just inserted in the terminal. The character(s) added are \n or \r\n, depending on the platform. This defaults to true.

ReturnsDescription
void

Show the terminal panel and reveal this terminal in the UI.

ParameterDescription
preserveFocus?: boolean

When true the terminal will not take focus.

ReturnsDescription
void

终端尺寸

表示终端的尺寸。

属性

The number of columns in the terminal.

The number of rows in the terminal.

终端编辑器位置选项

假定一个终端位置编辑器,并允许指定一个视图列保持焦点属性

属性

An optional flag that when true will stop the Terminal from taking focus.

A view column in which the terminal should be shown in the editor area. The default is the active. Columns that do not exist will be created as needed up to the maximum of ViewColumn.Nine. Use ViewColumn.Beside to open the editor to the side of the currently active one.

终端退出原因

终端退出原因种类。

枚举成员

Unknown reason.

The window closed/reloaded.

The shell process exited.

The user closed the terminal.

An extension disposed the terminal.

终端退出状态

表示终端如何退出。

属性

The exit code that a terminal exited with, it can have the following values:

  • Zero: the terminal process or custom execution succeeded.
  • Non-zero: the terminal process or custom execution failed.
  • undefined: the user forcibly closed the terminal or a custom execution exited without providing an exit code.

The reason that triggered the exit of a terminal.

终端线上的一个链接。

构造函数

Creates a new terminal link.

ParameterDescription
startIndex: number

The start index of the link on TerminalLinkContext.line.

length: number

The length of the link on TerminalLinkContext.line.

tooltip?: string

The tooltip text when you hover over this link.

If a tooltip is provided, is will be displayed in a string that includes instructions on how to trigger the link, such as {0} (ctrl + click). The specific instructions vary depending on OS, user settings, and localization.

ReturnsDescription
TerminalLink

属性

The length of the link on TerminalLinkContext.line.

The start index of the link on TerminalLinkContext.line.

The tooltip text when you hover over this link.

If a tooltip is provided, is will be displayed in a string that includes instructions on how to trigger the link, such as {0} (ctrl + click). The specific instructions vary depending on OS, user settings, and localization.

终端链接上下文

提供终端中线路的信息,以便为其提供链接。

属性

This is the text from the unwrapped line in the terminal.

The terminal the link belongs to.

终端链接提供者<T>

一个能够检测和处理终端内链接的提供者。

方法

Handle an activated terminal link.

ParameterDescription
link: T

The link to handle.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<void>

Provide terminal links for the given context. Note that this can be called multiple times even before previous calls resolve, make sure to not share global objects (eg. RegExp) that could have problems when asynchronous usage may overlap.

ParameterDescription
context: TerminalLinkContext

Information about what links are being provided for.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T[]>

A list of terminal links for the given line.

终端位置

终端的位置。

枚举成员

In the terminal view

In the editor area

终端选项

值对象描述终端应使用的选项。

属性

The icon ThemeColor for the terminal. The terminal.ansi* theme keys are recommended for the best contrast and consistency across themes.

A path or Uri for the current working directory to be used for the terminal.

Object with environment variables that will be added to the editor process.

When enabled the terminal will run the process as normal but not be surfaced to the user until Terminal.show is called. The typical usage for this is when you need to run something that may need interactivity but only want to tell the user about it when interaction is needed. Note that the terminals will still be exposed to all extensions as normal. The hidden terminals will not be restored when the workspace is next opened.

The icon path or ThemeIcon for the terminal.

Opt-out of the default terminal persistence on restart and reload. This will only take effect when terminal.integrated.enablePersistentSessions is enabled.

A message to write to the terminal on first launch, note that this is not sent to the process but, rather written directly to the terminal. This supports escape sequences such a setting text style.

A human-readable string which will be used to represent the terminal in the UI.

Args for the custom shell executable. A string can be used on Windows only which allows specifying shell args in command-line format.

The nonce to use to verify shell integration sequences are coming from a trusted source. An example impact of UX of this is if the command line is reported with a nonce, it will not need to verify with the user that the command line is correct before rerunning it via the shell integration command decoration.

This should be used if the terminal includes custom shell integration support. It should be set to a random GUID which will then set the VSCODE_NONCE environment variable. Inside the shell, this should then be removed from the environment so as to protect it from general access. Once that is done it can be passed through in the relevant sequences to make them trusted.

A path to a custom shell executable to be used in the terminal.

Whether the terminal process environment should be exactly as provided in TerminalOptions.env. When this is false (default), the environment will be based on the window's environment and also apply configured platform settings like terminal.integrated.env.windows on top. When this is true, the complete environment must be provided as nothing will be inherited from the process or any configuration.

终端配置文件

终端配置文件定义了如何启动终端。

构造函数

Creates a new terminal profile.

ParameterDescription
options: TerminalOptions | ExtensionTerminalOptions

The options that the terminal will launch with.

ReturnsDescription
TerminalProfile

属性

The options that the terminal will launch with.

终端配置提供程序

当通过UI或命令启动时,提供一个终端配置文件。

方法

Provide the terminal profile.

ParameterDescription
token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token that indicates the result is no longer needed.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<TerminalProfile>

The terminal profile.

Shell终端执行

在终端中执行的命令。

属性

The command line that was executed. The confidence of this value depends on the specific shell's shell integration implementation. This value may become more accurate after window.onDidEndTerminalShellExecution is fired.

Example

// Log the details of the command line on start and end
window.onDidStartTerminalShellExecution(event => {
  const commandLine = event.execution.commandLine;
  console.log(`Command started\n${summarizeCommandLine(commandLine)}`);
});
window.onDidEndTerminalShellExecution(event => {
  const commandLine = event.execution.commandLine;
  console.log(`Command ended\n${summarizeCommandLine(commandLine)}`);
});
function summarizeCommandLine(commandLine: TerminalShellExecutionCommandLine) {
  return [
    `  Command line: ${command.commandLine.value}`,
    `  Confidence: ${command.commandLine.confidence}`,
    `  Trusted: ${command.commandLine.isTrusted}
  ].join('\n');
}

The working directory that was reported by the shell when this command executed. This Uri may represent a file on another machine (eg. ssh into another machine). This requires the shell integration to support working directory reporting.

方法

Creates a stream of raw data (including escape sequences) that is written to the terminal. This will only include data that was written after read was called for the first time, ie. you must call read immediately after the command is executed via TerminalShellIntegration.executeCommand or window.onDidStartTerminalShellExecution to not miss any data.

Example

// Log all data written to the terminal for a command
const command = term.shellIntegration.executeCommand({ commandLine: 'echo "Hello world"' });
const stream = command.read();
for await (const data of stream) {
  console.log(data);
}
ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
AsyncIterable<string>

Shell终端执行命令行

在终端中执行的命令行。

属性

The confidence of the command line value which is determined by how the value was obtained. This depends upon the implementation of the shell integration script.

Whether the command line value came from a trusted source and is therefore safe to execute without user additional confirmation, such as a notification that asks "Do you want to execute (command)?". This verification is likely only needed if you are going to execute the command again.

This is true only when the command line was reported explicitly by the shell integration script (ie. high confidence) and it used a nonce for verification.

The full command line that was executed, including both the command and its arguments.

Shell终端执行命令行置信度

一个Shell终端执行命令行值的置信度。

枚举成员

The command line value confidence is low. This means that the value was read from the terminal buffer using markers reported by the shell integration script. Additionally one of the following conditions will be met:

  • The command started on the very left-most column which is unusual, or
  • The command is multi-line which is more difficult to accurately detect due to line continuation characters and right prompts.
  • Command line markers were not reported by the shell integration script.

The command line value confidence is medium. This means that the value was read from the terminal buffer using markers reported by the shell integration script. The command is single-line and does not start on the very left-most column (which is unusual).

The command line value confidence is high. This means that the value was explicitly sent from the shell integration script or the command was executed via the TerminalShellIntegration.executeCommand API.

Shell终端执行结束事件

一个表示在终端中执行结束的事件。

属性

The terminal shell execution that has ended.

The exit code reported by the shell.

When this is undefined it can mean several things:

  • The shell either did not report an exit code (ie. the shell integration script is misbehaving)
  • The shell reported a command started before the command finished (eg. a sub-shell was opened).
  • The user canceled the command via ctrl+c.
  • The user pressed enter when there was no input.

Generally this should not happen. Depending on the use case, it may be best to treat this as a failure.

Example

const execution = shellIntegration.executeCommand({
  command: 'echo',
  args: ['Hello world']
});
window.onDidEndTerminalShellExecution(event => {
  if (event.execution === execution) {
    if (event.exitCode === undefined) {
      console.log('Command finished but exit code is unknown');
    } else if (event.exitCode === 0) {
      console.log('Command succeeded');
    } else {
      console.log('Command failed');
    }
  }
});

The shell integration object.

The terminal that shell integration has been activated in.

Shell终端执行开始事件

一个表示在终端中开始执行的事件。

属性

The terminal shell execution that has ended.

The shell integration object.

The terminal that shell integration has been activated in.

Shell终端集成

壳层集成-驱动的功能由终端拥有。

属性

The current working directory of the terminal. This Uri may represent a file on another machine (eg. ssh into another machine). This requires the shell integration to support working directory reporting.

方法

Execute a command, sending ^C as necessary to interrupt any running command if needed.

  • throws - When run on a terminal doesn't support this API, such as task terminals.

Example

// Execute a command in a terminal immediately after being created
const myTerm = window.createTerminal();
window.onDidChangeTerminalShellIntegration(async ({ terminal, shellIntegration }) => {
  if (terminal === myTerm) {
    const execution = shellIntegration.executeCommand('echo "Hello world"');
    window.onDidEndTerminalShellExecution(event => {
      if (event.execution === execution) {
        console.log(`Command exited with code ${event.exitCode}`);
      }
    });
  }
}));
// Fallback to sendText if there is no shell integration within 3 seconds of launching
setTimeout(() => {
  if (!myTerm.shellIntegration) {
    myTerm.sendText('echo "Hello world"');
    // Without shell integration, we can't know when the command has finished or what the
    // exit code was.
  }
}, 3000);

Example

// Send command to terminal that has been alive for a while
const commandLine = 'echo "Hello world"';
if (term.shellIntegration) {
  const execution = shellIntegration.executeCommand({ commandLine });
  window.onDidEndTerminalShellExecution(event => {
    if (event.execution === execution) {
      console.log(`Command exited with code ${event.exitCode}`);
    }
  });
} else {
  term.sendText(commandLine);
  // Without shell integration, we can't know when the command has finished or what the
  // exit code was.
}
ParameterDescription
commandLine: string

The command line to execute, this is the exact text that will be sent to the terminal.

ReturnsDescription
TerminalShellExecution

Execute a command, sending ^C as necessary to interrupt any running command if needed.

Note This is not guaranteed to work as shell integration must be activated. Check whether TerminalShellExecution.exitCode is rejected to verify whether it was successful.

Example

// Execute a command in a terminal immediately after being created
const myTerm = window.createTerminal();
window.onDidChangeTerminalShellIntegration(async ({ terminal, shellIntegration }) => {
  if (terminal === myTerm) {
    const command = shellIntegration.executeCommand({
      command: 'echo',
      args: ['Hello world']
    });
    const code = await command.exitCode;
    console.log(`Command exited with code ${code}`);
  }
}));
// Fallback to sendText if there is no shell integration within 3 seconds of launching
setTimeout(() => {
  if (!myTerm.shellIntegration) {
    myTerm.sendText('echo "Hello world"');
    // Without shell integration, we can't know when the command has finished or what the
    // exit code was.
  }
}, 3000);

Example

// Send command to terminal that has been alive for a while
const commandLine = 'echo "Hello world"';
if (term.shellIntegration) {
  const command = term.shellIntegration.executeCommand({
    command: 'echo',
    args: ['Hello world']
  });
  const code = await command.exitCode;
  console.log(`Command exited with code ${code}`);
} else {
  term.sendText(commandLine);
  // Without shell integration, we can't know when the command has finished or what the
  // exit code was.
}
ParameterDescription
executable: string

A command to run.

args: string[]

Arguments to launch the executable with. The arguments will be escaped such that they are interpreted as single arguments when the argument both contains whitespace and does not include any single quote, double quote or backtick characters.

Note that this escaping is not intended to be a security measure, be careful when passing untrusted data to this API as strings like $(...) can often be used in shells to execute code within a string.

ReturnsDescription
TerminalShellExecution

Shell终端集成更改事件

一个表示终端的 shell 集成发生变化的事件。

属性

The shell integration object.

The terminal that shell integration has been activated in.

终端拆分位置选项

使用父级终端的位置作为终端的位置

属性

The parent terminal to split this terminal beside. This works whether the parent terminal is in the panel or the editor area.

终端状态

表示终端的状态。

属性

Whether the Terminal has been interacted with. Interaction means that the terminal has sent data to the process which depending on the terminal's mode. By default input is sent when a key is pressed or when a command or extension sends text, but based on the terminal's mode it can also happen on:

  • a pointer click event
  • a pointer scroll event
  • a pointer move event
  • terminal focus in/out

For more information on events that can send data see "DEC Private Mode Set (DECSET)" on https://invisible-island.net/xterm/ctlseqs/ctlseqs.html

The detected shell type of the Terminal. This will be undefined when there is not a clear signal as to what the shell is, or the shell is not supported yet. This value should change to the shell type of a sub-shell when launched (for example, running bash inside zsh).

Note that the possible values are currently defined as any of the following: 'bash', 'cmd', 'csh', 'fish', 'gitbash', 'julia', 'ksh', 'node', 'nu', 'pwsh', 'python', 'sh', 'wsl', 'xonsh', 'zsh'.

测试控制器

发现和执行测试的入口点。它包含TestController.items,用于填充编辑器界面,并与 运行配置文件关联,以允许执行测试。

属性

The id of the controller passed in tests.createTestController. This must be globally unique.

A collection of "top-level" TestItem instances, which can in turn have their own children to form the "test tree."

The extension controls when to add tests. For example, extensions should add tests for a file when workspace.onDidOpenTextDocument fires in order for decorations for tests within a file to be visible.

However, the editor may sometimes explicitly request children using the resolveHandler See the documentation on that method for more details.

Human-readable label for the test controller.

If this method is present, a refresh button will be present in the UI, and this method will be invoked when it's clicked. When called, the extension should scan the workspace for any new, changed, or removed tests.

It's recommended that extensions try to update tests in realtime, using a FileSystemWatcher for example, and use this method as a fallback.

ParameterDescription
token: CancellationToken
ReturnsDescription
void | Thenable<void>

A thenable that resolves when tests have been refreshed.

A function provided by the extension that the editor may call to request children of a test item, if the TestItem.canResolveChildren is true. When called, the item should discover children and call TestController.createTestItem as children are discovered.

Generally the extension manages the lifecycle of test items, but under certain conditions the editor may request the children of a specific item to be loaded. For example, if the user requests to re-run tests after reloading the editor, the editor may need to call this method to resolve the previously-run tests.

The item in the explorer will automatically be marked as "busy" until the function returns or the returned thenable resolves.

ParameterDescription
item: TestItem

An unresolved test item for which children are being requested, or undefined to resolve the controller's initial items.

ReturnsDescription
void | Thenable<void>

方法

Creates a profile used for running tests. Extensions must create at least one profile in order for tests to be run.

ParameterDescription
label: string

A human-readable label for this profile.

kind: TestRunProfileKind

Configures what kind of execution this profile manages.

runHandler: (request: TestRunRequest, token: CancellationToken) => void | Thenable<void>

Function called to start a test run.

isDefault?: boolean

Whether this is the default action for its kind.

tag?: TestTag

Profile test tag.

supportsContinuousRun?: boolean

Whether the profile supports continuous running.

ReturnsDescription
TestRunProfile

An instance of a TestRunProfile, which is automatically associated with this controller.

Creates a new managed TestItem instance. It can be added into the TestItem.children of an existing item, or into the TestController.items.

ParameterDescription
id: string

Identifier for the TestItem. The test item's ID must be unique in the TestItemCollection it's added to.

label: string

Human-readable label of the test item.

uri?: Uri

URI this TestItem is associated with. May be a file or directory.

ReturnsDescription
TestItem

Creates a TestRun. This should be called by the TestRunProfile when a request is made to execute tests, and may also be called if a test run is detected externally. Once created, tests that are included in the request will be moved into the queued state.

All runs created using the same request instance will be grouped together. This is useful if, for example, a single suite of tests is run on multiple platforms.

ParameterDescription
request: TestRunRequest

Test run request. Only tests inside the include may be modified, and tests in its exclude are ignored.

name?: string

The human-readable name of the run. This can be used to disambiguate multiple sets of results in a test run. It is useful if tests are run across multiple platforms, for example.

persist?: boolean

Whether the results created by the run should be persisted in the editor. This may be false if the results are coming from a file already saved externally, such as a coverage information file.

ReturnsDescription
TestRun

An instance of the TestRun. It will be considered "running" from the moment this method is invoked until TestRun.end is called.

Unregisters the test controller, disposing of its associated tests and unpersisted results.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Marks an item's results as being outdated. This is commonly called when code or configuration changes and previous results should no longer be considered relevant. The same logic used to mark results as outdated may be used to drive continuous test runs.

If an item is passed to this method, test results for the item and all of its children will be marked as outdated. If no item is passed, then all test owned by the TestController will be marked as outdated.

Any test runs started before the moment this method is called, including runs which may still be ongoing, will be marked as outdated and deprioritized in the editor's UI.

ParameterDescription
items?: TestItem | readonly TestItem[]

Item to mark as outdated. If undefined, all the controller's items are marked outdated.

ReturnsDescription
void

测试覆盖计数

包含关于受保护资源信息的类。可以为文件中的行、分支和声明指定一个计数。

构造函数

ParameterDescription
covered: number
total: number
ReturnsDescription
TestCoverageCount

属性

Number of items covered in the file.

Total number of covered items in the file.

测试项目

在“测试资源管理器”视图中显示的项目。

A TestItem 可以代表测试套件或测试本身,因为它们都具有类似的功能。

属性

Controls whether the item is shown as "busy" in the Test Explorer view. This is useful for showing status while discovering children.

Defaults to false.

Indicates whether this test item may have children discovered by resolving.

If true, this item is shown as expandable in the Test Explorer view and expanding the item will cause TestController.resolveHandler to be invoked with the item.

Default to false.

The children of this test item. For a test suite, this may contain the individual test cases or nested suites.

Optional description that appears next to the label.

Optional error encountered while loading the test.

Note that this is not a test result and should only be used to represent errors in test discovery, such as syntax errors.

Identifier for the TestItem. This is used to correlate test results and tests in the document with those in the workspace (test explorer). This cannot change for the lifetime of the TestItem, and must be unique among its parent's direct children.

Display name describing the test case.

The parent of this item. It's set automatically, and is undefined top-level items in the TestController.items and for items that aren't yet included in another item's children.

Location of the test item in its uri.

This is only meaningful if the uri points to a file.

A string that should be used when comparing this item with other items. When falsy the label is used.

Tags associated with this test item. May be used in combination with tags, or simply as an organizational feature.

URI this TestItem is associated with. May be a file or directory.

测试项目集合

测试项目的集合,可以在 TestItem.childrenTestController.items 中找到。

属性

Gets the number of items in the collection.

方法

Adds the test item to the children. If an item with the same ID already exists, it'll be replaced.

ParameterDescription
item: TestItem

Item to add.

ReturnsDescription
void

Removes a single test item from the collection.

ParameterDescription
itemId: string

Item ID to delete.

ReturnsDescription
void

Iterate over each entry in this collection.

ParameterDescription
callback: (item: TestItem, collection: TestItemCollection) => unknown

Function to execute for each entry.

thisArg?: any

The this context used when invoking the handler function.

ReturnsDescription
void

Efficiently gets a test item by ID, if it exists, in the children.

ParameterDescription
itemId: string

Item ID to get.

ReturnsDescription
TestItem

The found item or undefined if it does not exist.

Replaces the items stored by the collection.

ParameterDescription
items: readonly TestItem[]

Items to store.

ReturnsDescription
void

测试消息

与测试状态关联的消息。可以链接到特定的源范围——例如,对断言失败很有用。

静态

Creates a new TestMessage that will present as a diff in the editor.

ParameterDescription
message: string | MarkdownString

Message to display to the user.

expected: string

Expected output.

actual: string

Actual output.

ReturnsDescription
TestMessage

构造函数

Creates a new TestMessage instance.

ParameterDescription
message: string | MarkdownString

The message to show to the user.

ReturnsDescription
TestMessage

属性

Actual test output. If given with expectedOutput , a diff view will be shown.

Context value of the test item. This can be used to contribute message- specific actions to the test peek view. The value set here can be found in the testMessage property of the following menus contribution points:

  • testing/message/context - context menu for the message in the results tree
  • testing/message/content - a prominent button overlaying editor content where the message is displayed.

For example:

"contributes": {
  "menus": {
    "testing/message/content": [
      {
        "command": "extension.deleteCommentThread",
        "when": "testMessage == canApplyRichDiff"
      }
    ]
  }
}

The command will be called with an object containing:

Expected test output. If given with actualOutput , a diff view will be shown.

Associated file location.

Human-readable message text to display.

The stack trace associated with the message or failure.

测试消息堆栈框架

TestMessage.stackTrace中找到一个堆栈框架。

构造函数

ParameterDescription
label: string

The name of the stack frame

uri?: Uri
position?: Position

The position of the stack frame within the file

ReturnsDescription
TestMessageStackFrame

属性

The name of the stack frame, typically a method or function name.

Position of the stack frame within the file.

The location of this stack frame. This should be provided as a URI if the location of the call frame can be accessed by the editor.

测试运行

一个TestRun代表一个正在进行或已完成的测试运行,并提供方法来报告运行中各个测试的状态。

事件

An event fired when the editor is no longer interested in data associated with the test run.

属性

Whether the test run will be persisted across reloads by the editor.

The human-readable name of the run. This can be used to disambiguate multiple sets of results in a test run. It is useful if tests are run across multiple platforms, for example.

A cancellation token which will be triggered when the test run is canceled from the UI.

方法

Adds coverage for a file in the run.

ParameterDescription
fileCoverage: FileCoverage
ReturnsDescription
void

Appends raw output from the test runner. On the user's request, the output will be displayed in a terminal. ANSI escape sequences, such as colors and text styles, are supported. New lines must be given as CRLF (\r\n) rather than LF (\n).

ParameterDescription
output: string

Output text to append.

location?: Location

Indicate that the output was logged at the given location.

test?: TestItem

Test item to associate the output with.

ReturnsDescription
void

Signals the end of the test run. Any tests included in the run whose states have not been updated will have their state reset.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Indicates a test is queued for later execution.

ParameterDescription
test: TestItem

Test item to update.

ReturnsDescription
void

Indicates a test has errored. You should pass one or more TestMessages to describe the failure. This differs from the "failed" state in that it indicates a test that couldn't be executed at all, from a compilation error for example.

ParameterDescription
test: TestItem

Test item to update.

message: TestMessage | readonly TestMessage[]

Messages associated with the test failure.

duration?: number

How long the test took to execute, in milliseconds.

ReturnsDescription
void

Indicates a test has failed. You should pass one or more TestMessages to describe the failure.

ParameterDescription
test: TestItem

Test item to update.

message: TestMessage | readonly TestMessage[]

Messages associated with the test failure.

duration?: number

How long the test took to execute, in milliseconds.

ReturnsDescription
void

Indicates a test has passed.

ParameterDescription
test: TestItem

Test item to update.

duration?: number

How long the test took to execute, in milliseconds.

ReturnsDescription
void

Indicates a test has been skipped.

ParameterDescription
test: TestItem

Test item to update.

ReturnsDescription
void

Indicates a test has started running.

ParameterDescription
test: TestItem

Test item to update.

ReturnsDescription
void

测试运行配置文件

测试运行配置描述了在测试控制器中执行测试的一种方式。

事件

Fired when a user has changed whether this is a default profile. The event contains the new value of isDefault

属性

If this method is present, a configuration gear will be present in the UI, and this method will be invoked when it's clicked. When called, you can take other editor actions, such as showing a quick pick or opening a configuration file.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Controls whether this profile is the default action that will be taken when its kind is actioned. For example, if the user clicks the generic "run all" button, then the default profile for TestRunProfileKind.Run will be executed, although the user can configure this.

Changes the user makes in their default profiles will be reflected in this property after a onDidChangeDefault event.

Configures what kind of execution this profile controls. If there are no profiles for a kind, it will not be available in the UI.

Label shown to the user in the UI.

Note that the label has some significance if the user requests that tests be re-run in a certain way. For example, if tests were run normally and the user requests to re-run them in debug mode, the editor will attempt use a configuration with the same label of the Debug kind. If there is no such configuration, the default will be used.

An extension-provided function that provides detailed statement and function-level coverage for a file. The editor will call this when more detail is needed for a file, such as when it's opened in an editor or expanded in the Test Coverage view.

The FileCoverage object passed to this function is the same instance emitted on TestRun.addCoverage calls associated with this profile.

ParameterDescription
testRun: TestRun
fileCoverage: FileCoverage
token: CancellationToken
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<FileCoverageDetail[]>

An extension-provided function that provides detailed statement and function-level coverage for a single test in a file. This is the per-test sibling of TestRunProfile.loadDetailedCoverage, called only if a test item is provided in FileCoverage.includesTests and only for files where such data is reported.

Often TestRunProfile.loadDetailedCoverage will be called first when a user opens a file, and then this method will be called if they drill down into specific per-test coverage information. This method should then return coverage data only for statements and declarations executed by the specific test during the run.

The FileCoverage object passed to this function is the same instance emitted on TestRun.addCoverage calls associated with this profile.

ParameterDescription
testRun: TestRun

The test run that generated the coverage data.

fileCoverage: FileCoverage

The file coverage object to load detailed coverage for.

fromTestItem: TestItem

The test item to request coverage information for.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token that indicates the operation should be cancelled.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<FileCoverageDetail[]>

Handler called to start a test run. When invoked, the function should call TestController.createTestRun at least once, and all test runs associated with the request should be created before the function returns or the returned promise is resolved.

If supportsContinuousRun is set, then TestRunRequest.continuous may be true. In this case, the profile should observe changes to source code and create new test runs by calling TestController.createTestRun, until the cancellation is requested on the token.

ParameterDescription
request: TestRunRequest

Request information for the test run.

token: CancellationToken
ReturnsDescription
void | Thenable<void>

Whether this profile supports continuous running of requests. If so, then TestRunRequest.continuous may be set to true. Defaults to false.

Associated tag for the profile. If this is set, only TestItem instances with the same tag will be eligible to execute in this profile.

方法

Deletes the run profile.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

测试运行配置文件类型

TestRunProfiles控制的执行类型。

枚举成员

The Run test profile kind.

The Debug test profile kind.

The Coverage test profile kind.

测试运行请求

测试运行请求是测试运行的前奏测试运行,测试运行是由传递请求到测试控制器创建测试运行。测试运行请求包含有关应运行哪些测试、不应运行哪些测试以及如何运行这些测试(通过配置文件)的信息。

通常,TestRunRequests 由编辑器创建并传递到 TestRunProfile.runHandler,但是你也可以在 runHandler之外创建测试请求和运行。

构造函数

ParameterDescription
include?: readonly TestItem[]

Array of specific tests to run, or undefined to run all tests

exclude?: readonly TestItem[]

An array of tests to exclude from the run.

profile?: TestRunProfile

The run profile used for this request.

continuous?: boolean

Whether to run tests continuously as source changes.

preserveFocus?: boolean

Whether to preserve the user's focus when the run is started

ReturnsDescription
TestRunRequest

属性

Whether the profile should run continuously as source code changes. Only relevant for profiles that set TestRunProfile.supportsContinuousRun.

An array of tests the user has marked as excluded from the test included in this run; exclusions should apply after inclusions.

May be omitted if no exclusions were requested. Test controllers should not run excluded tests or any children of excluded tests.

A filter for specific tests to run. If given, the extension should run all of the included tests and all their children, excluding any tests that appear in TestRunRequest.exclude. If this property is undefined, then the extension should simply run all tests.

The process of running tests should resolve the children of any test items who have not yet been resolved.

Controls how test Test Results view is focused. If true, the editor will keep the maintain the user's focus. If false, the editor will prefer to move focus into the Test Results view, although this may be configured by users.

The profile used for this request. This will always be defined for requests issued from the editor UI, though extensions may programmatically create requests not associated with any profile.

测试标签

标签可以与测试项目测试运行配置文件关联。带有标签的配置文件只能执行其测试项目标签数组中包含该标签的测试。

构造函数

Creates a new TestTag instance.

ParameterDescription
id: string

ID of the test tag.

ReturnsDescription
TestTag

属性

ID of the test tag. TestTag instances with the same ID are considered to be identical.

文本文档

表示一个文本文档,例如源文件。文本文档有 和关于其底层资源(如文件)的知识。

属性

The file encoding of this document that will be used when the document is saved.

Use the onDidChangeTextDocument-event to get notified when the document encoding changes.

Note that the possible encoding values are currently defined as any of the following: 'utf8', 'utf8bom', 'utf16le', 'utf16be', 'windows1252', 'iso88591', 'iso88593', 'iso885915', 'macroman', 'cp437', 'windows1256', 'iso88596', 'windows1257', 'iso88594', 'iso885914', 'windows1250', 'iso88592', 'cp852', 'windows1251', 'cp866', 'cp1125', 'iso88595', 'koi8r', 'koi8u', 'iso885913', 'windows1253', 'iso88597', 'windows1255', 'iso88598', 'iso885910', 'iso885916', 'windows1254', 'iso88599', 'windows1258', 'gbk', 'gb18030', 'cp950', 'big5hkscs', 'shiftjis', 'eucjp', 'euckr', 'windows874', 'iso885911', 'koi8ru', 'koi8t', 'gb2312', 'cp865', 'cp850'.

The end of line sequence that is predominately used in this document.

The file system path of the associated resource. Shorthand notation for TextDocument.uri.fsPath. Independent of the uri scheme.

true if the document has been closed. A closed document isn't synchronized anymore and won't be re-used when the same resource is opened again.

true if there are unpersisted changes.

Is this document representing an untitled file which has never been saved yet. Note that this does not mean the document will be saved to disk, use Uri.scheme to figure out where a document will be saved, e.g. file, ftp etc.

The identifier of the language associated with this document.

The number of lines in this document.

The associated uri for this document.

Note that most documents use the file-scheme, which means they are files on disk. However, not all documents are saved on disk and therefore the scheme must be checked before trying to access the underlying file or siblings on disk.

See also

The version number of this document (it will strictly increase after each change, including undo/redo).

方法

Get the text of this document. A substring can be retrieved by providing a range. The range will be adjusted.

ParameterDescription
range?: Range

Include only the text included by the range.

ReturnsDescription
string

The text inside the provided range or the entire text.

Get a word-range at the given position. By default words are defined by common separators, like space, -, _, etc. In addition, per language custom [word definitions] can be defined. It is also possible to provide a custom regular expression.

  • Note 1: A custom regular expression must not match the empty string and if it does, it will be ignored.
  • Note 2: A custom regular expression will fail to match multiline strings and in the name of speed regular expressions should not match words with spaces. Use TextLine.text for more complex, non-wordy, scenarios.

The position will be adjusted.

ParameterDescription
position: Position

A position.

regex?: RegExp

Optional regular expression that describes what a word is.

ReturnsDescription
Range

A range spanning a word, or undefined.

Returns a text line denoted by the line number. Note that the returned object is not live and changes to the document are not reflected.

ParameterDescription
line: number

A line number in [0, lineCount).

ReturnsDescription
TextLine

A line.

Returns a text line denoted by the position. Note that the returned object is not live and changes to the document are not reflected.

The position will be adjusted.

See also TextDocument.lineAt

ParameterDescription
position: Position

A position.

ReturnsDescription
TextLine

A line.

Converts the position to a zero-based offset.

The position will be adjusted.

ParameterDescription
position: Position

A position.

ReturnsDescription
number

A valid zero-based offset in UTF-16 code units.

Converts a zero-based offset to a position.

ParameterDescription
offset: number

A zero-based offset into the document. This offset is in UTF-16 code units.

ReturnsDescription
Position

A valid Position.

Save the underlying file.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<boolean>

A promise that will resolve to true when the file has been saved. If the save failed, will return false.

Ensure a position is contained in the range of this document.

ParameterDescription
position: Position

A position.

ReturnsDescription
Position

The given position or a new, adjusted position.

Ensure a range is completely contained in this document.

ParameterDescription
range: Range

A range.

ReturnsDescription
Range

The given range or a new, adjusted range.

文本文档更改事件

描述事务性文档更改的事件。

属性

An array of content changes.

The affected document.

The reason why the document was changed. Is undefined if the reason is not known.

文本文档更改原因

文本文件更改的原因。

枚举成员

The text change is caused by an undo operation.

The text change is caused by an redo operation.

文本文档内容更改事件

一个描述文档文本中个体更改的事件

属性

The range that got replaced.

The length of the range that got replaced.

The offset of the range that got replaced.

The new text for the range.

文本文档内容提供者

文本文档内容提供者允许将只读文档添加到编辑器中,例如来自 dll 的源代码或来自 md 的生成的 html。

内容提供者是注册uri-scheme。当要加载具有该方案的uri时,内容提供者会被询问。

事件

An event to signal a resource has changed.

方法

Provide textual content for a given uri.

The editor will use the returned string-content to create a readonly document. Resources allocated should be released when the corresponding document has been closed.

Note: The contents of the created document might not be identical to the provided text due to end-of-line-sequence normalization.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

An uri which scheme matches the scheme this provider was registered for.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<string>

A string or a thenable that resolves to such.

文本文档保存原因

表示保存文本文档的原因。

枚举成员

Manually triggered, e.g. by the user pressing save, by starting debugging, or by an API call.

Automatic after a delay.

When the editor lost focus.

文本文档显示选项

代表了配置在编辑器中显示文档的行为选项。

属性

An optional flag that when true will stop the editor from taking focus.

An optional flag that controls if an editor-tab shows as preview. Preview tabs will be replaced and reused until set to stay - either explicitly or through editing.

Note that the flag is ignored if a user has disabled preview editors in settings.

An optional selection to apply for the document in the editor.

An optional view column in which the editor should be shown. The default is the active. Columns that do not exist will be created as needed up to the maximum of ViewColumn.Nine. Use ViewColumn.Beside to open the editor to the side of the currently active one.

文本文档将保存事件

一个在文档将要保存时触发的事件。

在保存文档之前对其修改,请调用 waitUntil函数,并传入一个文本编辑数组。

属性

The document that will be saved.

The reason why save was triggered.

方法

Allows to pause the event loop and to apply pre-save-edits. Edits of subsequent calls to this function will be applied in order. The edits will be ignored if concurrent modifications of the document happened.

Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch and not in an asynchronous manner:

workspace.onWillSaveTextDocument(event => {
  // async, will *throw* an error
  setTimeout(() => event.waitUntil(promise));

  // sync, OK
  event.waitUntil(promise);
});
ParameterDescription
thenable: Thenable<readonly TextEdit[]>

A thenable that resolves to pre-save-edits.

ReturnsDescription
void

Allows to pause the event loop until the provided thenable resolved.

Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch.

ParameterDescription
thenable: Thenable<any>

A thenable that delays saving.

ReturnsDescription
void

文本编辑器

文本编辑代表应应用于文档的编辑。

静态

Utility to create a delete edit.

ParameterDescription
range: Range

A range.

ReturnsDescription
TextEdit

A new text edit object.

Utility to create an insert edit.

ParameterDescription
position: Position

A position, will become an empty range.

newText: string

A string.

ReturnsDescription
TextEdit

A new text edit object.

Utility to create a replace edit.

ParameterDescription
range: Range

A range.

newText: string

A string.

ReturnsDescription
TextEdit

A new text edit object.

Utility to create an eol-edit.

ParameterDescription
eol: EndOfLine

An eol-sequence

ReturnsDescription
TextEdit

A new text edit object.

构造函数

Create a new TextEdit.

ParameterDescription
range: Range

A range.

newText: string

A string.

ReturnsDescription
TextEdit

属性

The eol-sequence used in the document.

Note that the eol-sequence will be applied to the whole document.

The string this edit will insert.

The range this edit applies to.

文本编辑器

表示一个附加到文档上的编辑器。

属性

The document associated with this text editor. The document will be the same for the entire lifetime of this text editor.

Text editor options.

The primary selection on this text editor. Shorthand for TextEditor.selections[0].

The selections in this text editor. The primary selection is always at index 0.

The column in which this editor shows. Will be undefined in case this isn't one of the main editors, e.g. an embedded editor, or when the editor column is larger than three.

The current visible ranges in the editor (vertically). This accounts only for vertical scrolling, and not for horizontal scrolling.

方法

Perform an edit on the document associated with this text editor.

The given callback-function is invoked with an edit-builder which must be used to make edits. Note that the edit-builder is only valid while the callback executes.

ParameterDescription
callback: (editBuilder: TextEditorEdit) => void

A function which can create edits using an edit-builder.

options?: {undoStopAfter: boolean, undoStopBefore: boolean}

The undo/redo behavior around this edit. By default, undo stops will be created before and after this edit.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<boolean>

A promise that resolves with a value indicating if the edits could be applied.

Hide the text editor.

  • deprecated - Use the command workbench.action.closeActiveEditor instead. This method shows unexpected behavior and will be removed in the next major update.
ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Insert a snippet and put the editor into snippet mode. "Snippet mode" means the editor adds placeholders and additional cursors so that the user can complete or accept the snippet.

ParameterDescription
snippet: SnippetString

The snippet to insert in this edit.

location?: Range | Position | readonly Range[] | readonly Position[]

Position or range at which to insert the snippet, defaults to the current editor selection or selections.

options?: {keepWhitespace: boolean, undoStopAfter: boolean, undoStopBefore: boolean}

The undo/redo behavior around this edit. By default, undo stops will be created before and after this edit.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<boolean>

A promise that resolves with a value indicating if the snippet could be inserted. Note that the promise does not signal that the snippet is completely filled-in or accepted.

Scroll as indicated by revealType in order to reveal the given range.

ParameterDescription
range: Range

A range.

revealType?: TextEditorRevealType

The scrolling strategy for revealing range.

ReturnsDescription
void

Adds a set of decorations to the text editor. If a set of decorations already exists with the given decoration type, they will be replaced. If rangesOrOptions is empty, the existing decorations with the given decoration type will be removed.

See also createTextEditorDecorationType.

ParameterDescription
decorationType: TextEditorDecorationType

A decoration type.

rangesOrOptions: readonly Range[] | readonly DecorationOptions[]

Either ranges or more detailed options.

ReturnsDescription
void

Show the text editor.

ParameterDescription
column?: ViewColumn

The column in which to show this editor. This method shows unexpected behavior and will be removed in the next major update.

ReturnsDescription
void

文本编辑器光标样式

光标的渲染样式。

枚举成员

Render the cursor as a vertical thick line.

Render the cursor as a block filled.

Render the cursor as a thick horizontal line.

Render the cursor as a vertical thin line.

Render the cursor as a block outlined.

Render the cursor as a thin horizontal line.

文本编辑器装饰类型

表示一个句柄,用于一组装饰共享相同的文本编辑器中。

获取一个TextEditorDecorationType的实例 使用createTextEditorDecorationType

属性

Internal representation of the handle.

方法

Remove this decoration type and all decorations on all text editors using it.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

文本编辑器编辑

一个将在一个事务中应用在文本编辑器上的复杂编辑。 这包含编辑的描述,如果编辑是有效的(即没有重叠的区域,文档在此期间没有被更改等), 则可以应用于文档文本编辑器相关联。

方法

Delete a certain text region.

ParameterDescription
location: Range | Selection

The range this operation should remove.

ReturnsDescription
void

Insert text at a location. You can use \r\n or \n in value and they will be normalized to the current document. Although the equivalent text edit can be made with replace, insert will produce a different resulting selection (it will get moved).

ParameterDescription
location: Position

The position where the new text should be inserted.

value: string

The new text this operation should insert.

ReturnsDescription
void

Replace a certain text region with a new value. You can use \r\n or \n in value and they will be normalized to the current document.

ParameterDescription
location: Range | Position | Selection

The range this operation should remove.

value: string

The new text this operation should insert after removing location.

ReturnsDescription
void

Set the end of line sequence.

ParameterDescription
endOfLine: EndOfLine

The new end of line for the document.

ReturnsDescription
void

文本编辑器行号样式

行号的渲染样式。

枚举成员

Do not render the line numbers.

Render the line numbers.

Render the line numbers with values relative to the primary cursor location.

Render the line numbers on every 10th line number.

文本编辑器选项

代表一个文本编辑器选项

属性

The rendering style of the cursor in this editor. When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be present. When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional.

The number of spaces to insert when insertSpaces is true.

When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be a number (resolved). When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional and it can be a number or "tabSize".

When pressing Tab insert n spaces. When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be a boolean (resolved). When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional and it can be a boolean or "auto".

Render relative line numbers w.r.t. the current line number. When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be present. When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional.

The size in spaces a tab takes. This is used for two purposes:

  • the rendering width of a tab character;
  • the number of spaces to insert when insertSpaces is true and indentSize is set to "tabSize".

When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be a number (resolved). When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional and it can be a number or "auto".

文本编辑器选项更改事件

表示一个描述 文本编辑器选项更改的事件。

属性

The new value for the text editor's options.

The text editor for which the options have changed.

文本编辑器显示类型

代表不同的揭示策略在文本编辑器中。

枚举成员

The range will be revealed with as little scrolling as possible.

The range will always be revealed in the center of the viewport.

If the range is outside the viewport, it will be revealed in the center of the viewport. Otherwise, it will be revealed with as little scrolling as possible.

The range will always be revealed at the top of the viewport.

文本编辑器选择更改事件

表示一个描述文本编辑器选择变化的事件.

属性

The change kind which has triggered this event. Can be undefined.

The new value for the text editor's selections.

The text editor for which the selections have changed.

文本编辑器选择更改类型

表示可能导致选择更改事件的来源。

枚举成员

Selection changed due to typing in the editor.

Selection change due to clicking in the editor.

Selection changed because a command ran.

文本编辑器视图列更改事件

表示一个描述文本编辑器视图列变化的事件。

属性

The text editor for which the view column has changed.

The new value for the text editor's view column.

文本编辑器可见范围更改事件

表示一个描述文本编辑器可见范围变化的事件.

属性

The text editor for which the visible ranges have changed.

The new value for the text editor's visible ranges.

文本行

表示一行文本,例如源代码的一行。

TextLine 对象是不可变的。当文档更改时,之前检索到的行将不会代表最新的状态。

属性

The offset of the first character which is not a whitespace character as defined by /\s/. Note that if a line is all whitespace the length of the line is returned.

Whether this line is whitespace only, shorthand for TextLine.firstNonWhitespaceCharacterIndex === TextLine.text.length.

The zero-based line number.

The range this line covers without the line separator characters.

The range this line covers with the line separator characters.

The text of this line without the line separator characters.

可主题化装饰附件渲染选项

代表主题特定的渲染样式文本装饰内容的 之前

属性

CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.

CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.

An absolute path or an URI to an image to be rendered in the attachment. Either an icon or a text can be shown, but not both.

Defines a text content that is shown in the attachment. Either an icon or a text can be shown, but not both.

CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.

CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.

CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.

CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.

CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.

CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.

可主题化装饰实例渲染选项

代表用于装饰实例的主题渲染选项。

属性

Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted after the decorated text.

Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted before the decorated text.

可主题化装饰渲染选项

代表特定主题的渲染样式用于文本编辑器装饰

属性

Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted after the decorated text.

Background color of the decoration. Use rgba() and define transparent background colors to play well with other decorations. Alternatively a color from the color registry can be referenced.

Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted before the decorated text.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

An absolute path or an URI to an image to be rendered in the gutter.

Specifies the size of the gutter icon. Available values are 'auto', 'contain', 'cover' and any percentage value. For further information: https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/jj127316(v=vs.85).aspx

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties.

The color of the decoration in the overview ruler. Use rgba() and define transparent colors to play well with other decorations.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

主题颜色

引用其中一个工作台颜色,定义在https://code.visualstudio.com/api/references/theme-color中。 使用主题颜色优于自定义颜色,因为它允许主题作者和用户更改颜色。

构造函数

Creates a reference to a theme color.

ParameterDescription
id: string

of the color. The available colors are listed in https://code.visualstudio.com/api/references/theme-color.

ReturnsDescription
ThemeColor

属性

The id of this color.

主题图标

引用命名的图标。目前,文件文件夹主题图标id是支持的。 使用主题图标而不是自定义图标,因为这样可以给产品主题作者更改图标的可能性。

注意,主题图标也可以在标签和描述中渲染。支持主题图标的地点会明确说明这一点,并且它们使用$(<name>)-语法,例如quickPick.label = "Hello World $(globe)".

静态

Reference to an icon representing a file. The icon is taken from the current file icon theme or a placeholder icon is used.

Reference to an icon representing a folder. The icon is taken from the current file icon theme or a placeholder icon is used.

构造函数

Creates a reference to a theme icon.

ParameterDescription
id: string

id of the icon. The available icons are listed in https://code.visualstudio.com/api/references/icons-in-labels#icon-listing.

color?: ThemeColor

optional ThemeColor for the icon. The color is currently only used in TreeItem.

ReturnsDescription
ThemeIcon

属性

The optional ThemeColor of the icon. The color is currently only used in TreeItem.

The id of the icon. The available icons are listed in https://code.visualstudio.com/api/references/icons-in-labels#icon-listing.

树复选框更改事件<T>

描述树形项复选框状态变化的事件。

属性

The items that were checked or unchecked.

树数据提供者<T>

一个提供树数据的数据提供商

事件

An optional event to signal that an element or root has changed. This will trigger the view to update the changed element/root and its children recursively (if shown). To signal that root has changed, do not pass any argument or pass undefined or null.

方法

Get the children of element or root if no element is passed.

ParameterDescription
element?: T

The element from which the provider gets children. Can be undefined.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T[]>

Children of element or root if no element is passed.

Optional method to return the parent of element. Return null or undefined if element is a child of root.

NOTE: This method should be implemented in order to access reveal API.

ParameterDescription
element: T

The element for which the parent has to be returned.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T>

Parent of element.

Get TreeItem representation of the element

ParameterDescription
element: T

The element for which TreeItem representation is asked for.

ReturnsDescription
TreeItem | Thenable<TreeItem>

TreeItem representation of the element.

Called on hover to resolve the TreeItem property if it is undefined. Called on tree item click/open to resolve the TreeItem property if it is undefined. Only properties that were undefined can be resolved in resolveTreeItem. Functionality may be expanded later to include being called to resolve other missing properties on selection and/or on open.

Will only ever be called once per TreeItem.

onDidChangeTreeData should not be triggered from within resolveTreeItem.

Note that this function is called when tree items are already showing in the UI. Because of that, no property that changes the presentation (label, description, etc.) can be changed.

ParameterDescription
item: TreeItem

Undefined properties of item should be set then item should be returned.

element: T

The object associated with the TreeItem.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<TreeItem>

The resolved tree item or a thenable that resolves to such. It is OK to return the given item. When no result is returned, the given item will be used.

树拖放控制器<T>

TreeView中提供拖放支持。

属性

The mime types that the handleDrag method of this TreeDragAndDropController may add to the tree data transfer. This could be well-defined, existing, mime types, and also mime types defined by the extension.

The recommended mime type of the tree (application/vnd.code.tree.<treeidlowercase>) will be automatically added.

The mime types that the handleDrop method of this DragAndDropController supports. This could be well-defined, existing, mime types, and also mime types defined by the extension.

To support drops from trees, you will need to add the mime type of that tree. This includes drops from within the same tree. The mime type of a tree is recommended to be of the format application/vnd.code.tree.<treeidlowercase>.

Use the special files mime type to support all types of dropped files files, regardless of the file's actual mime type.

To learn the mime type of a dragged item:

  1. Set up your DragAndDropController
  2. Use the Developer: Set Log Level... command to set the level to "Debug"
  3. Open the developer tools and drag the item with unknown mime type over your tree. The mime types will be logged to the developer console

Note that mime types that cannot be sent to the extension will be omitted.

方法

When the user starts dragging items from this DragAndDropController, handleDrag will be called. Extensions can use handleDrag to add their DataTransferItem items to the drag and drop.

Mime types added in handleDrag won't be available outside the application.

When the items are dropped on another tree item in the same tree, your DataTransferItem objects will be preserved. Use the recommended mime type for the tree (application/vnd.code.tree.<treeidlowercase>) to add tree objects in a data transfer. See the documentation for DataTransferItem for how best to take advantage of this.

To add a data transfer item that can be dragged into the editor, use the application specific mime type "text/uri-list". The data for "text/uri-list" should be a string with toString()ed Uris separated by \r\n. To specify a cursor position in the file, set the Uri's fragment to L3,5, where 3 is the line number and 5 is the column number.

ParameterDescription
source: readonly T[]

The source items for the drag and drop operation.

dataTransfer: DataTransfer

The data transfer associated with this drag.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token indicating that drag has been cancelled.

ReturnsDescription
void | Thenable<void>

Called when a drag and drop action results in a drop on the tree that this DragAndDropController belongs to.

Extensions should fire onDidChangeTreeData for any elements that need to be refreshed.

ParameterDescription
target: T

The target tree element that the drop is occurring on. When undefined, the target is the root.

dataTransfer: DataTransfer

The data transfer items of the source of the drag.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token indicating that the drop has been cancelled.

ReturnsDescription
void | Thenable<void>

树项

树项是树的用户界面元素。树项由数据提供者创建。

构造函数

ParameterDescription
label: string | TreeItemLabel

A human-readable string describing this item

collapsibleState?: TreeItemCollapsibleState
ReturnsDescription
TreeItem

ParameterDescription
resourceUri: Uri

The Uri of the resource representing this item.

collapsibleState?: TreeItemCollapsibleState
ReturnsDescription
TreeItem

属性

Accessibility information used when screen reader interacts with this tree item. Generally, a TreeItem has no need to set the role of the accessibilityInformation; however, there are cases where a TreeItem is not displayed in a tree-like way where setting the role may make sense.

TreeItemCheckboxState of the tree item. onDidChangeTreeData should be fired when checkboxState changes.

TreeItemCollapsibleState of the tree item.

The Command that should be executed when the tree item is selected.

Please use vscode.open or vscode.diff as command IDs when the tree item is opening something in the editor. Using these commands ensures that the resulting editor will appear consistent with how other built-in trees open editors.

Context value of the tree item. This can be used to contribute item specific actions in the tree. For example, a tree item is given a context value as folder. When contributing actions to view/item/context using menus extension point, you can specify context value for key viewItem in when expression like viewItem == folder.

"contributes": {
  "menus": {
    "view/item/context": [
      {
        "command": "extension.deleteFolder",
        "when": "viewItem == folder"
      }
    ]
  }
}

This will show action extension.deleteFolder only for items with contextValue is folder.

A human-readable string which is rendered less prominent. When true, it is derived from resourceUri and when falsy, it is not shown.

The icon path or ThemeIcon for the tree item. When falsy, Folder Theme Icon is assigned, if item is collapsible otherwise File Theme Icon. When a file or folder ThemeIcon is specified, icon is derived from the current file icon theme for the specified theme icon using resourceUri (if provided).

Optional id for the tree item that has to be unique across tree. The id is used to preserve the selection and expansion state of the tree item.

If not provided, an id is generated using the tree item's label. Note that when labels change, ids will change and that selection and expansion state cannot be kept stable anymore.

A human-readable string describing this item. When falsy, it is derived from resourceUri.

A Uri representing the resource associated with this item.

When set, this property is used to automatically derive several item properties if they are not explicitly provided:

The tooltip text when you hover over this item.

树项复选框状态

树项目复选框状态

枚举成员

Determines an item is unchecked

Determines an item is checked

树项可折叠状态

树项目折叠状态

枚举成员

Determines an item can be neither collapsed nor expanded. Implies it has no children.

Determines an item is collapsed

Determines an item is expanded

树项目标签

描述树项目

属性

Ranges in the label to highlight. A range is defined as a tuple of two number where the first is the inclusive start index and the second the exclusive end index

A human-readable string describing the Tree item.

树视图<T>

表示树视图

事件

An event to signal that an element or root has either been checked or unchecked.

Event that is fired when the selection has changed

Event that is fired when visibility has changed

Event that is fired when an element is collapsed

Event that is fired when an element is expanded

属性

The badge to display for this TreeView. To remove the badge, set to undefined.

An optional human-readable description which is rendered less prominently in the title of the view. Setting the title description to null, undefined, or empty string will remove the description from the view.

An optional human-readable message that will be rendered in the view. Setting the message to null, undefined, or empty string will remove the message from the view.

Currently selected elements.

The tree view title is initially taken from the extension package.json Changes to the title property will be properly reflected in the UI in the title of the view.

true if the tree view is visible otherwise false.

方法

Dispose this object.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
any

Reveals the given element in the tree view. If the tree view is not visible then the tree view is shown and element is revealed.

By default revealed element is selected. In order to not to select, set the option select to false. In order to focus, set the option focus to true. In order to expand the revealed element, set the option expand to true. To expand recursively set expand to the number of levels to expand.

ParameterDescription
element: T
options?: {expand: number | boolean, focus: boolean, select: boolean}
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

TreeViewExpansionEvent<T>

TreeView中的元素展开或折叠时触发的事件

属性

Element that is expanded or collapsed.

TreeViewOptions<T>

属性

Whether the tree supports multi-select. When the tree supports multi-select and a command is executed from the tree, the first argument to the command is the tree item that the command was executed on and the second argument is an array containing all selected tree items.

An optional interface to implement drag and drop in the tree view.

By default, when the children of a tree item have already been fetched, child checkboxes are automatically managed based on the checked state of the parent tree item. If the tree item is collapsed by default (meaning that the children haven't yet been fetched) then child checkboxes will not be updated. To override this behavior and manage child and parent checkbox state in the extension, set this to true.

Examples where TreeViewOptions.manageCheckboxStateManually is false, the default behavior:

  1. A tree item is checked, then its children are fetched. The children will be checked.

  2. A tree item's parent is checked. The tree item and all of it's siblings will be checked.

  • Parent
    • Child 1
    • Child 2 When the user checks Parent, the tree will look like this:
  • Parent
    • Child 1
    • Child 2
  1. A tree item and all of it's siblings are checked. The parent will be checked.
  • Parent
    • Child 1
    • Child 2 When the user checks Child 1 and Child 2, the tree will look like this:
  • Parent
    • Child 1
    • Child 2
  1. A tree item is unchecked. The parent will be unchecked.
  • Parent
    • Child 1
    • Child 2 When the user unchecks Child 1, the tree will look like this:
  • Parent
    • Child 1
    • Child 2

Whether to show collapse all action or not.

A data provider that provides tree data.

TreeViewSelectionChangeEvent<T>

属性

Selected elements.

树视图可见性更改事件

属性

true if the tree view is visible otherwise false.

类型定义提供程序

类型定义提供者定义了扩展与“转到类型定义”功能之间的合同。

方法

Provide the type definition of the symbol at the given position and document.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

position: Position

The position at which the command was invoked.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<Definition | LocationLink[]>

A definition or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined or null.

类型层次结构项

表示类型层次结构中的一项,例如一个类或接口。

构造函数

Creates a new type hierarchy item.

ParameterDescription
kind: SymbolKind

The kind of the item.

name: string

The name of the item.

detail: string

The details of the item.

uri: Uri

The Uri of the item.

range: Range

The whole range of the item.

selectionRange: Range

The selection range of the item.

ReturnsDescription
TypeHierarchyItem

属性

More detail for this item, e.g. the signature of a function.

The kind of this item.

The name of this item.

The range enclosing this symbol not including leading/trailing whitespace but everything else, e.g. comments and code.

The range that should be selected and revealed when this symbol is being picked, e.g. the name of a class. Must be contained by the range-property.

Tags for this item.

The resource identifier of this item.

类型层次结构提供程序

类型层次提供程序接口描述了扩展与类型层次功能之间的契约。

方法

Bootstraps type hierarchy by returning the item that is denoted by the given document and position. This item will be used as entry into the type graph. Providers should return undefined or null when there is no item at the given location.

ParameterDescription
document: TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

position: Position

The position at which the command was invoked.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<TypeHierarchyItem | TypeHierarchyItem[]>

One or multiple type hierarchy items or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined, null, or an empty array.

Provide all subtypes for an item, e.g all types which are derived/inherited from the given item. In graph terms this describes directed and annotated edges inside the type graph, e.g the given item is the starting node and the result is the nodes that can be reached.

ParameterDescription
item: TypeHierarchyItem

The hierarchy item for which subtypes should be computed.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<TypeHierarchyItem[]>

A set of direct subtypes or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined or null.

Provide all supertypes for an item, e.g all types from which a type is derived/inherited. In graph terms this describes directed and annotated edges inside the type graph, e.g the given item is the starting node and the result is the nodes that can be reached.

ParameterDescription
item: TypeHierarchyItem

The hierarchy item for which super types should be computed.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<TypeHierarchyItem[]>

A set of direct supertypes or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined or null.

UIKind

可能的可以使用扩展的用户界面类型。

枚举成员

Extensions are accessed from a desktop application.

Extensions are accessed from a web browser.

乌里

一个通用资源标识符,代表磁盘上的文件或其他资源,如未命名的资源。

静态

Create an URI from a file system path. The scheme will be file.

The difference between Uri.parse and Uri.file is that the latter treats the argument as path, not as stringified-uri. E.g. Uri.file(path) is not the same as Uri.parse('file://' + path) because the path might contain characters that are interpreted (#_ and ?). See the following sample:

const good = URI.file('/coding/c#/project1');
good.scheme === 'file';
good.path === '/coding/c#/project1';
good.fragment === '';

const bad = URI.parse('file://' + '/coding/c#/project1');
bad.scheme === 'file';
bad.path === '/coding/c'; // path is now broken
bad.fragment === '/project1';
ParameterDescription
path: string

A file system or UNC path.

ReturnsDescription
Uri

A new Uri instance.

Create an URI from its component parts

See also Uri.toString

ParameterDescription
components: {authority: string, fragment: string, path: string, query: string, scheme: string}

The component parts of an Uri.

ReturnsDescription
Uri

A new Uri instance.

Create a new uri which path is the result of joining the path of the base uri with the provided path segments.

  • Note 1: joinPath only affects the path component and all other components (scheme, authority, query, and fragment) are left as they are.
  • Note 2: The base uri must have a path; an error is thrown otherwise.

The path segments are normalized in the following ways:

  • sequences of path separators (/ or \) are replaced with a single separator
  • for file-uris on windows, the backslash-character (``) is considered a path-separator
  • the ..-segment denotes the parent segment, the . denotes the current segment
  • paths have a root which always remains, for instance on windows drive-letters are roots so that is true: joinPath(Uri.file('file:///c:/root'), '../../other').fsPath === 'c:/other'
ParameterDescription
base: Uri

An uri. Must have a path.

...pathSegments: string[]

One more more path fragments

ReturnsDescription
Uri

A new uri which path is joined with the given fragments

Create an URI from a string, e.g. http://www.example.com/some/path, file:///usr/home, or scheme:with/path.

Note that for a while uris without a scheme were accepted. That is not correct as all uris should have a scheme. To avoid breakage of existing code the optional strict-argument has been added. We strongly advise to use it, e.g. Uri.parse('my:uri', true)

See also Uri.toString

ParameterDescription
value: string

The string value of an Uri.

strict?: boolean

Throw an error when value is empty or when no scheme can be parsed.

ReturnsDescription
Uri

A new Uri instance.

构造函数

Use the file and parse factory functions to create new Uri objects.

ParameterDescription
scheme: string
authority: string
path: string
query: string
fragment: string
ReturnsDescription
Uri

属性

Authority is the www.example.com part of http://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment. The part between the first double slashes and the next slash.

Fragment is the fragment part of http://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment.

The string representing the corresponding file system path of this Uri.

Will handle UNC paths and normalize windows drive letters to lower-case. Also uses the platform specific path separator.

  • Will not validate the path for invalid characters and semantics.
  • Will not look at the scheme of this Uri.
  • The resulting string shall not be used for display purposes but for disk operations, like readFile et al.

The difference to the path-property is the use of the platform specific path separator and the handling of UNC paths. The sample below outlines the difference:

const u = URI.parse('file://server/c$/folder/file.txt');
u.authority === 'server';
u.path === '/c$/folder/file.txt';
u.fsPath === '\\serverc$\folder\file.txt';

Path is the /some/path part of http://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment.

Query is the query part of http://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment.

Scheme is the http part of http://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment. The part before the first colon.

方法

Returns a JSON representation of this Uri.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
any

An object.

Returns a string representation of this Uri. The representation and normalization of a URI depends on the scheme.

  • The resulting string can be safely used with Uri.parse.
  • The resulting string shall not be used for display purposes.

Note that the implementation will encode aggressive which often leads to unexpected, but not incorrect, results. For instance, colons are encoded to %3A which might be unexpected in file-uri. Also & and = will be encoded which might be unexpected for http-uris. For stability reasons this cannot be changed anymore. If you suffer from too aggressive encoding you should use the skipEncoding-argument: uri.toString(true).

ParameterDescription
skipEncoding?: boolean

Do not percentage-encode the result, defaults to false. Note that the # and ? characters occurring in the path will always be encoded.

ReturnsDescription
string

A string representation of this Uri.

Derive a new Uri from this Uri.

let file = Uri.parse('before:some/file/path');
let other = file.with({ scheme: 'after' });
assert.ok(other.toString() === 'after:some/file/path');
ParameterDescription
change: {authority: string, fragment: string, path: string, query: string, scheme: string}

An object that describes a change to this Uri. To unset components use null or the empty string.

ReturnsDescription
Uri

A new Uri that reflects the given change. Will return this Uri if the change is not changing anything.

统一资源标识符处理程序

uri处理器负责处理系统范围内的uri

另见 window.registerUriHandler.

方法

Handle the provided system-wide Uri.

See also window.registerUriHandler.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri
ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<void>

查看徽章

一个显示观点价值的徽章

属性

A label to present in tooltip for the badge.

The value to present in the badge.

视图列

表示编辑器在Windows中的位置。编辑器可以排列成网格,每一列代表网格中编辑器的位置,按其出现顺序计数。

枚举成员

A symbolic editor column representing the column to the side of the active one. This value can be used when opening editors, but the resolved viewColumn-value of editors will always be One, Two, Three,... or undefined but never Beside.

A symbolic editor column representing the currently active column. This value can be used when opening editors, but the resolved viewColumn-value of editors will always be One, Two, Three,... or undefined but never Active.

The first editor column.

The second editor column.

The third editor column.

The fourth editor column.

The fifth editor column.

The sixth editor column.

The seventh editor column.

The eighth editor column.

The ninth editor column.

网页视图

显示html内容,类似于一个iframe。

事件

Fired when the webview content posts a message.

Webview content can post strings or json serializable objects back to an extension. They cannot post Blob, File, ImageData and other DOM specific objects since the extension that receives the message does not run in a browser environment.

属性

Content security policy source for webview resources.

This is the origin that should be used in a content security policy rule:

`img-src https: ${webview.cspSource} ...;`;

HTML contents of the webview.

This should be a complete, valid html document. Changing this property causes the webview to be reloaded.

Webviews are sandboxed from normal extension process, so all communication with the webview must use message passing. To send a message from the extension to the webview, use postMessage. To send message from the webview back to an extension, use the acquireVsCodeApi function inside the webview to get a handle to the editor's api and then call .postMessage():

<script>
    const vscode = acquireVsCodeApi(); // acquireVsCodeApi can only be invoked once
    vscode.postMessage({ message: 'hello!' });
</script>

To load a resources from the workspace inside a webview, use the asWebviewUri method and ensure the resource's directory is listed in WebviewOptions.localResourceRoots.

Keep in mind that even though webviews are sandboxed, they still allow running scripts and loading arbitrary content, so extensions must follow all standard web security best practices when working with webviews. This includes properly sanitizing all untrusted input (including content from the workspace) and setting a content security policy.

Content settings for the webview.

方法

Convert a uri for the local file system to one that can be used inside webviews.

Webviews cannot directly load resources from the workspace or local file system using file: uris. The asWebviewUri function takes a local file: uri and converts it into a uri that can be used inside of a webview to load the same resource:

webview.html = `<img src="${webview.asWebviewUri(
  vscode.Uri.file('/Users/codey/workspace/cat.gif')
)}">`;
ParameterDescription
localResource: Uri
ReturnsDescription
Uri

Post a message to the webview content.

Messages are only delivered if the webview is live (either visible or in the background with retainContextWhenHidden).

ParameterDescription
message: any

Body of the message. This must be a string or other json serializable object.

For older versions of vscode, if an ArrayBuffer is included in message, it will not be serialized properly and will not be received by the webview. Similarly any TypedArrays, such as a Uint8Array, will be very inefficiently serialized and will also not be recreated as a typed array inside the webview.

However if your extension targets vscode 1.57+ in the engines field of its package.json, any ArrayBuffer values that appear in message will be more efficiently transferred to the webview and will also be correctly recreated inside of the webview.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<boolean>

A promise that resolves when the message is posted to a webview or when it is dropped because the message was not deliverable.

Returns true if the message was posted to the webview. Messages can only be posted to live webviews (i.e. either visible webviews or hidden webviews that set retainContextWhenHidden).

A response of true does not mean that the message was actually received by the webview. For example, no message listeners may be have been hooked up inside the webview or the webview may have been destroyed after the message was posted but before it was received.

If you want confirm that a message as actually received, you can try having your webview posting a confirmation message back to your extension.

网页视图选项

网页视图的内容设置。

属性

Controls whether command uris are enabled in webview content or not.

Defaults to false (command uris are disabled).

If you pass in an array, only the commands in the array are allowed.

Controls whether forms are enabled in the webview content or not.

Defaults to true if scripts are enabled. Otherwise defaults to false. Explicitly setting this property to either true or false overrides the default.

Controls whether scripts are enabled in the webview content or not.

Defaults to false (scripts-disabled).

Root paths from which the webview can load local (filesystem) resources using uris from asWebviewUri

Default to the root folders of the current workspace plus the extension's install directory.

Pass in an empty array to disallow access to any local resources.

Mappings of localhost ports used inside the webview.

Port mapping allow webviews to transparently define how localhost ports are resolved. This can be used to allow using a static localhost port inside the webview that is resolved to random port that a service is running on.

If a webview accesses localhost content, we recommend that you specify port mappings even if the webviewPort and extensionHostPort ports are the same.

Note that port mappings only work for http or https urls. Websocket urls (e.g. ws://localhost:3000) cannot be mapped to another port.

网页视图面板

一个包含网页视图的面板。

事件

Fired when the panel's view state changes.

Fired when the panel is disposed.

This may be because the user closed the panel or because dispose was called on it.

Trying to use the panel after it has been disposed throws an exception.

属性

Whether the panel is active (focused by the user).

Icon for the panel shown in UI.

Content settings for the webview panel.

Title of the panel shown in UI.

Editor position of the panel. This property is only set if the webview is in one of the editor view columns.

标识网页视图面板的类型,例如'markdown.preview'输入:.

面板是否可见。

Webview 属于该面板。

方法

销毁网页视图面板。

如果面板正在显示,则关闭面板并释放WebView拥有的资源。 当用户关闭WebView面板时,WebView面板也会被释放。两种情况都会 触发onDidDispose事件。

参数描述
退货描述
任何

在指定的列中显示网页视图面板。

一个网页视图面板只能显示在一行中。如果它已经在显示,此方法将其移动到新的列中。

参数描述
视图列视图列

查看列以显示面板。显示在当前WebviewPanel.viewColumn(如果未定义则显示)。

, 网页视图将不会获得焦点。

退货描述
无效

WebviewPanelOnDidChangeViewStateEvent

当一个webView面板的视图状态更改时触发的事件。

属性

WebviewPanel 视图状态更改。

网页视图面板选项

网页视图面板的内容设置。

属性

控制面板中查找小部件是否启用。

默认为假的输入:.

控制是否在面板不再可见时保留WebView面板的内容(iframe)。

Normally the webview panel's html context is created when the panel becomes visible and destroyed when it is hidden. Extensions that have complex state or UI can set the retainContextWhenHidden to make the editor keep the webview context around, even when the webview moves to a background tab. When a webview using retainContextWhenHidden becomes hidden, its scripts and other dynamic content are suspended. When the panel becomes visible again, the context is automatically restored in the exact same state it was in originally. You cannot send messages to a hidden webview, even with retainContextWhenHidden enabled.

retainContextWhenHidden has a high memory overhead and should only be used if your panel's context cannot be quickly saved and restored.

WebviewPanelSerializer<T>

恢复vscode关闭时已保存的webview面板。

有两种类型的WebView持久化:

  • 会话内持久化。
  • 在多个会话之间保持(在编辑器重启时)。

A WebviewPanelSerializer 只有在第二种情况下才需要:在会话之间持久化WebView。

在一个会话中,持久化允许一个网页视图在变得隐藏时保存其状态,并在再次变得可见时从该状态恢复其内容。它完全由网页视图内容本身驱动。要保存持久化状态,请调用 acquireVsCodeApi().setState() 并传入任何可序列化为JSON的对象。要再次恢复状态,请调用 getState()

// Within the webview
const vscode = acquireVsCodeApi();

// Get existing state
const oldState = vscode.getState() || { value: 0 };

// Update state
setState({ value: oldState.value + 1 });

A WebviewPanelSerializer 将这种持久性扩展到编辑器的重启。当编辑器关闭时,它会将所有具有序列化器的 setState 网页视图的状态保存下来。在重新启动后,当网页视图首次变得可见时,这个状态会传递给 deserializeWebviewPanel。 扩展程序然后可以从这个状态恢复旧的 WebviewPanel

方法

Restore a webview panel from its serialized state.

Called when a serialized webview first becomes visible.

ParameterDescription
webviewPanel: WebviewPanel

Webview panel to restore. The serializer should take ownership of this panel. The serializer must restore the webview's .html and hook up all webview events.

state: T

Persisted state from the webview content.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

Thenable indicating that the webview has been fully restored.

网页视口映射

定义了一个在WebView中用于本地主机的端口映射。

属性

Destination port. The webviewPort is resolved to this port.

Localhost port to remap inside the webview.

网页视图视图

基于网页视图的视图。

事件

Event fired when the visibility of the view changes.

Actions that trigger a visibility change:

  • The view is collapsed or expanded.
  • The user switches to a different view group in the sidebar or panel.

Note that hiding a view using the context menu instead disposes of the view and fires onDidDispose.

Event fired when the view is disposed.

Views are disposed when they are explicitly hidden by a user (this happens when a user right clicks in a view and unchecks the webview view).

Trying to use the view after it has been disposed throws an exception.

属性

The badge to display for this webview view. To remove the badge, set to undefined.

Human-readable string which is rendered less prominently in the title.

View title displayed in the UI.

The view title is initially taken from the extension package.json contribution.

Identifies the type of the webview view, such as 'hexEditor.dataView'.

Tracks if the webview is currently visible.

Views are visible when they are on the screen and expanded.

The underlying webview for the view.

方法

Reveal the view in the UI.

If the view is collapsed, this will expand it.

ParameterDescription
preserveFocus?: boolean

When true the view will not take focus.

ReturnsDescription
void

网页视图视图提供者

用于创建WebviewView元素的提供者。

方法

Resolves a webview view.

resolveWebviewView is called when a view first becomes visible. This may happen when the view is first loaded or when the user hides and then shows a view again.

ParameterDescription
webviewView: WebviewView

Webview view to restore. The provider should take ownership of this view. The provider must set the webview's .html and hook up all webview events it is interested in.

context: WebviewViewResolveContext<unknown>

Additional metadata about the view being resolved.

token: CancellationToken

Cancellation token indicating that the view being provided is no longer needed.

ReturnsDescription
void | Thenable<void>

Optional thenable indicating that the view has been fully resolved.

Webview视图解析上下文<T>

附加信息:正在解析的WebView视图。

属性

Persisted state from the webview content.

To save resources, the editor normally deallocates webview documents (the iframe content) that are not visible. For example, when the user collapse a view or switches to another top level activity in the sidebar, the WebviewView itself is kept alive but the webview's underlying document is deallocated. It is recreated when the view becomes visible again.

You can prevent this behavior by setting [WebviewOptions.retainContextWhenHidden retainContextWhenHidden](#_WebviewOptions.retainContextWhenHidden retainContextWhenHidden) in the WebviewOptions. However this increases resource usage and should be avoided wherever possible. Instead, you can use persisted state to save off a webview's state so that it can be quickly recreated as needed.

To save off a persisted state, inside the webview call acquireVsCodeApi().setState() with any json serializable object. To restore the state again, call getState(). For example:

// Within the webview
const vscode = acquireVsCodeApi();

// Get existing state
const oldState = vscode.getState() || { value: 0 };

// Update state
setState({ value: oldState.value + 1 });

The editor ensures that the persisted state is saved correctly when a webview is hidden and across editor restarts.

Windows状态

表示Windows的状态。

属性

Whether the window has been interacted with recently. This will change immediately on activity, or after a short time of user inactivity.

Whether the current window is focused.

工作区配置

表示配置。它是合并视图

  • 默认设置
  • 全局(用户)设置
  • 工作区设置
  • 工作区文件夹设置 - 来自 工作区文件夹 下属于该请求资源的。
  • 语言设置 - 根据请求的语言定义的设置。

有效值(由get返回)是按以下顺序覆盖或合并计算的:

  1. defaultValue(如果在package.json否则从值的类型推导)
  2. globalValue(如果定义)
  3. workspaceValue(如果定义)
  4. workspaceFolderValue(如果定义)
  5. defaultLanguageValue(如果定义)
  6. globalLanguageValue(如果定义)
  7. workspaceLanguageValue(如果定义)
  8. workspaceFolderLanguageValue(如果定义)

注意:object 值类型会被合并,所有其他值类型会被覆盖。

示例 1:覆盖

defaultValue = 'on';
globalValue = 'relative';
workspaceFolderValue = 'off';
value = 'off';

示例 2:语言值

defaultValue = 'on';
globalValue = 'relative';
workspaceFolderValue = 'off';
globalLanguageValue = 'on';
value = 'on';

示例 3:对象值

defaultValue = { a: 1, b: 2 };
globalValue = { b: 3, c: 4 };
value = { a: 1, b: 3, c: 4 };

注意: Workbench 和 Workbench 文件夹配置包含 launchtasks 设置。它们的 basename 将成为部分章节标识符。以下片段展示了如何从 launch.json 中检索所有配置:

// launch.json configuration
const config = workspace.getConfiguration(
  'launch',
  vscode.workspace.workspaceFolders[0].uri
);

// retrieve values
const values = config.get('configurations');

参考设置获取更多信息。

方法

Return a value from this configuration.

ParameterDescription
section: string

Configuration name, supports dotted names.

ReturnsDescription
T

The value section denotes or undefined.

Return a value from this configuration.

ParameterDescription
section: string

Configuration name, supports dotted names.

defaultValue: T

A value should be returned when no value could be found, is undefined.

ReturnsDescription
T

The value section denotes or the default.

Check if this configuration has a certain value.

ParameterDescription
section: string

Configuration name, supports dotted names.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if the section doesn't resolve to undefined.

Retrieve all information about a configuration setting. A configuration value often consists of a default value, a global or installation-wide value, a workspace-specific value, folder-specific value and language-specific values (if WorkspaceConfiguration is scoped to a language).

Also provides all language ids under which the given configuration setting is defined.

Note: The configuration name must denote a leaf in the configuration tree (editor.fontSize vs editor) otherwise no result is returned.

ParameterDescription
section: string

Configuration name, supports dotted names.

ReturnsDescription
{defaultLanguageValue: T, defaultValue: T, globalLanguageValue: T, globalValue: T, key: string, languageIds: string[], workspaceFolderLanguageValue: T, workspaceFolderValue: T, workspaceLanguageValue: T, workspaceValue: T}

Information about a configuration setting or undefined.

Update a configuration value. The updated configuration values are persisted.

A value can be changed in

Note: To remove a configuration value use undefined, like so: config.update('somekey', undefined)

  • throws - error while updating
    • configuration which is not registered.
    • window configuration to workspace folder
    • configuration to workspace or workspace folder when no workspace is opened.
    • configuration to workspace folder when there is no workspace folder settings.
    • configuration to workspace folder when WorkspaceConfiguration is not scoped to a resource.
ParameterDescription
section: string

Configuration name, supports dotted names.

value: any

The new value.

configurationTarget?: boolean | ConfigurationTarget

The configuration target or a boolean value. - If true updates Global settings. - If false updates Workspace settings. - If undefined or null updates to Workspace folder settings if configuration is resource specific, otherwise to Workspace settings.

overrideInLanguage?: boolean

Whether to update the value in the scope of requested languageId or not. - If true updates the value under the requested languageId. - If undefined updates the value under the requested languageId only if the configuration is defined for the language.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

工作区编辑

工作区编辑是对多个资源和文档的文本和文件更改的集合。

使用applyEdit函数来应用工作区编辑。

构造函数

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
WorkspaceEdit

属性

The number of affected resources of textual or resource changes.

方法

Create a regular file.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

Uri of the new file.

options?: {contents: Uint8Array | DataTransferFile, ignoreIfExists: boolean, overwrite: boolean}

Defines if an existing file should be overwritten or be ignored. When overwrite and ignoreIfExists are both set overwrite wins. When both are unset and when the file already exists then the edit cannot be applied successfully. The content-property allows to set the initial contents the file is being created with.

metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata

Optional metadata for the entry.

ReturnsDescription
void

Delete the text at the given range.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

A resource identifier.

range: Range

A range.

metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata

Optional metadata for the entry.

ReturnsDescription
void

Delete a file or folder.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

The uri of the file that is to be deleted.

options?: {ignoreIfNotExists: boolean, recursive: boolean}
metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata

Optional metadata for the entry.

ReturnsDescription
void

Get all text edits grouped by resource.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
Array<[Uri, TextEdit[]]>

A shallow copy of [Uri, TextEdit[]]-tuples.

Get the text edits for a resource.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

A resource identifier.

ReturnsDescription
TextEdit[]

An array of text edits.

Check if a text edit for a resource exists.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

A resource identifier.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if the given resource will be touched by this edit.

Insert the given text at the given position.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

A resource identifier.

position: Position

A position.

newText: string

A string.

metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata

Optional metadata for the entry.

ReturnsDescription
void

Rename a file or folder.

ParameterDescription
oldUri: Uri

The existing file.

newUri: Uri

The new location.

options?: {ignoreIfExists: boolean, overwrite: boolean}

Defines if existing files should be overwritten or be ignored. When overwrite and ignoreIfExists are both set overwrite wins.

metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata

Optional metadata for the entry.

ReturnsDescription
void

Replace the given range with given text for the given resource.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

A resource identifier.

range: Range

A range.

newText: string

A string.

metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata

Optional metadata for the entry.

ReturnsDescription
void

Set (and replace) text edits or snippet edits for a resource.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

A resource identifier.

edits: ReadonlyArray<TextEdit | SnippetTextEdit>

An array of edits.

ReturnsDescription
void

Set (and replace) text edits or snippet edits with metadata for a resource.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

A resource identifier.

edits: ReadonlyArray<[TextEdit | SnippetTextEdit, WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata]>

An array of edits.

ReturnsDescription
void

Set (and replace) notebook edits for a resource.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

A resource identifier.

edits: readonly NotebookEdit[]

An array of edits.

ReturnsDescription
void

Set (and replace) notebook edits with metadata for a resource.

ParameterDescription
uri: Uri

A resource identifier.

edits: ReadonlyArray<[NotebookEdit, WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata]>

An array of edits.

ReturnsDescription
void

工作区编辑条目元数据

工作区条目的附加数据进行编辑。支持为条目添加标签,并标记条目需要用户确认。编辑器将具有相同标签的编辑分组为树节点,例如所有标记为“字符串更改”的编辑将是一个树节点。

属性

A human-readable string which is rendered less prominent on the same line.

The icon path or ThemeIcon for the edit.

A human-readable string which is rendered prominent.

A flag which indicates that user confirmation is needed.

工作区编辑元数据

关于工作区编辑的附加数据。

属性

Signal to the editor that this edit is a refactoring.

工作区文件夹

一个工作区文件夹是编辑器打开的多个根目录中的一个。所有工作区文件夹都是平等的,这意味着没有活跃或主要工作区文件夹的概念。

属性

The ordinal number of this workspace folder.

The name of this workspace folder. Defaults to the basename of its uri-path

The associated uri for this workspace folder.

Note: The Uri-type was intentionally chosen such that future releases of the editor can support workspace folders that are not stored on the local disk, e.g. ftp://server/workspaces/foo.

工作区文件夹选择选项

配置工作区文件夹选择用户界面的选项。

属性

Set to true to keep the picker open when focus moves to another part of the editor or to another window. This setting is ignored on iPad and is always false.

An optional string to show as placeholder in the input box to guide the user.

工作区文件夹更改事件

一个描述工作区文件夹集合变更的事件

属性

Added workspace folders.

Removed workspace folders.

工作区符号提供者<T>

工作区符号提供者接口定义了扩展与符号搜索功能之间的合同。

方法

Project-wide search for a symbol matching the given query string.

The query-parameter should be interpreted in a relaxed way as the editor will apply its own highlighting and scoring on the results. A good rule of thumb is to match case-insensitive and to simply check that the characters of query appear in their order in a candidate symbol. Don't use prefix, substring, or similar strict matching.

To improve performance implementors can implement resolveWorkspaceSymbol and then provide symbols with partial location-objects, without a range defined. The editor will then call resolveWorkspaceSymbol for selected symbols only, e.g. when opening a workspace symbol.

ParameterDescription
query: string

A query string, can be the empty string in which case all symbols should be returned.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T[]>

An array of document highlights or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be signaled by returning undefined, null, or an empty array.

Given a symbol fill in its location. This method is called whenever a symbol is selected in the UI. Providers can implement this method and return incomplete symbols from provideWorkspaceSymbols which often helps to improve performance.

ParameterDescription
symbol: T

The symbol that is to be resolved. Guaranteed to be an instance of an object returned from an earlier call to provideWorkspaceSymbols.

token: CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T>

The resolved symbol or a thenable that resolves to that. When no result is returned, the given symbol is used.

API 模式

这些是我们 VS Code API 中使用的一些常见模式。

承诺

VS Code API 通过承诺来表示异步操作。从扩展中,任何类型的承诺都可以被返回,比如 ES6、WinJS、A+ 等。

不依赖于特定的承诺库,通过API以Thenable-type表示。Thenable代表了通用的分母,即then方法。

在大多数情况下,使用承诺是可选的,当 VS Code 调用扩展时,它可以处理结果类型以及Thenable的结果类型的。当使用承诺是可选的时,API 通过返回-类型来表示这一点。or

provideNumber(): number | Thenable<number>

取消令牌

通常操作是在易失状态开始的,这种状态在操作完成之前可能会改变。例如,计算IntelliSense开始,用户继续输入,使该操作的结果变得过时。

暴露在这种行为的API将收到一个CancellationToken,你可以检查是否取消 (isCancellationRequested) 或在取消发生时得到通知 (onCancellationRequested)。取消令牌通常是函数调用的最后一个参数,是可选的。

一次性用品

VS Code API 使用 dispose 模式 来处理从 VS Code 中获取的资源。这适用于事件监听、命令、与用户界面的交互以及各种语言贡献。

例如,setStatusBarMessage(value: string) 函数返回一个Disposable,在调用dispose 时会再次移除消息。

事件

VS Code API中的事件作为函数暴露,您可以使用监听器函数调用这些函数进行订阅。订阅的调用返回一个Disposable,在 dispose 时会移除事件监听器。

var listener = function(event) {
  console.log('It happened', event);
};

// start listening
var subscription = fsWatcher.onDidDelete(listener);

// do more stuff

subscription.dispose(); // stop listening

事件名称遵循on[Will|Did]VerbNoun?模式。名称表明事件将要发生(onWill)还是已经发生(onDid),发生了什么(verb),以及上下文(noun),除非从上下文中可以明显看出。

VS Code API 的一个示例是 window.onDidChangeActiveTextEditor,当活动文本编辑器 (名词) 发生 (onDid) 改变 (动词) 时触发。

严格空值

VS Code API 使用 undefinednull TypeScript 类型来支持 严格的空值检查